HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 2016-R0228 - MH Civil Constructors - 07/14/2016No. 2016-RO228
No. 6.7
14, 2016
RESOLUTION
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock is hereby authorized and directed to
execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock Contract 12908 for Widen and Realign
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard, by and between the City of Lubbock and MH Civil
Constructors, Inc., Amarillo, TX, and any related documents. Said Contract is attached
hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included
in the minutes of the City Council.
Passed by the City Council on July 14, 2016
DANIEL M. POPE, MAYOR
ATTEST:
Reb t
a Garza, City Secret
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
Wood Franklin, P.E., Director of Public Works
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RES.Contract-Nbr 12908, MH Civil Constructors, Inc.
6.21.16
CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
FORM 1295
lof 1
Complete Nos. 1 - 4 and 6 if there are interested parties.
Complete Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 ifthere are no interested parties.
OFFICE USE ONLY
CERTIFICATION OF FILING
Certificate Number:
2016-76497
Date Filed:
06/27/2016
Date Acknowledged:
06/27/2016
1 Name of business entity filing form, and the city,state and country of the business entity's place
of business.
MH Civil Constructors,Inc.
Amarillo,TX United States
2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is
being filed.
City of Lubbock
3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract,and provide a
description of the services,goods,or other property to be provided under the contract.
12908
Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
4
Name of Interested Party City,State,Country (place of business)
Nature of interest
(check applicable)
Controlling Intermediary
Moreno,Juan Amarillo,TX United States X X
Hernandez,Saul Amarillo,TX United States X X
5 Check only ifthere is NO Interested Party.|—.
1swear,or affirm,under penalty of perjury,that the above disclosure is true and correct.
Signature of authorized agent of contractin
AFFIX NOTARY STAMP /SEAL ABOVE
Sworn to and subscribed before me,by the said ,this the
3 business entity
day of
20 ,to certify which,witness my hand and seal of office.
Signature of officer administering oath Printed name of officer administering oath Title of officer administering oath
Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version Vl.0.1021
CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
FORM 3.295
l of l
Complete Nos. 1- 4 and 6 if there are interested parties.
OFFICE USE ONLY
Complete Nos.1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 if there are no interested parties.
CERTIFICATION OF FILING
Certificate Number:
1 Name of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place
of business.
2016-76497
MH Civil Constructors, Inc.
Amarillo, TX United States
Date Filed:
06/27/2016
2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a parry to the contract for which the form is
being filed.
City of Lubbock
Date Acknowledged:
3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and provide a
description of the services, goods, or other property to be provided under the contract.
12906
Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
4
Nature of interest
Name of Interested Party
City, State, Country (place of business)
(check applicable)
Controlling
I Intermediary
Moreno, Juan
Amarillo, TX United States
X
X
Hernandez, Saul
Amarillo, TX United States
X
X
5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑
6 AFFIDAVIT I swear, or affirm, under penalty of perjury, that the above disclosure is true and correct.
Digitally signed by Saul B.
Hemandez
1I Location: Amedllo, Texas
B.II Contact Info: 806-367-6043
-j1- Dale: 2016.06.27
10:07:52-05'00'
&qWa-0Ja1aR1ized agent of contracting business entity
Remley
Loraflon: Amadllo, Texas
AFFIX NOTARY STAMP / SEAL ABOVE Conrad Info:
xtN'r` ems. tj 606-367-6043
Date: 2016.06.27
Sworn to and subscribed before me, by the said 10:13:36-06ro0' , this the day of
20 , to certify which, witness my hand and seal of office.
Signature of officer administering oath Printed name of officer administering oath Title of officer administering oath
Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.oc.us Version V1.0.1021
BOND CHECK
BEST RATING:
LICENSED IN TEXAS
DATE: BY:
CONTRACT AWARD DATE: July 14, 2016
CITY OF LUBBOCK
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
ITB 16-12908-TF
CONTRACT 12908
PROJECT NUMBER: 92286.9240.30000
Plans & Specifications may be obtained from
BidSync.com
Ituity of
CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING AND CONTRACT MANAGEMENT OFFICE
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
City of Lubbock, TX
ITB 16-12908-TF
Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
Contractor Checklist
Before submitting your bid, please ensure you have completed and included the following documents in the order
they are listed. The contractor is only to submit (1) one original unbound copy of every item listed.
1. Carefully read and understand the plans and specifications and properly complete the BID
SUBMITTAL FORM. Bid submittal form MUST be completed in blue or black ink or by
typewriter. Signatures must be original, in blue or black ink, and by hand. The bidder binds
himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the
accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and
for the prices stated below. In case of a discrepancy between the Unit Price and the Extended Total
for a Bid item, the Unit Price will be taken."Include corporate seal and Secretary's signature. Identify
addenda received (if any). Include firm's FEDERAL TAX ID number or Owner's SOCIAL
SECURITY number.
2. Include BID BOND or CASHIER'S OR CERTIFIED CHECK as your bid surety. Failure to
provide a bid surety WILL result in automatic rejection of your bid.
Complete and sign the CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT
AFFIDAVIT. Contractor's signature must be original.
4. Clearly mark the bid number, title, due date and time and your company name and address on the
outside of the envelope or container.
Ensure your bid is RECEIVED by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management
Office prior to the deadline. Late bids will not be accepted.
6. Complete and sign the SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE. All "YES" responses must be
explained in detail and submitted with Bid.
7. Complete and sign the SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION. Include firm's
FEDERAL TAXID number or Owner's SOCIAL SECURITY number.
8. Complete and submit the CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE.
9. Complete and submit the LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS.
DOCUMENTS REQUIRED WITHIN SEVEN BUSINESS DAYS AFTER CLOSING:
10. Complete and submit the FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS.
DOCUMENTS REQUIRED BEFORE CONTRACT IS FINALIZED:
11. Please acknowledge and submit the ONLINE DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM
1295 within the specified time according to Texas Government Code 2252.908 using the Texas
Ethics Commission website.
FAILURE TO PROVIDE ANY OF THE ABOVE MAY RESULT IN YOUR BID BEING DEEMED
NON -RESPONSIVE AND, THEREFORE, NOT FURTHER EVALUATED. PLEASE INCLUDE
THIS COMPLETED PAGE AS THE FIRST PAGE OF YOUR BID SUBMITTAL.
(Type or Print Company Name)
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
11
12
13
14
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
BID SUBMITTAL — (must be submitted by published due date & time)
3-1. UNIT PRICE BID SUBMITTAL FORM
3-2. CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT
3-3. SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE
3-4. SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION
LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS
PAYMENT BOND
PERFORMANCE BOND
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CONTRACT
CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE CHAPTER 176
CHAPTER 46. DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS
SPECIAL CONDITIONS (IF APPLICABLE)
SPECIFICATIONS
Pi
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
ITB 16-12908-TF
Sealed bids addressed to Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management, City of
Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office, City
Hall, 1625 13th Street, Room 204, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00 p.m. on June 15, 2016, or as
changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and
perform all work for the construction of the following described project:
Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the
office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office and publicly read aloud. It is the sole
responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing and Contract
Management Office for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written.
Bids are due at 2:00 p.m. on June 15, 2016, and the City of Lubbock City Council will consider the
bids on July 14, 2016, at the City Hall, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be
reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The
successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price
exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance
with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that
said contract price exceeds $50,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a
current Best Rating of "A" or better. THE BONDS MUST BE IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO
THE CITY ATTORNEY AND MUST BE DATED THE SAME DATE THAT THE CONTRACT
WAS AWARDED. The estimated budget for the construction phase of this project is $675,000.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's
or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable
surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than
5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and
execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) business days after notice of award of the
contract to him. FAILURE OF THE BIDDER TO INCLUDE BID SECURITY WITH THE BID
SUBMITTAL SHALL CONSTITUTE A NONRESPONSIVE BID AND RESULT IN
DISQUALIFICATION OF THE BID SUBMITTAL.
It shall be each bidder's sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself
regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that
all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted.
There will be a non -mandatory pre -bid conference on June 8, 2016, at 10:00 a.m., at 1625 13' Street,
Suite 201, City Council Conference Room, Lubbock, Texas.
Copies of plans and specifications may be obtained at bidder's expense from the City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contract Management office. Plans and specifications can be viewed online and
downloaded from hqp://www.bidsytic.com at no cost. In the event of a large file size, please be patient
when downloading or viewing. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers
available at most public libraries.
3
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per
diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing and Contract
Management Office of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this Notice to
Bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing
Wage Rates, and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the
contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to
this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises shall be afforded equal opportunities to
submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race,
color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award.
The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -bid
meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you require special
assistance, please contact the Purchasing and Contract Management Office at (806) 775-2572 or write to
Post Office Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting.
CITY OF LUBBOCK
. Alarta ACvarez
DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING
AND CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
4
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
BID DELIVERY, TIME & DATE
1.1 The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive bids to furnish Widen and Realign
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard per the attached specifications and contract documents. Sealed bids will
be received no later than 2:00 p.m., on June 15, 2016 at the office listed below. Any bid received
after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the bidder. Each bid and
supporting documentation must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled in the lower left-
hand corner: "ITB 16-12908-TF, Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard" and the bid
opening date and time. Bidders must also include their company name and address on the outside of
the envelope or container. Bids must be addressed to:
Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management
City of Lubbock
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
1.2 Bidders are responsible for making certain bids are delivered to the Purchasing and Contract
Management Office. Mailing of a bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or
delivered at all. If bidder does not hand deliver bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery
service that provides a receipt.
1.3 Bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier
service. No bids will be accepted by oral communication, telephone, electronic mail, telegraphic
transmission, or telefacsimile transmission. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS.
1.4 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening bids through an
addendum.
2 PRE -BID MEETING
2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing
addenda as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, a non -mandatory
pre -bid meeting will be held at 10:00 a.m., on June 8, 2016, at 1625 13th Street, Suite 201, City
Council Conference Room, Lubbock, TX 79401. All persons attending the meeting will be asked to
identify themselves and the prospective bidder they represent.
2.2 It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre -bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The
City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre -bid meeting to bidders who
do not attend the pre -bid meeting.
ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS
3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by ADDENDA information available
over the Internet at www.bidsync.com. We strongly suggest that you check for any addenda a
minimum of forty-eight hours in advance of the response deadline. BUSINESSES WITHOUT
INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries.
3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may
request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. At the request
of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing and Contract Management Office deems the interpretation
to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing and
Contract Management Office. Such addenda issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management
Office will be available over the Internet at www.bidsync.com and will become part of the bid package
having the same binding effect as provisions of the original ITB. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR
INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered,
the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and
Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date.
3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of
Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only
information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office in writing
or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had
before or after receipt of this ITB with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and
any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication
facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses.
3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders.
4 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all
requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications.
4.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and
examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of
this Invitation to Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the
bidder from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the
Invitation to Bid.
4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents,
shall be given to the Purchasing and Contract Management Office and a clarification obtained
before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing and Contract
Management Office prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the bidder fully
understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the
work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If bidder does not notify Purchasing
and Contract Management Office before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall
be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for
completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be
submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the bid closing date.
BID PREPARATION COSTS
5.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the
preparation and submission of a bid.
5.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services
or equipment.
5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bid shall be paid by the bidder.
TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT
6.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision,
including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions.
6.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and
decline to release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a
particular portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may
be withheld from public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of
competent jurisdiction. In the event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid
that you have marked as being confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you
will be required to justify your legal position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to
Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the
Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction that such information is in fact not
privileged and confidential under Section 552.110 of the Government Code and Section 252.049 of the
Local Government Code, then such information will be made available to the requester.
6.3 Marking your entire bid CONFIDENTIAL/PROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas
Open Records Act.
6
LICENSES, PERMITS, TAXES
The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or
may be required to pay.
UTILIZATION OF LOCAL BUSINESS RESOURCES
Prospective bidders are strongly encouraged to explore and implement methods for the utilization of local
resources, and to outline in their bid submittal how they would utilize local resources.
CONFLICT OF INTEREST
9.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with
any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock.
9.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered,
conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special
treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other
exercise of discretion concerning this bid.
10 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
10.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the
General Conditions.
10.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract
documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion
of all work contemplated by said contract documents.
11 PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS
It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered
by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid
without charge or forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents may be examined without charge as noted in
the Notice to Bidders.
12 BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS
12.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be
the bidder's responsibility to advise the Purchasing and Contract Management Office if any language,
requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated
in this ITB to a sinjzle source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by
the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days
before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will be made.
12.2 NO BIDDER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL REQUESTS FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS INVITATION
TO BID (ITB) MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5)
CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TO:
Teofilo Flores, Sr. Buyer
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contract Management Office
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Fax: 806-775-2164
Email: tkflores@mylubbock.us
Bidsync: www.bidsvnc.com
13 TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
13.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be substantially completed within 75
Working Days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the
successful bidder.
13.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided,
however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the
work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be
submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the
progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City
deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified.
14 PAYMENT
All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of
the contract documents.
15 AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID
The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to
execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the
improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims
pending, of which the Contractor has been notified.
16 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade
will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not
relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them
adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the
site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications
for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the
Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project.
17 GUARANTEES
17.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed
against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to
the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any
defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such
defects, when such defects appear within TWO years from date of final acceptance of the work as a
result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock).
17.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and
warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data
(including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and
firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination,
as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations
will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or
firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to
demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained
herein.
17.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub-
contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be
delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations
contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law
and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default.
17.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this
Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the
Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes
or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference.
18 PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR
The contractor will, upon written request, be furnished up to five sets of plans and specifications and related
contract documents for use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only
be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications
to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the
Contractor.
19 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials,
supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any
and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until
the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids
have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information:
(a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by
the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed.
(b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder.
(c) Equipment schedule.
20 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX
20.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to
provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act.
20.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy
the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase.
21 PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in
such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines,
conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the
construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will
furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge.
However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such
underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated
by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas,
at Contractor's expense.
22 BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES
The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals,
and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may
be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades,
signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately
removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for
maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's
certificate of acceptance of the project.
23 EXPLOSIVES
23.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the
Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives,
the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect
result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the
Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further
9
use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar
type of construction activity.
23.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor.
23.3 In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this
contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above
or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives,
and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as
they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve
the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations.
24 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while
the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name,
address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work
contemplated by this contract is in progress.
PA• 101311710[411
25.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as
required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do
business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the
City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in
advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer
waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense
through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of
that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance
company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in
connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate
policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance
specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution.
25.2 PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE
FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES
FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON
AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO
INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF
SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF
COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION
COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE
REQUIRED.
26 LABOR AND WORKING HOURS
26.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem
wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not
be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above
mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Texas Government
Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates providing for the payment of the wage schedules
above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general
prevailing rate of per diem wages in the contract documents does not release the Contractor from
compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under the contract requiring
an inspector shall not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist:
26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the
necessary service to its citizens.
10
26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor
is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a
diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time.
26.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on Sunday or holidays, the
Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the
weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's
Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring
an inspector on Sunday or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative.
26.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done
under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall
immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or
alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life.
27 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS
The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the
project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable
without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors
shall keep a record showing the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor
or subcontractor in the construction of the public work and the actual per diem wages paid to
each worker. This record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and
agents of the City. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set
forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the
contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this
contract is made, sixty dollars ($60) for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar
day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his
particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included
in these contract documents.
28 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES
Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or
decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to
the bidder without being considered.
29 PREPARATION FOR BID
29.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City, and all blank spaces in the form shall
be correctly filled in, stating the price in numerals for which he intends to do the work contemplated or
furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten.
In case of discrepancy between the unit price and the extended total for a bid item, the unit price will
be taken. A bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the
bid price.
29.2 If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent.
If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must
be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly
authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and
business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of
attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and
submitted with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink.
29.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and
endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner:
29.3.1 Bidder's name:
29.3.2 Bid for "ITB 16-12908-TF, WIDEN AND REALIGN GLENNA GOODACRE
BOULEVARD"
11
30
31
29.3.3 Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening
of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter.
29.4 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed bid that has been
opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price.
THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID
SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING.
BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and will include the
following:
(a) Notice to Bidders.
(b) General Instructions to Bidders.
(c) Bidder's Submittal.
(d) Statutory Bonds (if required).
(e) Contract Agreement.
(f) General Conditions.
(g) Special Conditions (if any).
(h) Specifications.
(i) Insurance Certificates for Contractor and all Sub -Contractors.
(j) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to
Bidders.
If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered
incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents.
QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of
Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified
therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order
to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable
investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the
bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The bidder's
bid may be deemed not to meet specifications or the bid may be rejected if the evidence submitted by, or
investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out
the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's
qualifications shall include:
(a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required.
(b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified,
without delay or interference.
(c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder.
(d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services.
(e) The safety record of the Contractor and proposed Sub -Contractors
Before contract award, the recommended contractor for this project may be required to show that he has
experience with similar projects that require the Contractor to plan his work efforts and equipment needs with
City of Lubbock specifications in mind. Demonstration of experience shall include a complete list of ALL
similar municipal and similar non -municipal current and completed projects for the past three (3) years for
review. This list shall include the names of supervisors and type of equipment used to perform work on these
projects. In addition, the Contractor may be required to provide the name(s) of supervisor(s) that will be used
to perform work on this project in compliance with City of Lubbock specifications herein.
12
32 BID AWARD
32.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and
to waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its
sole discretion. Unless otherwise specified herein, the City shall award the bid based on the total bid
for Bid Items 1 through 48 plus the sum of any Alternate Bids or Options the City may select.
32.2 All bids are evaluated for compliance with specifications before the bid price is considered. Response
to specifications is primary in determining the best low bid. Failure to comply with the specifications
may result in disqualification of the bid.
32.3 In case of tie bids, preference will be given to local bidders. Consistent and continued tie bidding may
be cause for rejection of bids by the City of Lubbock and/or investigation by the Attorney General to
determine possible Anti -Trust violations.
32.4 Before the City may award a bid to a nonresident bidder, the nonresident bidder's bid must be lower
than lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas bidder by the same margin or amount that a Texas
bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in the nonresident bidders' home state.
32.5 Any contract made, or purchase order issued, as a result of this Invitation to Bid, shall be entered into
the State of Texas and under the laws of the State of Texas. In connection with the performance of
work, the Bidder agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment
Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, regulations, and executive orders to the
extent that the same may be applicable.
32.6 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY
AND/OR FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR
PURCHASE ORDER FOR GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY
SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS INVITATION TO BID.
33 ANTI -LOBBYING PROVISION
33.1 DURING THE PERIOD BETWEEN THE BID CLOSE DATE AND THE CONTRACT
AWARD, BIDDERS, INCLUDING THEIR AGENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES, SHALL
NOT DIRECTLY DISCUSS OR PROMOTE THEIR BID WITH ANY MEMBER OF THE
LUBBOCK CITY COUNCIL OR CITY STAFF EXCEPT IN THE COURSE OF CITY -
SPONSORED INQUIRIES, BRIEFINGS, INTERVIEWS, OR PRESENTATIONS, UNLESS
REQUESTED BY THE CITY.
33.2 This provision is not meant to preclude bidders from discussing other matters with City
Council members or City staff. This policy is intended to create a level playing field for all
potential bidders, assure that contract decisions are made in public, and to protect the integrity
of the bid process. Violation of this provision may result in rejection of the bidder's bid.
34 PREVAILING WAGE RATES
34.1 Bidders are required to comply with Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage
Rates, with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates for the construction of a public
work, including a building, highway, road, excavation, and repair work or other project
development or improvement, paid for in whole or in part from public funds, without regard
to whether the work is done under public supervision or direction. A worker is employed on a
public work if the worker is employed by the contractor or any subcontractor in the execution
of the contract for the project
34.2 A worker employed on a public work by or on behalf of the City of Lubbock shall be paid not
less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for the work of a similar character in
13
the locality in which the work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per
diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work.
34.3 The State of Texas has adopted the Federal Davis -Bacon wage rates for use in Texas pursuant
to and in accordance with the Texas Government Code, Section 2258.022. Bidders may
access the U. S. Department of Labor web site at the following web address to obtain the rates
to be used in Lubbock County:
http://www.wdol.gov/dba.as]2x
34.4 It shall be the responsibility of the successful bidder to obtain the proper wage rates from the
web site for the type of work defined in the bid specifications.
34.5 A contractor or subcontractor who violates Texas Government Code Section 2258.023 shall
pay to the City of Lubbock sixty dollars ($60) for each worker employed for each calendar
day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract.
14
BID SUBMITTAL FORM
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
&LW'-, RI ,XEERFN %LG ,7% -
BID SUBMITTAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT
DATE: June 15, 2016
PROJECT NUMBER: ITB 16-12908-TF, Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
Bid of MH Civil Constructors, Inc. (hereinafter called Bidder)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid to widen and realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard, having carefully
examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and
the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended
project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to
construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein
and at the price stated below.
The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the
accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated below.
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
ESTIMATED
QUANTITY
UNIT OF
MEASURE
UNIT PRICE
EXTENDED
AMOUNT
I
Mobilization
I
LS
$46,090.00
$46,090.00
2
Prepare Right -Of -Way
2.62
AC
$24,100.00
$63,142.00
3
Demolish Irrigation
1
LS
$4,165.00
$4,165.00
4
Remove Storm Sewer Inlet
3
EA
$1,421.00
$4,263.00
5
Embankment
271
CY
$17.00
$4,607.00
6
Top Soil (4")
2600
SY
$5.00
$13,000.00
7
Broadcast Seeding
2600
SY
$1.00
$2,600.00
8
Irrigation System Installation
1.3
AC
$24,400.00
$31,720.00
Bidder's Initials
30 5
&LW1 RI /XEERFN %LG ,7% "
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
ESTIMATED
QUANTITY
UNIT OF
MEASURE
UNIT PRICE
EXTENDED
AMOUNT
9
Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement
5628
SY
$19.00
$106,932.00
10
Concrete Curb and Gutter - Type A - 30"
1463
LF
$23.00
$33,649.00
11
Concrete Curb and Gutter - Type A - 24"
518
LF
$19.00
$9,842.00
12
Concrete Curb and Gutter - Lip Down - 18"
595
LF
$16.00
$9,520.00
13
Concrete Fillet and Valley Gutter
309
SY
$78.00
$24,102.00
14
Concrete Alley Return
43
SY
$93.00
$3,999.00
15
Concrete Driveway
128
CY
$204.00
$26,112.00
16
Concrete Sidewalk
204
SY
$51.00
$10,404.00
17
Concrete and Brick Sidewalk (Downtown
Standard)
279
SY
$178.00
$49,662.00
18
Concret Sidewalk Ramp
3
EA
$2,200.00
$6,660.00
19
Flowable Fill
60
CY
$142.00
$8,520.00
20
Manhole Adjustment
1
EA
$1,466.00
$1,466.00
21
Conduit 4" HDPE
466
LF
$9.00
$4,194.00
22
Conduit 3" SCH 40 PVC
60
LF
$7.00
$420.00
$840.00
$585.00
23
Conduit 2" HDPE
140
LF
$6.00
24
Ground Box Type D
9
EA
$65.00
Bidders Initials
&LW1 RI /XEERFN %LG ,7% "
ITEM
NO,
DESCRIPTION
ESTIMATED
QUANTITY
UNIT OF
MEASURE
UNIT PRICE
EXTENDED
AMOUNT
25
4" Solid Yellow Line thermoplastic striping
560
LF
$3.00
$1,680.00
26
4" Broken White Line thermoplastic striping
500
LF
$3.00
$1,500.00
$2,590.00
$6,216.00
27
8" Solid White Line thermoplastic striping
518
LF
$5.00
28
24" Solid White Line thermoplastic striping
259
LF
$24.00
29
Left and Right Turn Arrows
6
EA
$464.00
$2,784.00
30
Raised Pavement Markers Ty I-C
28
EA
$12.00
$336.00
31
Precast Curb Inlet w/ 5' Extension
3
EA
$8,731.00
$26,193.00
32
Precast Manhole
I
EA
$19,067.00
$19,067.00
33
Reinforced Concrete Pipe - 24" - Class III
156
LF
$107.00
$16,692.00
34
Reinforced Concrete Pipe - 48" - Class III
16
LF
$337.00
$5,392.00
35
Trench Safety
1033
LF
3.00
3,099.00
36
C-900 Pipe - 4"
75
LF
$22.00
$1,650.00
37
C-900 Pipe - 6"
135
LF
$28.00
$3,780.00
38
C-900 Pipe - 8"
898
LF
$31.00
$27,838.00
39
Fire Hydrant
2
EA
$4,097.00
$8,194.00
40
Fittings
1600
LBS
$5.00
$8,000.00
5 Bidder's Initials
&LWI RI IXEERFN %LG ,7%
ITEM
NO,
DESCRIPTION
ESTIMATED
QUANTITY
UNIT OF
MEASURE
UNIT PRICE
EXTENDED
AMOUNT
41
Gate Valve (6") and Box
5
EA
$1,052.00
$5,260.00
42
Gate Valve (8") and Box
3
EA
$1,366.00
$4,098.00
43
Bore 16" Encasement
108
LF
$157.00
$16,956.00
44
Cut and Plug Existing Water Line
6
EA
$1,830.00
$10,980.00
45
Sawcut and Remove Existing Asphalt
Paving
8.3
SY
$60.00
$498.00
46
Repair Asphalt Paving
8.3
SY
$190.00
$1,577.00
47
Traffic Control Plan
5
MO
$3,146.00
$15,730.00
48
Provide and maintain a SWPPP
1
LS
$5,800.00
$5,800.00
Total Base Bid, Items (148)
$ $662,404.00
Bidder's Initials
&LWI RI IXEEAFN %LG ,7% "
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice to
Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 75 WORKING DAYS thereafter as stipulated in
the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the
sum of $180 for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project,
all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with
instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the
bidding.
The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 70 calendar days after the
scheduled closing time for receiving bids.
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the
plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to
commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on
which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or
certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company,
payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total
amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and
execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 business days after notice of award of the contract to him
Bidder's Initials
30
&LW1 RI IXEERFN
%LG ,7% ` -
Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for dL Dollars
(S ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of 5% c Gftt(K� " Dollars ($ j2o ►f CAL), which it is agreed
shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the
undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (ir any) with the
Owner within 10 business days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check
or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand.
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract
documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a
competitive scaled bid that has been opened may not be
changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price.
THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE
MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR
TO BID OPENING.
(Seal if Bidder is a Corporation)
A -ST:
Secretary
Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addenda No. N.A. Date N.A.
Addenda No. Date
Addenda No. Date
Addenda No. Date
Da : June 15 2016
Authorized Si ture
Saul B. Heman ez
(Printed or Typed Name)
MH Civil Constructors. Inc.
Company
4200 Ridgecrest Cir. Suite 11
Address
Amarillo
Randall
City,
TX
County
79109
,
State
Zipp Code
Telephone: 806 -
367-6043
Fax.• N.A.
N.A.
FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY No.
27-2016 47
EMAIL. saulll( mh-ciyil.com
MIWBE Firms Woman Black American Native American
Hispanic American Asian Pacific Amenean Other S eci )
FOR CITY USE ONLY
Bid Form Item Number(s) Awarded to Above Named Firm/individual:
Date of Award by City Council (for bids over $50,000): Date P.O./Contract Issued:
RETURN COMPLETED & SIGNED BID FORM ALONG WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS.
LABEL THE OUTSIDE OF YOUR SEALED BID WITH THE ITB NUMBER, THE CLOSING DATE AND TIME, AND
YOUR COMPANY NAME AND ADDRESS.
- 30
Merchants Bonding Company
P.O. BOX 26720 - AUSTIN, TX 78755-0720
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That
BID BOND
PUBLIC WORK
MH Civil Constructors, Inc.
(hereinafter called the Principal) as Principal, and the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (Mutual) a corporation of
the State of Iowa, with its Home Office in the City of Des Moines. Iowa, (hereinafter called Surety), as Surety, are held
and firmly bound to City of Lubbock, TX
(hereinafter called the Obligee) in the full and just sum of ($
5% of the Total Contact Amount
Five-Percent(5%) of the Total Contract Amount Dollars
good and lawful money of the United States of America, to the payment of which sum of money well and truly to be
made, the Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.
Signed and dated this 8th day of
June
2016
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for
Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
ITB 16-12908-TF
CONTRACT 12908
PROJECT NUMBER: 92286.9240.30000
according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefor, and the Principal shall duly make and
enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award, and shall give
bond for the faithful performance thereof with the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (Mutual) and Surety, or with
other Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee: or if the Principal shall, in case of failure to do so, pay to the Obligee
the damages which the Obligee may suffer by reason of such failure, not exceeding the penalty of this bond, then this
obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed.
Witness: MH Civil Constructors, Inc.
Princi I
By "�
au ernande rmcipa
Attest:
MEIaCNP.�lTS E30NDING CO PANY (Mutual}
By
CON 0333 AU (9100)
ory B. Bentley, Attorney in Fact
MERCHANT777�k
BONDING COMPANY,.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,
INC., both being corporations of the Slate of Iowa (herein collectively called the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint,
Individually,
Brandy Brown; Cory B Bentley; Lauren Freeman; Robert B Bentley; Ronald McQueen
Hudson; Tracy Velasquez
their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver on behalf of the Companies, as Surety, bonds, undertakings
and other written obligations in the nature thereof, subject to the limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount of:
TEN MILLION ($10,000,000.00) DOLLARS
This Power-of-Attomey is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the
Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants
National Bonding, Inc., on October 24, 2011.
"The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and
authority to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seat of the Company
thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof."
"The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of
Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship
obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed."
In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given
to the Attomey-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and
construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It Is fully understood that consenting to the Stale of Florida
Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company
of any of its obligations under its bond.
In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given
to the Attomey-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such Intent has been given to the Commissioner -
Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation.
In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and seated this 26th day of August , 2015
TIT
"*'A 1014.4
V 04gl1aa%
+' —O-
OOt�OpIPUq .09.
-o- Q;
c 1933 e'
MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL)
MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.
I � Y /., C, 7 7. -_�,
COUNTY OF Dallas ss. "' President
On this 26th day of August 2015 , before me appeared Larry Tay.or, to me personalty known, who being by me sworn did say that
he Is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed
to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the
Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors.
+"�s WENDY WOODY
ZCommission Number 784654U�
SMy Commission Expires
a• June 20. 2017
Notary Publ+ , County, Iowa
(Expiration of notary's commission
does not invalidate this Instrument)
I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC,
do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER -OF -ATTORNEY executed by said Companies,
which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked.
In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Compan,es on this ath day of June 2016
"'110144
.:
,fig• .vat DR4�.0o
:.h
.• G •.
C?*
m�'O�P09 '9-
. ti: Z -a- o
.y, 1933 ;•y.
e,
Secretary
POA 0014 (6/15)
-"41�
MERCHANTS
BONDING COMPANY.
MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) - MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC_
2100 FLEUR DRIVE - DES MOINES, IOWA 50321-1158 - (800) 678-8171 - (515) 243-3854 FAX
Please send all notices of claim on this bond to:
Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)
Merchants National Bonding, Inc.
2100 Fleur Drive
Des Moines, Iowa 50321-I 158
(515) 243-8171
(800) 678-8171
SUP 0073 TX (2/12)
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
&LWI RI rXEERFN %LG ,7%
City of Lubbock, TX
Insurance Requirement Affidavit
To Be Completed by Bidder
Must be submitted with Bid
I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by
me and my Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten
(I0) business days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the
City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid.
cz:„ $" /� Saul B. Hernandez
Contractor (Original Signatu 4) Contractor (Print)
CONTRACTOR'S BUSINESS NAME: MH Civil Constructors. Inc.
(Print or Type)
CONTRACTOR'S FIRM ADDRESS: 4200 Ridgecrest Ur. Suite 11
Amarillo TX, 79109
NOTE TO CONTRACTOR
If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid and award the contract
to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Director of
Purchasing & Contract Management Office for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2572.
ITB 16-12908-TF Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
so S
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
&LW1 RI /XEERFN %LG ,7% "
City of Lubbock, TX
Safety Record Questionnaire
The City of Lubbock City Council desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local Government
Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts. Pursuant to Section
252.0435 of the Local Government Code, City of Lubbock has adopted the following written definition and criteria for
accurately determining the safety record of a bidder prior to awarding bids on City contracts.
The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a bidder for this consideration shall be. -
The City of Lubbock shall consider the safety record of the bidders in determining the responsibility thereof. The
City may consider any incidents involving worker safety or safety of the citizens of the City of Lubbock, be it
related or caused by environmental, mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor.
Specifically, the City may consider, among other things:
a. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC),
against the bidder for violations of OSHA regulations within the past three (3) years.
b. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as defined below) for violations within
the past five (5) years. Environmental Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource
Conservation Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of State Health Services
(DSHS), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies
of local governments responsible for enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or
regulations, and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations include notices of
violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses or registrations, fines
assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final
orders, and judicial final judgments.
Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted from bodily harm or death.
d. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in determining the responsibility of the
bidder and his or her ability to perform the services or goods required by the bid documents in a safe environment,
both for the workers and other employees of bidder and the citizens of the City of Lubbock.
In order to obtain proper information from bidders so that City of Lubbock may consider the safety records of potential
contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts, City of Lubbock requires that bidders answer the following three (3)
questions and submit them with their bids:
QUESTION ONE
Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such
firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years?
YES NO X
If the bidder has indicated YES for question number one above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid
submission, the following information with respect to each such citation:
Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty
assessed.
,it, Bidder's Initials
30
&LWI RI iXEERFN %LG ,7% " -
QUESTION TWO
Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such
firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of environmental protection laws or
regulations, of any kind or type, within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement,
suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints,
indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments.
YES NO X
If the bidder has indicated YES for question number two above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid
submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction:
Date of offense or occurrence, Iocation where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and
penalty assessed.
OUESTION THREE
Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by bidder, or anyone acting for such firm,
corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which
resulted from serious bodily injury or death?
YES NO -
If the bidder has indicated YES for question number three above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid
submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction:
Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, in any, and penalty
assessed.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
I certify that I have made no willful misrepresentations in this Questionnaire nor have I withheld information in my
statements and answers to questions. I am aware that the information given by me in this questionnaire shall be
investigated, with my full permission, and that any misrepresentations or omissions may cause my bid to be rejected.
/'�
Signature
Treasurer/ Office anager
Title
2
&LW1 RI /XEERFN %LG .7% `
City of Lubbock, TX
Suspension and Debarment Certification
Federal Law (A-102 Common Rule and OMB Circular A-110) prohibits non -Federal entities from contracting with or
making sub -awards under covered transactions to parties that are suspended or debarred or whose principals are
suspended or debarred. Covered transactions include procurement contracts for goods or services equal to or in excess of
$25,000 and all non -procurement transactions (e.g., sub -awards to sub -recipients).
Contractors receiving individual awards of $25,000 or more and all sub -recipients must certify that their organization and
its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency.
Before an award of $25,000 or more can be made to your firm, you must certify that your organization and its principals
are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency.
I, the undersigned agent for the firm named below, certify that neither this firm nor its principals are suspended or
debarred by a Federal agency.
COMPANY NAME: MH Civil Constructors, Inc.
FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL S CURITY No. 27-2016347
Signature of Company Official:
Printed name of company official signing above: Saul B. Hernandez
Date Signed: 6115 016
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
&LW% RI /XEERFN
%LG ,7%
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
ITB 16-12908-TF Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
LIST OF SUB CONTRACTORS
Company Name Location Services Provided
Turf Master Lubbock Irrigation
Company
MH Civil Constructors, Inc.
Address
4200 Ridgecrest Cir. Suite 11, Randall
City, County
Amarillo, TX 79109
State Zip Code
Telephone: 806 - 367 - 6043
Fax: N.A. -
Minority Owned
Yes No
❑
0
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
o
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
0
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED ALONG WITH YOUR PROPOSAL
IF NO SUB —CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO
2
- . . 30 5
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
& L W\ R I / X E E R F N % L G , 7%
ITB 16-12908-TF Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
FINAL LIST OF SUB CONTRACTORS
Minority Owned
Company Name
Location Services Provided Yes No
1. Turf Master
Lubbock Irrigation ° DO
2.
El R
3.
El El
4.
El El
5.
El El
6.
El 11
7.
El El
8.
El El
9.
El 11
10.
El El
11.
El El
12.
El 11
13.
El El
14.
El El
15.
El 11
16.
El El
Company
MH Civil Constructors. Inc.
Address
4200 Ridgecrest Cir. Ste 11, Randall
City, County
Amarillo, TX 79109
State Zip Code
Telephone: 806 - 367 - 6043
Fax: N.A. -
THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITHIN 7 DAYS OF BID
CLOSING. IF NO SUB —CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO.
3
3 0 S
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
PAYMENT BOND
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a)
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $50,000)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that MH Civil Constructors, Inc. (hereinafter called the
Principal(s), as Principal(s), and
(hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock
(hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Six Hundred Sixty -Two Thousand Three Hundred
Forty -Four Dollars $662 344) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said
Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the
14' day of July, 2016, to ITB 16-12908-TF Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to
execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part
hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the
prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to
remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section
2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this
instrument this day of , 2016.
Surety
* By:
(Title)
(Company Name)
By:
(Printed Name)
(Signature)
(Title)
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and
hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any
requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of
such suretyship.
Surety
* By.
Approved as to form:
City of Lubbock
By:
City Attorney
(Title)
* Note: If signed by an Office of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the
by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact,
we must have copy of power of attorney for our files.
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
PERFORMANCE BOND
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a)
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that MH Civil Constructors, Inc. (hereinafter called the
Principal(s), as Principal(s), and
(hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter
called the Obligee), in the amount of Six Hundred Sixty -Two Thousand Three Hundred Forty -Four Dollars
($662,344) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind
themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 14th day
of July, 2016, to ITB 16-12908-TF Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to
execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as
fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal
shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a)
of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the
provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument
this day of 52016.
Surety
* By:
(Title)
(Company Name)
By:
(Printed Name)
(Signature)
(Title)
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby
designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite
notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
Surety
* By:
Approved as to form:
City of Lubbock
By:
City Attorney
(Title)
* Note: If signed by an Office of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws
showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have
copy of power of attorney for our files.
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE:
P.O. BOX 2000, Room 204
LUBBOCK, TX 79457 TYPE OF PROJECT:
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT (Name and Address of Insured) is,
at the date of this certificate, insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for
the typed of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this company, the further
hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted hereon.
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
EFFECTIVE
EFFECTIVE
LIMITS
DATE
DATE
GENERAL LIABILITY
❑ Commercial General Liability
General Aggregate $
❑ Claims Made
Products-Comp/Op AGG $
❑ Occurrence
Personal & Adv. hijury $
❑ Owner's & Contractors Protective
Each Occurrence $
❑
Fire Damage (Any one Fire) $
Med Exp (Any one Person)
$
AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY
❑ Any Auto
Combined Single Limit $
❑ All Owned Autos
Bodily Injury (Per Person) $
❑ Scheduled Autos
Bodily Injury (Per Accident) $
❑ Hired Autos
Property Damage $
❑ Non -Owned Autos
El
GARAGE LIABILITY
❑ Any Auto
Auto Only - Each Accident $
❑
Other than Auto Only:
Each Accident $
Aggregate $
❑ BUILDER'S RISK
❑ 100% of the Total Contract Price
$
❑ INSTALLATIONFLOATER
$
EXCESS LIABILITY
❑ Umbrella Form
Each Occurrence $
Aggregate $
❑ Other Than Umbrella Form
$
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
The Proprietor/ ❑ Included
Statutory Limits
Partners/Executive ❑ Excluded
Each Accident $
Offices are:
Disease Policy Limit $
Disease -Each Employee $
OTHER
The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or
canceled by the insurer in less than the legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or
cancellation, or in case there is no legal requirement, in less than five days in advance of cancellation.
FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
MUST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK
(Name of Insurer)
By:
Title:
The Insurance Certificates Furnished shall name the City of Lubbock as Additional Insured on Auto /General
Liability and provide a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the City of Lubbock. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S. THE
ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS.
CONTRACTORCHECKLIST
A CONTRACTOR SHALL:
(1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based
on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements;
(2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity
prior to beginning work on the project;
(3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
(A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental
entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing
services on the project; and
(B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter;
(6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after
the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are
required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide
coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both
English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices
shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional
words or changes:
PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE
CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND
NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A
WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE
INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH
SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED.
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see
reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering
equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the
identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-305-7238 to receive information on the legal
requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to
report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and
(8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and
filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for
the duration of the project;
(B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the
project;
(C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this
rule;
(D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the
coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during
the duration of the project;
(F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter;
(G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10
days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the
provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they
are providing services.
CONTRACT
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
Contract 12908
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 1411 day of Julv, 2016, by and between the City of Lubbock,
County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so,
hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and MH Civil Constructors, Inc. of the City of Amarillo, County of Randall and
the State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and
performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the
CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements
described as follows:
ITB 16-12908-TF Widen and Realign Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own
proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance
and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents
as defined in the General Conditions of Agreement. MH Civil Constructors, Inc.'s bid dated June 15, 2016 is
incorporated into and made a part of this agreement.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have
been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance
with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make
payment on account thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County,
Texas in the year and day first above written.
CONTRACTOR: CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS (OWNER):
MH Civil Constructors, Inc.
By:
PRINTED NAME:
TITLE:
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
MH Civil Constructors, Inc.
4200 Ridgecrest Cir. Suite 11
Amarillo, TX 79109
ATTEST:
Corporate Secretary
By:
Daniel M. Pope, Mayor
ATTEST:
Rebecca Garza, City Secretary
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
Kevin Morris, Senior Engineer
L. Wood Franklin, P.E., Director of Public Works
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Amy Sims, Deputy City Attorney
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIR CHAPTER 176
FOR VENDOR DOING BUSINESS WITH LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY
This questionnaire reflects changes made to law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session
Businesses and individuals doing business with the City need to file conflict of interest questionnaires with the
Office of the City Secretary's Office. Local government officers are also required to file when a conflict exists.
The questionnaire is to be filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has
a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001 (1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor
meets the requirements under Section 176.006(a).
By law this questionnaire must be filed with the City Secretary's Office of the local governmental entity no later
than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of the facts that require the statement to be
filled.
Chapter 176 of the Local Government Code requires the City Manager and Council Members to file a Conflicts
Disclosure Statement regarding their relationships with City vendors (including bidders and potential vendors).
The law also requires that any vendor who contracts, or seeks to contract, with the City for the sale or purchase
of property, goods or services (including a bidder on a City contract) file a "Conflict of Interest Questionnaire"
regarding the vendor's business relationships, if any, with Council Members or the City Manager.
Compliance is the responsibility of each individual, business or agent who is subject to the law's filing
requirement. Questions about compliance should be directed to your legal counsel.
Office of the City Secretary
1625 13th Street, Room 206
Lubbock, TX 79401
Questionnaire is available at http://www.ci.lubbock.tx.us/departmental-
websites/departments/purchasing/vendor-information
Texas Government Code 2252.908
Disclosure of Interested Parties
Form 1295
House Bill 1295, adopted by the 84th Legislature, created §2252.908, Texas Government Code. Section
2252.908 requires a business entity entering into certain contracts with a governmental entity or state agency to
file with the governmental entity or state agency a disclosure of interested parties at the time the business entity
submits the signed contract to the governmental entity or state agency.
§2252.908, Texas Government Code requires the commission to adopt rules necessary to implement the new
disclosure requirement and to prescribe the disclosure form. Section 2252.908 requires the disclosure form to be
signed by the authorized agent of the contracting business entity, acknowledging that the disclosure is made
under oath and under penalty of perjury. Section 2252.908 applies only to a contract that requires an action or
vote by the governing body of the governmental entity or state agency before the contract may be signed or has
a value of at least $1 million. Section 2252.908 provides definitions of certain terms occurring in the section.
House Bill 1295 provides that §2252.908 applies only to a contract entered into on or after January 1, 2016.
An interested party is defined as a person who has a controlling interest in a business entity with whom a
governmental entity or state agency contracts or who actively participates in facilitating the contract or
negotiating the terms of the contract, including a broker, intermediary, adviser, or attorney for the business
entity.
Contractors are required to acquire Form 1295 via the Texas Ethics Commission website. This requires
registration, generation of Form 1295 with a unique Certificate Number & filing date, printing the form,
notarizing and returning the form to City of Lubbock Purchasing & Contract Management Department.
Once the form is received by the Purchasing and Contract Management Department, the Buyer associated with
the project will log -in to the Texas Ethics Commission portal and acknowledge receipt of the form not later than
the 30th day after the date the contract for which the form was filed binds all parties to the contract. This will
complete the form for the contract with which the form is associated. The completed form will be made
available via the Texas Ethics Commission website.
Form 1295 can be generated via the Texas Ethics Commission web portal. The website and detailed
instructions are located at: httDs://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf info forml295.htm
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
1. OWNER
Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City
of Lubbock, Texas.
2. CONTRACTOR
Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co-
partnership or corporation, to wit MH Civil Constructors, Inc., who has agreed to perform the work embraced in
this contract, or their legal representative.
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as
referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative Kevin Morris, Senior Engineer, so designated who shall
inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be
authorized by said Owner to act in any particular manner under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or
inspectors shall act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise
the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor.
4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed
Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the
Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificates, and all other documents made available to
Bidder for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes
referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents".
INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES
Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed,"
or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order,
designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved,"
"Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the
Owner's Representative.
SUBCONTRACTOR
The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for
performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no
responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated
by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors shall look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due
Subcontractor. The City reserves the right to approve or disapprove the selection of any subcontractor(s).
WRITTEN NOTICE
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of
the firm or to an Office of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the
last business address known to the party who gives the notice.
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery,
equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other
facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless
otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality.
The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials
or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer
such recognized standards.
All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents.
SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED
The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents
has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still
may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment.
10. LAYOUT
Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall
accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative shall
check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at
Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all
work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE
The Contractor shall be furnished copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and
Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site.
12. RIGHT OF ENTRY
The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the executed
work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's
Representative shall not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or
quantity of the work, nor shall Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's
Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative shall not be responsible for the
Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
13. LINES AND GRADES
All lines and grades shall be furnished whenever Owner's Representative deems said lines and grades are
necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the
work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order
to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension shall be as brief as
practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's
Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades are needed. All stakes, marks, etc.,
shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its
Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at
Contractor's expense.
14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY
Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's
Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the
authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the
contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds
of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said
work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the
execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be
conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15)
calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection
by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived.
15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION
It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from
time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem
proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is
furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all
reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper
inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of
any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are
consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however,
should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor
may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the
absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be
deemed waived.
16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall
keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to
Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given
to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision
by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work
and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor.
The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the
Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any
subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work.
17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and
location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be
encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the
work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the
contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any Office, agent, or employee of the Owner, or
Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the
terms or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all
modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's
Representative and Contractor.
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work
to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the
work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense.
18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS
The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of
work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall
inform Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion,
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or
men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's
Representative's written consent.
19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT
The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution
and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and
it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or
protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and
accepted.
The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment are permitted only at such places as the Owner's
Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at
all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
20. SANITATION
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public
observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be
approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced.
21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING
The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor
shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any
location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation
that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each
part of the work shall be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any such work
found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion
or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has previously
accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without approval or
consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at
Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location
where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require
testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish
Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to
perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests
shall be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such
other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents.
If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or
consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be
uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and
approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the
requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such
4
tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and
shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense.
Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by
Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such
inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance
with the requirements of the contract documents.
22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES
It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in
the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in
conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written
notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy
such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial
action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense.
23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS
The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in
the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either
before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the
accompanying bond.
If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a
claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of
work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid
according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract;
otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make
such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in
said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual
expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned.
24. EXTRA WORK
The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be
required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change,
alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered
by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein.
It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative
when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of
the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the
compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following
methods:
Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or
Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or
Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is
commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field
cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been
charged by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for
performance of the extra work.
In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph
shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen,
timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for
the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred,
together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age
Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other
insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by
them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be
kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's
Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the
type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the
Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined
by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted
by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of
machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the
actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general
superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the
actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained
primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the
"actual field cost."
No claim for extra work of any kind shall be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In
case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive
compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra
work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should
a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and
the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making
written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as
provided under Method (C) (1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement
of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived.
25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS
It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the
specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that
such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these
contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in
these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a
clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's
Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands
the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with
these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before bidding of any
discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are
sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification
must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids.
26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT
If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of
work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the
Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall
comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the
progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to
such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress.
6
27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY
The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an
insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the
Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable
precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable
provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and
equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in
Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or
municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and
hold harmless the Owner and all of its Offices, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages,
expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or
contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection
with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in
any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the
subject matter of this contract.
The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an
Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given
by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses,
are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to
supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors.
28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the
General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of
Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of
cancellation or any material change shall be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change.
All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor
and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-
insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by
virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to
the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver.
The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance
protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such
insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and
shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a
subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of
insurance specifying each and all coverage's shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF
A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME
THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A
PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE
OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK.
IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL
PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION
COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED.
A. Commercial General Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation
required)
The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $1,000,000
Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include:
Products & Completed Operations Hazard
Contractual Liability
Personal Injury & Advertising Injury
Heavy Equipment
XCU
B. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. - NOT REQUIRED.
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation Required)
The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than;
Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit, per occurrence, to include all
owned and non -owned cars including: Employers Non -ownership Liability Hired and Non -owned
Vehicles.
D. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance - NOT REQUIRED.
E. Umbrella Liability Insurance - NOT REQUIRED.
F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation required)
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $1,000,000
Definitions:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of
authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-
82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for
the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the
Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental
entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor
Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has
undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with
the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without
limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -
operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to
provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or
delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a
project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage
vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and
payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements
of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services
on the project, for the duration of the project.
The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being
awarded the contract.
4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new
certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended.
The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the
governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity shall have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the project; and
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project.
The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and
for one year thereafter.
The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal
delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.
The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by
the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the
project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and
report lack of coverage.
The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services
on the project, to:
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas
Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the
project, for the duration of the project;
(b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate
of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project;
and
9
G
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of
the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for
one year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects
the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by
paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for
whom they are providing services.
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the
Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who
shall provide services on the project shall be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the
duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance
carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance
Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to
administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.
11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the
Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor
does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the
governmental entity.
Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner
for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence
of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the
insurance company setting forth:
(1) The name and address of the insured.
(2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies.
(3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate.
(4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne
by such certificate.
(5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured
at the address shown in the bid specifications.
(6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or
cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate.
(7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job
specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable.
(8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project.
(9) A Contractor shall:
10
(a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the
project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling
of any coverage agreements;
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the
governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project;
(c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental
entity:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so
the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing
coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and
(ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for
one year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project
that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current
coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other
posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type
and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and
any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be
the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any
additional words or changes:
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to
this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This
includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing
labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity
of their employer or status as an employee. "
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 800-372-7713 or 512-804-
4000 (www.tdi.state.tx.us) to receive information of the legal requirements for
coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to
report an employer's failure to provide coverage, " and
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,
to:
(i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing
services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning
work on the project;
11
(iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language:
"By signing this contract or providing or causing to be
provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this
contract is representing to the governmental entity that all
employees of the person signing this contract who will
provide services on the project will be covered by workers'
compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that
the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of
classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate
insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the
commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation.
Providing false or misleading information may subject the
Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties,
civil penalties, or other civil actions.";
(iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
project; and
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown
on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the
project;
(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project
and for one year thereafter;
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on
the project; and
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as
required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided
to the person for whom they are providing services.
29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES
Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such
individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee
compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN, AND
FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its Offices, agents and employees, harmless
against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way,
manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, material men and furnishers of
machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract
12
and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish
satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or
waived.
31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material
or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof.
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and
save the Owner, and all of its Offices, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except
that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular
design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or
required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material
or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its Offices,
agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the
Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's
Representative prior to bidding.
32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or
form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless
the Owner, and all of its Offices, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such
laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor
observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in
writing prior to bidding and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the
work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances
within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal,
state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or
subcontractors perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice
to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar
as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may
enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as
though embodied herein.
33. SUBCONTRACTING
The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of
this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials
required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner,
as provided by the contract documents.
34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of
beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract documents, of work to be done hereunder are
essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in
this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents.
13
If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified,
then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner
may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $180 PER DAY, not as a penalty,
but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the
Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing the work.
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial
completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into
consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality.
The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages
the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount
agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is
expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach.
IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT
TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT.
35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION
It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor
shall be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner
as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution
shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this
contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that
when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative
may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided
and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized.
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative,
schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which
the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts.
36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE
The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of
this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this
locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly
agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its
work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or
other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God
or the public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same
setting forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty
(20) calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to
affirmatively grant the extension no later than twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall
be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for
extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived.
37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS
In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein
fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such
work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in
securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for
hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except
where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in
14
which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage
shall be paid by Owner to Contractor.
38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS
No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length,
area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the
event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the
specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material
to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to
be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are
approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing
their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are
expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and
agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ
somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method,
payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project.
39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way
encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under
this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be
liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property.
Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner, and any of its Offices, agents and employees,
against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related to, arising
from or growing out of the performance of this contract.
40. PRICE FOR WORK
In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work
by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the
specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the
bid proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to
receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all
expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner
and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of
Owner's Representative.
41. PAYMENTS
No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the
contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective
work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's
Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection
with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there
are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by
Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's
agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract.
42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application
for partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall
15
determine the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial
payment if submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall
prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the
Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by
the Owner's Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof.
The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of
the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be
retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by
Owner under the terms of the contract documents.
Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to
enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work
performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said
partial payment is attributable.
43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31)
working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been
substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time,
if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's
Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding
the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete
the work within the time provided in this contract.
44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT
The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of
final completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final
completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's
Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion,
Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final
completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final
completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the
obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty
or warranties implied by law or otherwise.
45. CORRECTION OF WORK
Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative
on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and
Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming
to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of
other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any
such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's
Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense.
Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the
contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and
Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which
shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's
Representative.
16
46. PAYMENT WITHHELD
The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify
the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of -
(a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed.
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims.
(c) Damage to another contractor.
When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the
amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor
shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's
Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception.
Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner
shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right
under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by
Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's
Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed
denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed
that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor,
and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and
Owner's Representative, by Contractor.
48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR
In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after
written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with
the written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the
Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall
be delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the
Contractor, no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required.
After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work
any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials
and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the
Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or
credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for
under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will
ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement.
In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the
notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed
with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the
contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract,
equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following
elective manners:
(a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and
supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor,
machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall
be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time
17
become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than
the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the
Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum
which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor,
then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or
(b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper
having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion
of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case
of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the
cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and
remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that
which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety
shall be credited therewith.
In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall
have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as
provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract
accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to
Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be,
shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of
completion.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have
been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or
when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner,
then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the
Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and
the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated
hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work,
notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor
and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual
written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such
property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the
Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said
notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived
from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public
or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery,
equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor
or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners.
The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent
permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in
this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its
exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies
available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided
in paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth.
49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY
The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually
performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be
liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the
project which is the subject matter of this contract.
18
50. BONDS
The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in
the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the
Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the
amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $50,000. All bonds shall
be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do
business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so
furnished.
51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions
conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions
shall control.
52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the
work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual
obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the
prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense.
53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority
to direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work
covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's
work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and
vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or
effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's
Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation.
54. CLEANING UP
The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at
the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus
materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and
condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor.
55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS
Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same
may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in
any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the
Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the
City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a
Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in the
construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project or
other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts
and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least
twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and
provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If
19
the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5)
days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied.
In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for
ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper
performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage,
disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or
asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal
protective gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other
petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos.
56. NONAPPROPRIATION
All funds for payment by the City under this contract are subject to the availability of an annual appropriation for
this purpose by the City. In the event of non -appropriation of funds by the City Council of the City of Lubbock
for the goods or services provided under the contract, the City will terminate the contract, without termination
charge or other liability, on the last day of the then -current fiscal year or when the appropriation made for the
then -current year for the goods or services covered by this contract is spent, whichever event occurs first. If at
any time funds are not appropriated for the continuance of this contract, cancellation shall be accepted by the
Seller on thirty (30) days prior written notice, but failure to give such notice shall be of no effect and the City
shall not be obligated under this contract beyond the date of termination.
57. THE CITY RIGHT TO AUDIT
At any time during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years thereafter the City or a duly
authorized audit representative of the City, or the State of Texas, at its expense and at reasonable times, reserves
the right to audit Contractor's records and books relevant to all services provided under this Contract. In the event
such an audit by the City reveals any errors/overpayments by the City, Contractor shall refund the City the full
amount of such overpayments within thirty (30) days of such audit findings, or the City, at its option, reserves the
right to deduct such amounts owing the City from any payments due Contractor.
58. NON -ARBITRATION
The City reserves the right to exercise any right or remedy available to it by law, contract, equity, or otherwise,
including without limitation, the right to seek any and all forms of relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
Further, the City shall not be subject to any arbitration process prior to exercising its unrestricted right to seek
judicial remedy. The remedies set forth herein are cumulative and not exclusive, and may be exercised
concurrently. To the extent of any conflict between this provision and another provision in, or related to, this
document, this provision shall control.
59. HOUSE BILL 2015
House Bill 2015, signed by the Governor on June 14, 2013 and effective on January 1, 2014, authorizes a penalty
to be imposed on a person who contracts for certain services with a governmental entity and who fails to properly
classify their workers. This applies to subcontractors as well. Contractors and subcontractors who fail to properly
classify individuals performing work under a governmental contract will be penalized $200 for each individual
that has been misclassified (Texas Government Code Section 2155.001).
60. HOUSE BILL 1295: DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
House Bill 1295, adopted by the 84th Legislature, created §2252.908, Texas Government Code. Section 2252.908
requires a business entity entering into certain contracts with a governmental entity or state agency to file with the
governmental entity or state agency a disclosure of interested parties at the time the business entity submits the
signed contract to the governmental entity or state agency. Section 2252.908 requires the disclosure form to be
signed by the authorized agent of the contracting business entity, acknowledging that the disclosure is made under
20
oath and under penalty of perjury. Section 2252.908 applies only to a contract that requires an action or vote by
the governing body of the governmental entity or state agency before the contract may be signed or has a value of
at least $1 million. Instructions for completing Form 1295 are available at:
http://www.ci.lubbock.tx.us/departmental-websites/departments/purchasing/vendor-information
21
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS
EXHIBIT A
General Decision Number: TX160007 01/08/2016
TX7
Superseded General Decision Number: TX20150007
State: Texas
Construction Types: Heavy and Highway
Counties: Armstrong, Carson, Crosby, Ector, Irion,
Lubbock,
Midland, Potter, Randall, Taylor and Tom Green
Counties in Texas.
HEAVY & HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
PROJECTS
Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly
minimum wage of $10.15 for calendar year 2016
applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act
for which the solicitation was issued on or after
January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO,
the contractor must pay all workers in any
classification listed on this wage determination at least
$10.15 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage
determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent
performing on the contract in calendar year 2016. The
EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually.
Additional information on contractor requirements
and worker protections under the EO is available at
www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.
Modification Number Publication Date
0 01/08/2016
* SUTX2011-002 08/02/2011
Rates Fringes
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE
FINISHER (Paving & Structures) ... $ 13.55
ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 20.96
FORM BUILDERNORM SETTER
Paving & Curb ...............$ 12.36
Structures ..................$ 13.52
Asphalt Raker ...............$ 12.28
Flagger.....................$ 9.30
Laborer, Common .............$ 10.30
Laborer, Utility ............ $ 11.80
Work Zone Barricade
Servicer....................$ 10.30
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Distributer ......... $ 14.87
Asphalt Paving Machine ...... $ 13.40
Broom and Sweeper ........... $ 11.21
Crane, Lattice Boom 80
Tons or Less ................$ 16.82
Crawler Tractor Operator .... $ 13.96
Excavator, 50,000 lbs or less ........................$ 13.46
Front End Loader Operator,
Over 3 CY................... $ 12.77
Front End Loader, 3CY or less ....................$ 12.28
Loader/Backhoe..............$ 14.18
Mechanic ....................$ 20.14
Milling Machine .............$ 15.54
Motor Grader, Rough........ $ 16.15
Motor Grader, Fine .......... $ 17.49
Pavement Marking Machine .... $ 16.42
Reclaimer/Pulverizer........ $ 12.85
Roller, Asphalt .............$ 10.95
Roller, Other ...............$ 10.36
Scraper .....................$ 10.61
Spreader Box ................$ 12.60
Servicer
$ 13.98
Steel Worker (Reinforcing) ....... $ 13.50
TRUCK DRIVER
Lowboy -Float ................$ 14.46
Single Axle .................$ 12.74
Single or Tandem Axle Dump..$ 11.33
Tandem Axle Tractor with
Semi ........................$ 12.49
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft
performing operation to which welding is incidental.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included
within the scope of the classifications listed may be
added after award only as provided in the labor
standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).
The body of each wage determination lists the
classification and wage rates that have been found to
be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in
the area covered by the wage determination. The
classifications are listed in alphabetical order of
"identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is
a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a
survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average
rate (weighted union average rate).
Union Rate Identifiers
A four letter classification abbreviation identifier
enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters
other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union
classification and rate were prevailing for that
classification in the survey. Example:
PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an
abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in
the survey for this classification, which in this
example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local
union number or district council number where
applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next
number, 005 in the example, is an internal number
used in processing the wage determination.
07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current
negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1,
2014.
Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all
rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement
(CBA) governing this classification and rate.
Survey Rate Identifiers
Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier
indicate that no one rate prevailed for this
classification in the survey and the published rate is
derived by computing a weighted average rate based
on all the rates reported in the survey for that
classification. As this weighted average rate includes
all rates reported in the survey, it may include both
union and non -union rates. Example: SLTLA2012-007
5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates
based on a weighted average calculation of rates and
are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of
Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these
classifications and rates are based. The next number,
007 in the example, is an internal number used in
producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014
indicates the survey completion date for the
classifications and rates under that identifier.
Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in
effect until a new survey is conducted.
Union Average Rate Identifiers
Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier
indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for
those classifications; however, 100% of the data
reported for the classifications was union data.
EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010
08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a
weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state.
The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal
number used in producing the wage determination.
08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for
the classifications and rates under that identifier.
A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in
January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of
the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals
from which the rate is based.
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?
This can be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a
position on a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate)
ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including
requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the
Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which
the survey was conducted because those Regional
Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon
survey program. If the response from this initial
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described
in 2.) and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the
formal process described here, initial contact should
be with the Branch of Construction Wage
Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
interested party (those affected by the action) can
request review and reconsideration from the Wage and
Hour Administrator
(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full
statement of the interested parry's position and by any
information (wage payment data, project description,
area practice material, etc.) that the requestor
considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not
favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to
the Administrative
Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board).
Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board
are final.
END OF GENERAL DECISION
EXHIBIT B
Prevailing Wage Rates
Overtime Rate
The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act.
EXHIBIT C
Prevailing Wage Rates
Legal Holiday Rate
The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act.
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
SPECIFICATIONS
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock Front End Documents 0001 11-12
City of Lubbock
Canyon Lakes Sanitary Sewer Interceptor Rehabilitation — Phase 1
Specifications
of
ubbock'
City of Lubbock
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard
From Avenue R to Avenue 0
Municipal Improvements
Lubbock, Texas
May 2016
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT INFORMATION
Not Used
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (OVERALL PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS)
01020
Measurement and Payment........................................................................................................ 6
01027
Applications for Payment.......................................................................................................... 2
01028
Change Order Procedures.......................................................................................................... 3
01039
Coordination and Meetings........................................................................................................ 2
01140
Work Restrictions...................................................................................................................... 3
01310
Progress Schedules.................................................................................................................... 2
01322
Photographic Documentation..................................................................................................... 2
01330
Submittal Procedures................................................................................................................. 5
01400
Quality Requirements................................................................................................................ 5
01420
References................................................................................................................................. 5
01555
Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling..................................................................................... 2
01600
Product Requirements................................................................................................................ 3
01700
Contract Closeout...................................................................................................................... 2
WATER LINE RELATED SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISIONS AND SECTIONS - SEE OVERTON PARK WATER LINE REPLACEMENT
IRRIGATION RELATED SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISIONS AND SECTIONS —SEE IRRIGATION SYSTEM GLENNA GOODACRE WIDENING
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A — CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING MINIMUM DESIGN
STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Section 8 Standard Specifications for Streets and Drainage Construction
Section 10 Typical Details of Construction
APPENDIX B - TxDOT SPECIFICATIONS
Item 100
Prepare Right Of Way
Item 132
Embankment
Item 160
Topsoil
Item 401
Flowable Fill
Item 464
Reinforced Concrete Pipe
Item 465
Junction Boxes, Manholes, and Inlets
Item 618
Conduit
Item 624
Ground Boxes
92286 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE - 1
05/16
Glenna Goodacre Blvd Municipal Improvements from Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01020
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. The following sections shall be used to define measurements and payments for this project.
The unit price bid on each item as stated in the bid proposal shall include furnishing all
labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment, and materials except as otherwise specified,
necessary or incidental to complete the various items of work in accordance with the plans
and specifications. Cost of work or materials shown on the plans or called for in the
specifications and on which no separate payment is made shall be included in the bid prices
on the various pay items. Payment will not be made for any item that is not complete,
including all associated incidental work. Only those items indicated on bid documents and
plan sheets will be included for construction and payment.
1.2 MOBILIZATION
A. The cost for mobilization shall be limited to no more than 7.5% of the Contract amount for
construction items (materials and labor) bid for this project.
B. Mobilization shall include costs associated with move -in related equipment and labor, bid
bond, performance and construction bonds and insurance related for this project. This
would include the establishment and removal of offices, plants and facilities, movement of
personnel, equipment, and supplies to and from the project or the vicinity of the project site
to begin work or complete work on Contract Items. This Item will be measured by the
lump sum as the work progresses.
C. Payment. Partial payments of the lump sum bid for mobilization will be as follows. The
adjusted Contract amount for construction Items as used below is defined as the total
Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization.
1. Payment will be made upon presentation of a paid invoice for the payment bond,
performance bond, and required insurance. The combined payment for bonds and
insurance will be no more than 10% of the mobilization lump sum.
2. When 5% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is earned, 90% of
the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous payments under this Item will
be deducted from this amount.
3. Payment for the remainder of the lump sum bid for "Mobilization" will be made on
the final estimate after final acceptance of the project.
1.3 PREPARE RIGHT OF WAY
A. Measurement and payment according to TxDOT Item 100.
1.4 DEMOLISH IRRIGATION
A. Measurement will be made as a lump sum for demolition of the irrigation as indicated in
the plans. Demolish irrigation as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor
to perform work.
92286 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01020 - 1
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Blvd Municipal Improvements from Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
1.5 REMOVE STORM SEWER INLET
A. A count will be made of the storm sewer inlets actually removed. This price is full
compensation for breaking the concrete; loading, hauling and salvaging or disposing of the
material; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals.
1.6 EMBANKMENT
A. Measurement and payment according to TxDOT Item 132.
B. Additionally, the only area where embankment shall be paid is as indicated in the plans to
fill the roadbed of abandoned 7' Street. Any other embankment is subsidiary to the asphalt
pavement bid item.
1.7 TOP SOIL
A. Measurement and payment according to TxDOT Item 160.
1.8 BROADCAST SEEDING
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of seeding. This price is full
compensation for furnishing materials, including water for hydro -seeding and hydro -
mulching operations, mowing, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals.
B. Payment will be made such that 50% of the extended price will be paid at the time of
installation and the remainder will be paid at a time when City of Lubbock Parks and
Recreation staff determine a uniform stand of turfgrass has been established as specified.
1.9 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in acres, of the limits of the proposed irrigation
work. This is a plans quantity measurement item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity
shown in the proposal. This price is full compensation for furnishing and installing all
components; flushing and testing water lines; furnishing and operating equipment; and
labor, tools, and incidentals.
1.10 HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT (HMAC)
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of hot mix asphalt pavement
actually constructed. This price is full compensation for furnishing and installing all
pavement structure layers including subgrade densification and caliche base according to
City of Lubbock standards, tack and prime coats, compaction, testing and all incidentals
necessary to complete the work. Additionally, all excavation and or embankment for the
roadbed and adjacent sidewalks and driveways will be subsidiary to this item.
B. Payment will be made such that upon approval of the Engineer and Inspector, 20%
payment for completion of the subgrade pavement layer, 20% for completion of the caliche
base pavement layer, and the remainder for the asphalt surface pavement layer.
92286 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01020 - 2
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Blvd Municipal Improvements from Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
1.11 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of curb and gutter actually constructed. This
price is full compensation for furnishing and installing all materials, forming, finishing,
jointing, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
B. Additionally, asphalt repair of adjacent existing asphalt pavement shall comply with City
of Lubbock standards and shall be subsidiary to this item.
1.12 CONCRETE FILLET AND VALLEY GUTTER
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of concrete fillet and valley gutter
actually constructed. This price is full compensation for furnishing and installing all
materials, excavation, filling, backfilling, reinforcement, forming, finishing, jointing, and
all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
B. Additionally, asphalt repair of adjacent existing asphalt pavement shall comply with City
of Lubbock standards and shall be subsidiary to this item.
1.13 CONCRETE ALLEY RETURN
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of alley return actually constructed.
This price is full compensation for furnishing and installing all materials, excavation,
filling, backfilling, reinforcement, forming, finishing, jointing, and all incidentals
necessary to complete the work.
1.14 CONCRETE DRIVEWAY
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of concrete driveway actually
constructed. This price is full compensation for furnishing and installing all materials,
excavation, filling, backfilling, reinforcement, forming, finishing, jointing, and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
1.15 SIDEWALK
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of sidewalks actually constructed.
Sidewalk shall comply with all pertinent ADA requirements and comply with Downtown
Design Guidelines where indicated in the plan. This price is full compensation for
furnishing and installing all materials, excavation, filling, backfilling, reinforcement,
forming, finishing, jointing, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
1.16 CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS
A. A count will be made of the sidewalk ramps actually constructed. Sidewalk ramps will be
paid for at the unit price bid per each ramp constructed regardless of type specified in the
plans. This price is full compensation for furnishing and installing all materials,
reinforcement, forming, finishing, jointing and all incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
92286 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01020 - 3
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Blvd Municipal Improvements from Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
1.17 FLOWABLE FILL
A. Measurement will be made at the volume, in cubic yards, of flowable fill actually placed.
Flowable fill used for all drainage structures will be considered subsidiary to that pay item.
Flowable fill will be `excavatable' as shown in TxDOT, Item 401 of the Standard
Specifications. This price is full compensation for all labor, equipment, and incidentals
required to complete the work.
1.18 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT
A. A count will be made of manholes of various type and sizes to be adjusted. These
structures will be paid for at the unit bid price per each manhole adjusted. This price is full
compensation for all materials, backfill as required, excavation, tools, equipment, labor and
incidentals per each manhole adjusted.
1.19 CONDUIT
A. Measurement and payment according to TxDOT Item 618.
1.20 GROUND BOXES
A. Measurement and payment according to TxDOT Item 624.
1.21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS
A. Striping — Measurement will be made of the linear feet of pavement markings of various
widths and colors actually installed. Pavement markings will be paid for at the unit price
bid per linear foot. This price is full compensation furnishing and installing all materials,
and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
B. Arrows - A count will be made of pavement marking arrows of various types. Pavement
markings will be paid for at the unit price bid per each. This price is full compensation
furnishing and installing all materials, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
1.22 RAISED REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS
A. A count will be made of the number of raised reflective pavement markers of various types
and colors actually installed. This price is full compensation for furnishing and installing
all materials, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
1.23 PRECAST MANHOLE AND CURB INLET
A. Measurement and payment according to TxDOT Item 465.
1.24 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
A. Measurement and payment according to TxDOT Item 464.
1.25 TRENCH SAFETY
A. Temporary Excavation Support and protection systems per plans and specifications.
92286 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01020 - 4
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Blvd Municipal Improvements from Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
1.26 C-900 PIPE
A. Furnish and install C-900 DR-18 approved water pipe, size labeled on plans, in open cut
trench, backfilled to 95% compaction, and tested as herein specified, including all
equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. Adjustments required to the water line for
utility crossings including fittings and all necessary tools are subsidiary to the bid item.
1.27 FIRE HYDRANT
A. Furnish and install fire hydrants as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and
labor to perform work.
1.28 FITTINGS
A. Furnish and install all required fittings as herein specified, including all equipment, tools,
and labor to perform work.
1.29 GATE VALVE AND BOX
A. Furnish and install gate valve and box, per size on plans, as herein specified, including all
equipment, tools, and labor to perform work.
1.30 BORE AND ENCASEMENT
A. Furnish and bore 16" steel encasement with spacers as herein specified, including all
equipment, tools, and labor to perform work.
1.31 CUT AND PLUG EXISTING WATER LINE
A. Cut and plug existing 6" water line as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and
labor to perform work.
1.32 SAWCUT AND REMOVE EXISTING PAVING
A. Sawcut and remove existing asphalt paving, including all material, equipment and labor to
perform removal, disposal and all other work considered incidental to this item.
1.33 REPAIR PAVING
A. Repair asphalt paving, including all material, equipment and labor to perform subgrade
compaction and testing. HMAC installation per COL Specifications and all other work
considered incidental to this item.
1.34 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
A. Traffic control plan will be measured by the month. This price is full compensation for
installation, maintenance, adjustments, replacements, removal, materials, equipment, labor,
tools, and incidentals.
92286 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01020 - 5
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Blvd Municipal Improvements from Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
1.35 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
A. Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.
Partial payment will be made on a pro-rata basis as a percentage of the construction
contract duration. The sum of the partial payments made for storm water pollution
prevention shall not exceed 90% of the lump sum price bid for storm water pollution
prevention prior to the termination of the construction contract. No partial payment will be
made for partial storm water pollution prevention measures. Payment shall not be made
for this item where the Owner determines a lack of evidence that storm water pollution
prevention measures were used, or that the measures installed do not meet the requirements
of the plan. No additional payments will be allowed where storm water pollution
prevention is required because of work being remedied due to not meeting the
requirements of the plans and specifications. The unit price bid shall include furnishing
and installing all materials, filing Notice of Intent/Termination forms, inspections,
maintenance, silt fences, hay bales, sand bags, diversion swales and any other measure
and/or incidentals required for compliance with NPDES Permit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
92286 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01020 - 6
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01027
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General
Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Agreement: Contract Sum/Price and unit prices.
B. General Conditions: Progress Payments and Final Payment.
C. Section 01020 — Measurement and Payment.
D. Section 01028 - Change Order Procedures: Procedures for changes to the Work.
E. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
F. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
1.4 FORMAT
A. EJCDC 1910-8-E - Application for Payment including continuation sheets when required, or
Owner forms, or Owner -approved form of the Contractor.
B. For each item, provide a column for listing: Item Number; Description of work; Scheduled
Value, Previous Applications; Work in Place; Authorized Change Orders; Total Completed;
Percentage of Completion; Balance to Finish; and Retainage.
1.5 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS
A. Present required information in typewritten form or computer generated Excel Spreadsheet.
B. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.
C. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line
item for portion of work performed and for stored products.
D. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing Change Order
number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work.
E. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700.
1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Submit four copies of each Application for Payment.
B. Submit an updated construction schedule with each Application for Payment. Payment will not
be made until an up-to-date schedule is received.
C. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.
92286 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENTS 01027 - 1
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
1.7 SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in
question.
B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show Application
number and date, and line item by number and description.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
92286 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENTS 01027 - 2
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01028
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General
Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittals.
B. Documentation of change in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time.
C. Change procedures.
D. Stipulated Price change order.
E. Unit price change order.
F. Time and material change order.
G. Execution of change orders.
H. Correlation of Contractor submittals.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01027 - Applications for Payment.
B. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
C. Section 01600 - Product Requirements.
D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents, and be responsible for
informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work.
B. Change Order Forms: EJCDC 1910-8-B Change Order, Owner's form, or other form approved
by Owner.
1.5 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM/PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME
A. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material basis. Provide full information
required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work.
B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of
the quotation.
C. Provide additional data to support computations:
1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment.
2. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
3. Overhead and profit.
4. Justification for any change in Contract Time.
5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented.
92286 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 1
05/16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
6. If subcontracted, provide subcontractor documentation according to General Contract
Conditions and this specification. Show Contractor markup on subcontractor changes.
D. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time and material basis, with
additional information:
1. Origin and date of claim.
2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.
3. Time records and wage rates paid.
4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented.
Show Contractor markup on subcontractor work.
1.6 CHANGE PROCEDURES
A. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract
Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions
by letter.
B. The Engineer may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a proposed
change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications and a change in Contract
Time for executing the change. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate within 7 days.
C. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to the Engineer,
describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the
reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full
documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors.
Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01600.
1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION
A. Engineer may issue a document, signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed
with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
B. The document will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining
any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time.
C. Promptly execute the change in Work.
1.8 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A. Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's maximum price quotation or Contractor's request
for a Change Order as approved by Engineer.
1.9 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A. For pre -determined unit prices and quantities, the Change Order will be executed on a fixed
unit price basis.
B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not pre -determined, execute Work under
a Construction Change Authorization.
C. Changes in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and
Material Change Order.
92286 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 2
05/16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
1.10 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER
A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits
indicated in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as
provided in the Contract Documents.
C. Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis.
D. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs
for changes in the Work.
1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS
A. Execution of Change Orders: Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as
provided in the Conditions of the Contract.
1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each
authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum/Price.
B. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise
sub -schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit.
C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
92286 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 3
05/16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01039
COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General
Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Coordination.
B. Progress meetings.
C. Preconstruction meeting.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Sections of the Specifications to
assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements.
B. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial
Completion.
C. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work
and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's
activities.
1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Engineer will schedule a meeting with the required attendees.
B. Attendance Required: Owner, Engineer, Contractor and major Subcontractors.
C. Agenda:
1. Distribution of executed Contract Documents.
2. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of products and progress schedule.
3. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract and the Engineer.
4. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for
payments, proposal request, Change Orders and Contract closeout procedures.
5. Schedules.
6. Scheduling activities of construction testing lab.
7. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor.
8. Owner's requirements.
9. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner.
10. Survey layout.
11. Security and housekeeping procedures.
12. Procedures for testing.
13. Procedures for maintaining record documents.
92286 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01039 - 1
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
14. Inspection and acceptance of equipment or improvements put into service during
construction period.
15. Other items as deemed necessary by Owner or Engineer.
D. Engineer will record minutes and distribute copies to participants.
1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum bi-weekly
intervals.
B. Engineer will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, and
preside at meetings.
C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer, as
appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting.
D. Agenda:
1. Review minutes of previous meetings.
2. Review of Work progress.
3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.
4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress.
5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals.
6. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules.
7. Maintenance of progress schedule.
8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.
9. Planned progress during succeeding work period.
10. Coordination of projected progress.
11. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination.
13. Other business relating to Work.
E. Engineer will record minutes and distribute copies to participants.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
92286 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01039 - 2
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01140
WORK RESTRICTIONS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Use of premises.
B. Special scheduling requirements.
C. Working period.
D. Utility cutovers and interruptions.
E. Noise restrictions.
F. Occupancy requirements.
1.3 USE OF PREMISES
A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of
site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Limits: Confine construction operations to within the limits of the construction
easement or right-of-way as shown on plans.
2. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and
available to employees and emergency vehicles at all times, except when
construction is immediately at that vicinity. Do not use these areas for parking or
storage of materials.
a. Schedule construction to minimize obstruction of driveways and entrances.
b. Provide commercial and industrial occupants with at least one (1) driveway
suitable to traffic in and out of the location when obstructions are inevitable.
Some additional requirements are noted on the plans for some affected
driveways.
1.4 SPECIAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS
A. Have materials, equipment, and personnel required to perform the work at the site prior to
the commencement of the work.
B. Permission to interrupt any utility service shall be requested in writing a minimum of 14
calendar days prior to the desired date of interruption.
C. The work under this contract requires special attention to the scheduling and conduct of the
work in connection with existing operations. Identify on the construction schedule each
factor which constitutes a potential interruption to operations.
92286 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01140 - 1
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
1.5 WORKING PERIOD
A. Working Hours - Regular working hours shall be within an 11 hour period between
7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and an eight hour period between
9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on Saturday. Saturday work shall be restricted to those activities
that do not require observation by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right, at the Owner's
discretion, to not allow work when it interferes with holiday times and traffic. No work
shall be performed on the following holiday periods or days:
1. New Year's Day (observed)
2. Memorial Day Holiday (observed)
3. Independence Day Holiday (observed)
4. Labor Day Holiday (observed)
5. Thanksgiving Day Holiday plus the day before and the three days following
Thanksgiving Day.
6. Christmas week. If Christmas Day falls on a Saturday, this will be defined as the
week leading to Christmas Day. If Christmas Day falls on a Sunday, this will be
defined as the week following Christmas Day plus the Friday and Saturday prior to
Christmas Day.
B. Work Outside Regular Hours - Work outside regular working hours requires Owner's
approval. Make application 7 Calendar days prior to such work to allow arrangements to be
made by the Owner for inspecting the work in progress, giving the specific dates, hours,
location, type of work to be performed, contract number and project title. Based on the
justification provided, the Owner may approve work outside regular hours. During periods
of darkness, the different parts of the work shall be lighted in a manner approved by the
Owner. Lighting shall be such that it does not cause nuisance conditions.
C. The drawings contain specific requirements that affect certain areas of the work.
1.6 NOISE RESTRICTIONS
A. 75 dB limit at face of nearest structure during normal daylight hours.
B. 65 dB limit at face of nearest structure during evening and nighttime hours in or near
residential areas and for 24-hour working conditions that have received Owner approval.
Evening and nighttime hours shall be defined as 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.
C. Contractor shall keep on site OSHA -approved hand portable sound measurement
equipment for both the Owner's and the Contractor's use for measuring noise levels.
1.7 ADVANCE NOTICE
A. Contractor shall provide a minimum of five business days advance written notice of
construction to businesses and residences along the construction route.
1. The advance written notice shall be in the form of a single -page flyer to be placed by
hand by the Contractor's forces in mailboxes, door handles or handed to applicable
individuals at each route building.
2. The text for the advance written notice will be provided by the Owner in written
form and electronic form.
3. Reproduction shall be at the Contractor's expense.
4. Distribution shall be at the Contractor's expense.
5. Single -page flyers shall be of a paper or post -card color other than white to direct the
recipient's attention to the information.
92286 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01140 - 2
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
6. The text shall contain the anticipated beginning date of inconvenience to the
recipient and the anticipated duration of that inconvenience.
7. The dates shall encompass the duration of driveway inconveniences and potential
noise to the recipients on a single city block (i.e., the dates and durations shall reflect
the time that the city block of interest will be affected by non-trafficability).
B. Prior to closing any street or thoroughfare for any length of time, the Contractor shall
notify the following a minimum of 5 business days in advance:
1. All Emergency Services - Fire, Police, EMS
2. City of Lubbock Solid Waste Department
3. Lubbock Independent School District
4. Durham Transportation
5. TxDOT
6. Lubbock Avalanche Journal
7. Press release for local radio and television stations
1.8 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Obtaining water for construction is Contractor's sole responsibility.
B. Water is available from the potable water system of the City of Lubbock for construction
purposes. The Contractor is responsible for all charges and arrangements for water
consumption from the potable water system. The Contractor shall make such arrangements
directly with the City of Lubbock Water Utilities Department. The City will not furnish
potable water free of charge for the construction work. Contractor is responsible for any
required metering and hauling.
C. Water from park area lakes shall not be used for construction.
D. This section does not preclude Contractor from seeking other water sources for use in
construction. Such water sources shall meet the purity requirements for the intended use.
Such arrangements for water from other sources are the responsibility of the Contractor.
PART2-PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 WORK AREA LIMITS
A. Prior to any construction, the Contractor shall mark the areas that need not be disturbed
under this contract. Isolated areas within the general work area which are to be saved and
protected shall also be marked or fenced. Monuments and markers shall be protected
before construction operations commence. Where construction operations are to be
conducted during darkness, the markers shall be visible. The Contractor's personnel shall
be knowledgeable of the purpose for marking and/or protecting particular objects.
END OF SECTION
92286 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01140 - 3
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01310
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General
Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Format.
B.
Content.
C.
Revisions to schedules.
D.
Submittals.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01027 - Applications for Payment.
B. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
1.4 FORMAT
A. Sequence of Listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of Work.
B. Scale and Spacing: To provide space for notations and revisions.
C. Sheet Size: Minimum 8 1/2 x 11 inches.
D. Maintain monthly updates to schedule.
1.5 CONTENT
Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each
element of construction.
A. Identify each item by specification Section number.
B. Provide sub -schedules to define critical portions of the entire Schedule.
C. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work
completed, as of the first day of each month.
D. Provide separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, samples, and
dates reviewed submittals will be required from Engineer.
1.6 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each
activity.
B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other
identifiable changes.
92286 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310 - 1
05/16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
C. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule.
Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit initial Schedules within 10 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. After
review, resubmit required revised data within 10 days.
B. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application for Payment.
C. Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus two copies which
will be retained by Engineer.
1.8 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of reviewed Schedules to Engineer's project file, Subcontractors, suppliers,
and other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated
in Schedules.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
92286 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310 - 2
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01322
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION (OPTIONAL)
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Preconstruction photographs.
2. Periodic construction photographs.
3. Preconstruction videotapes.
4. Periodic construction videotapes.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures for submitting construction photographs.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit three complete sets of preconstruction photographs or videotape to Engineer. All
three sets will be retained by the Owner and the Engineer.
1. Identification: On back of each print, videotape, or CD, provide an applied label or
rubber-stamped impression with the following information:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and address of photographer.
C. Name of Engineer.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date photograph was taken.
f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass
point), and elevation or story of construction.
2. Digital Images: Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files with each
submittal of prints. Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken.
Submit images that have the same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
92286 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 1
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PHOTOGRAPHS, GENERAL
A. Field Office Prints: Retain one set of prints of preconstruction photographs in the field
office at Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify photographs the same as
for those submitted to Engineer.
fc�►�K�]�f.9111:Z�L C�]► tell1[8Zef:7_\ 1: �y
A. Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take color photographs of
Project site and surrounding properties from different vantage points, or as directed by
Engineer.
1. Take photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to the property before
starting the Work.
2. Take photographs of existing structures either on or adjoining the property to
accurately record the physical conditions at the start of construction.
B. Periodic Construction Photographs: As needed to document damage either directly related
to or inadvertently related to the Contractor's operations, photograph the area in question
and provide to Engineer.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION VIDEOS, GENERAL
A. Narration: Describe scenes on video by audio narration by microphone while video is
recorded. Include description of items being viewed, recent events, and planned activities.
Describe vantage point, indicating location, and direction (by compass point).
3.4 CONSTRUCTION VIDEOS
A. Preconstruction Video: Before starting construction, record video of Project site and
surrounding properties from different vantage points, or as directed by Engineer.
1. Show existing conditions on and adjacent to Project site before starting the Work.
2. Show existing structures either on or adjoining Project site to accurately record the
physical conditions at the start of construction.
3. Existing condition videos shall cover the entire project route.
4. Show protection efforts by Contractor.
B. Periodic Construction Documentation: As needed to document damage either directly
related to or indirectly related to the Contractor's operations, video the area in question and
provide to Engineer.
END OF SECTION
92286 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 2
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01330
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Owner's or Engineer's
responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Owner's or Engineer's
approval. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work
so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently
for coordination.
a. Owner and Engineer reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal
requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are
received.
B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Progress
Schedules" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of
related construction activities.
C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals,
as follows. Time for review shall commence on Owner's or Engineer's receipt of
submittal.
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional
time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent
submittals. Owner or Engineer will advise Contractor when a submittal being
processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. If more than five submittals are transmitted for review within any five-day period,
the time allowed for review will be increased to 21 days.
3. Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by Engineer's
consultants, Owner, or other parties is required, allow 21 days for initial review of
each submittal.
92286 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 1
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
4. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.
5. Allow 15 days for processing each resubmittal. Each resubmittal will count toward
the submittal count in any five-day period in paragraph 1 A.C.2 above.
6. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing.
D. Format
1. Submit all submittals digitally using .PDF file extension. Each submittal shall be a
single .PDF file including transmittal letter. Multiple files for the same submittal
will not be accepted.
2. Submittals in any other format, including .ZIP files, will be rejected.
3. Hard copies will not be accepted.
4. To ensure each page is legible, .PDF pages of drawings shall be the same size/scale
as a hard copy. Where applicable, scale symbols should be provided to indicate
scale. Illegible submittals will be rejected.
5. Submittals shall be uploaded to Engineer's Info Exchange website.
E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 4 x 8 inches on label or beside title block to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Owner or Engineer.
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action
taken:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Name and address of Owner.
d. Name and address of Contractor.
e. Name and address of subcontractor.
f. Name and address of supplier.
g. Name of manufacturer, if different than supplier.
h. Unique identifier, including revision number.
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Other necessary identification.
F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract
Documents on submittals.
G. Additional Copies: Submit five copies to Owner or Engineer. Submit additional copies if
required by Contractor for his work. Unless additional copies are required for final
submittal, and unless Owner or Engineer observes noncompliance with provisions of the
Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal if approved by Owner
or Engineer.
H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a consecutively numbered transmittal form.
Owner and/or Engineer will discard submittals received from sources other than
Contractor.
1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant
information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Owner or
Engineer on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract
Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label
information as the related submittal.
2. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
92286 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 2
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
3. Transmittal Form: Use Contractor's business transmittal form. Provide locations on
form for the following information:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Submittal number.
d. Destination (To:).
e. Source (From:).
f. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
g. Category and type of submittal.
h. Submittal purpose and description.
i. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
j . Remarks.
k. Signature of transmitter.
I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for
performance of construction activities.
J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by
Owner or Engineer in connection with construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification
Sections.
1. Number of Copies: Submit five copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
The five copies will be retained by the Owner or Engineer. Any additional copies
that the Contractor may need for his operations will be in addition to the five copies
required.
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction
and type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data
are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are
applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's product specifications.
b. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
C. Standard color charts.
d. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
e. Printed performance curves.
f. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
g. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
h. Notation of coordination requirements.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not
base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions.
b. Identification of products.
C. Fabrication and installation drawings.
92286 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 3
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
d. Schedules.
e. Design calculations.
f. Compliance with specified standards.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
2. Sheet Size: Submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no
larger than 11 x 17 inches.
3. Number of Copies: Submit five copies of each shop drawing submittal. Owner and
Engineer will retain all five copies.
2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number
of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:
1. Preparation of substrates.
2. Required substrate tolerances.
3. Sequence of installation or erection.
4. Required installation tolerances.
5. Required adjustments.
6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.
B. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory -authorized
service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory -authorized service representative
making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of
product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
C. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of
insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond,
limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.
D. Construction Videotapes: Comply with requirements in Section 01322 - Photographic
Documentation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Owner or
Engineer.
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform approval stamp. Include Project
name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of
92286 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 4
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been
reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
3.2 OWNER'S AND ENGINEER'S ACTION
A. General: Owner or Engineer will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's
approval stamp and will return them without action.
B. Action Submittals: Owner or Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate
corrections or modifications required, and return it. Owner or Engineer will provide an
action review sheet and will mark appropriately to indicate action to be taken, as follows:
l . No exception taken.
2. Make corrections noted.
3. Revise and resubmit.
4. Rejected.
5. The submittal review by the Engineer indicates that the Engineer checked for:
a. General conformance with the design concept of the project and general
compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Any action
shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications.
Contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and
dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction;
and performing his work in a satisfactory manner.
C. Informational Submittals: Owner or Engineer will review each submittal and will not
return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements.
D. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be
discarded.
END OF SECTION
92286 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 5
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01400
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and
quality control.
B. Construction materials testing services are required by the Contractor in order for the
Engineer to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do
not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document
requirements.
1. Specific quality -control requirements for individual construction activities are
specified in the sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections
may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality
control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document
requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Materials Testing (CMT): CMT includes collecting of samples, performing
well-defined test procedures, and reporting of such data. The Contractor will provide CMT
for this project.
1. Quality -Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions
performed by the Contractor during and after execution of the Work with results
provided to the Engineer to evaluate that completed construction complies with
requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by
Engineer.
B. Construction Materials Engineering (CME): The assessment of a construction material for
quality, appropriateness and acceptability is considered an engineering activity. The
Contractor will not provide CME services for this project. CME services will be
performed by the Engineer.
1. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions and procedures performed by the
Contractor before and during execution of the Work. Engineer will determine if the
results of the Contractor's activities, actions and procedures are acceptable in
guarding against defects and deficiencies and in ensuring that proposed construction
complies with requirements.
92286 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 1
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For individuals employed by Contractor who will perform testing as
required by the various specification Sections, submit at least 30 days prior to being used
on the project the capabilities and experience of such individuals and the types of tests that
the individual is qualified to perform. For outside testing agency employed by Contractor,
submit at least 30 days prior to being used on the project the name, address and manager of
such testing agency and the types of tests that the agency is qualified to perform. Such
testing agency shall be acceptable to Owner prior to being used on the project.
B. Reports: Prepare and submit written reports within 14 days following the date of the test
that include the following:
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency. If individual employed by
Contractor, use Contractor's name, address and telephone number.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests.
5. Names of individuals making tests.
6. Description of the work and test method.
7. Identification of material, product and specification Section.
8. Complete test data.
9. Test results.
10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing.
11. Provide a statement indicating if the test passed or failed according to the specified
Contract Document requirements and the applicable specification Section.
12. Name and signature of individual performing the test if employee of Contractor, or
name and signature of testing agency responsible person.
C. Professional Engineer Qualifications: Where a Professional Engineer is required in the
specification Sections, this means a Professional Engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in the jurisdiction where the project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated.
D. Testing Agency or Contractor Employee Qualifications: An agency or Contractor
Employee with the experience and capability to conduct testing indicated, according to
reference standards, and that has the capability and experience in the types of tests to be
performed.
E. Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing with
specified requirements for performance and test methods. The Contractor shall not perform
preconstruction testing except through a third -party testing agency.
F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit written report containing the results of each test
to Contractor. State in each report whether tested work passes or fails the specified
Contract Document requirements and the applicable specification section.
1.5 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality -control services are indicated as Owner's or
Engineer's responsibility, such services may be performed by Owner's own forces or by a
qualified testing agency to perform these services.
1. Owner or Engineer will furnish Contractor with names, addresses and telephone
numbers of testing agencies engaged by Owner.
92286 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 2
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
2. Owner may elect to have own forces, or a third -party testing agency, observe and
report on competency of Contractor's personnel performing quality control testing,
inspect and report on Contractor's quality control testing equipment and the
calibration of that equipment, and inspect and report on Contractor's procedures for
quality assurance of construction materials tests and test reports.
3. Results from tests performed by Owners forces or third party testing agency remain
the property of the Owner. The third party agency personnel are obligated to report
results of such tests only to the Owner or Engineer, not the Contractor. The Owner
or Engineer shall inform the Contractor of such results at their discretion.
4. The Owner shall notify the Contractor of reported deficiencies revealed by the above
inspections and observations. The Contractor shall correct such deficiencies. Should
such deficiencies remain uncorrected, then the amount of the work represented by
the deficiencies will be deemed as not conforming to the requirements of the
contract documents and the specifications.
B. Contractor Responsibilities: Provide quality control services required in the various
specification Sections.
1. Where third -party testing agency is engaged by Contractor, notify testing agency
sufficiently in advance of the time and date when work that requires testing will be
performed.
2. Contractor shall not engage the same testing agencies as the Owner, unless the
Owner agrees in writing to such engagement.
3. Where testing is indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit written reports in
duplicate of each testing service, whether performed by Contractor's personnel or
Contractor -engaged testing agency. Such reports shall include failing tests and
retests.
4. Testing requested by Contractor and not required by Contract Documents are
Contractor's responsibility.
5. Cooperate with Owner and Engineer for Owner's testing of work. Once the Owner
or Engineer has given prior notification to the Contractor that confirmation testing
by the Owner is to be performed, the Contractor shall provide or leave in place
trench shields, ladders, elevators, lifts, or other equipment or temporary construction
related to safety, access, and ingress -egress such that the Owner's testing
representative can have safe accessibility to the specific site to be tested. Failure to
provide these items when confirmation testing is scheduled shall be considered
prima facie evidence that the work does not meet specifications and the Owner has
the option of withholding payment for the work quantity that the test would
represent.
6. Where Contractor's personnel are performing tests, provide individuals with
appropriate equipment to perform the tests in accordance with the test method
requirements. Provide alternate equipment where the specified test method cannot be
applied, and where alternative test methods and equipment must be employed to
provide the necessary quality control.
C. Retesting: Regardless of whether original tests were Contractor's responsibility, provide
quality -control services, including retesting, for construction that revised or replaced work
that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents.
D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance
of duties. Provide qualified personnel and necessary equipment to perform required tests
and inspections.
1. Notify Engineer and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed
in the work during performance of its services.
92286 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 3
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
2. Prepare a test report and state in each report whether tested and inspected work
passes or fails the specified requirements.
3. Submit a written report, in triplicate, of each test.
4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or
approve or accept any portion of the Work.
5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
E. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and
similar quality -control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested.
Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel.
Provide the following:
1. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field -curing of test samples.
5. Additional associated services required of Contractor for testing access are listed in
the specification Sections.
6. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
7. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by
testing agency.
8. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at
Project site.
F. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality
assurance and quality control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of
removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
2. Notify Owner's Representative at least 1 day prior to when testing of any kind is to
be performed.
G. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a preliminary schedule of tests, inspections, and
similar quality -control services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule
within 30 days of date established for Notice to Proceed.
1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Engineer, testing agencies, and each
party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections
are required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Sections of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into
adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.
92286 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 4
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality -control services.
END OF SECTION
92286 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 5
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01420
REFERENCES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Summary of Industry Standards.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": The term "approved," when used to convey Owner's or Engineer's action on
Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to Owner's or Engineer's
duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed": Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved,"
"required," and "permitted" mean directed by Owner or Engineer, requested by Owner or
Engineer, and similar phrases.
D. "Indicated": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on
Drawings or to other paragraphs or schedules in Specifications and similar requirements in
the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are
used to help the user locate the reference.
E. "Regulations": The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful
orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and
agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.
F. "Provide": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the
intended use.
G. "Installer": An installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an
employee, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction
operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
H. "Project site" is the space available for performing construction activities.
1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as
if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
92286 REFERENCES 01420 - 1
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
B. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements
that are different, but apparently equal, to Owner or Engineer for a decision before
proceeding.
1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or
specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may
comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the
minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated
numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of
requirements. Refer uncertainties to Owner or Engineer for a decision before
proceeding.
C. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web
site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the
date of the Contract Documents.
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800
Transportation Officials
www.aashto.or�
ACI
American Concrete Institute/ACI International
(248) 848-3700
www.aci-int.or
ACPA
American Concrete Pipe Association
(972) 506-7216
www.concrete-pipeorg
Al
Asphalt Institute
(859) 288-4960
www.asphaltinstitute.org
AIA
American Institute of Architects (The)
(800) 242-3837
www.aia.org
AISC
American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
(800) 644-2400
www.aisc.or
(312) 670-2400
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
(202) 452-7100
www.steel M
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
(212) 642-4900
www.anci.org
ASCE
American Society of Civil Engineers
(800) 548-2723
www.asce.org
(703) 295-6300
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
(610) 832-9585
www.astm.or�
92286 REFERENCES 01420 - 2
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
AWWA
American Water Works Association
(800) 926-7337
www.awwa.org
(303) 794-7711
CDA
Copper Development Association Inc.
(800) 232-3282
www.copper.org
(212) 251-7200
CLFMI
Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
(301) 596-2583
www.chainlinkinfo.com
CRSI
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
(847) 517-1200
www.crs�
CSI
Construction Specifications Institute (The)
(800) 689-2900
www.csinet.or
(703) 684-0300
EJMA
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
(914) 332-0040
www.ejma.org
FM
Factory Mutual System
(See FMG)
FMG
FM Global
(401) 275-3000
(Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System)
www.fmglobal.com
GRI
Geosynthetic Research Institute
(610) 522-8440
www.drexel.edu/gri
NRMCA
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
(301) 587-1400
www.nrmca.or
NSA
National Stone, Sand and Gravel Association
(800) 342-1415
www.a,gre at�g
(703) 525-8788
PCI
Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute
(312) 786-0300
www.pci.oM
SDI
Steel Deck Institute
(847) 458-4647
www.sdi M
TPI
Turfgrass Producers International
(800) 405-8873
www.turfgrasssod.org
(847) 705-9898
UL
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(800) 704-4050
www.ul.com
(847) 272-8800
92286 REFERENCES 01420 - 3
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are
used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name
of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are
subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the
Contract Documents.
BOCA BOCA International, Inc. (800) 214-4321
www.bocai.or(708) 799-2300
CABO Council of American Building Officials
(See ICC)
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and (909) 472-4100
Mechanical Officials (The)
www.iapmo.org
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (800) 284-4406
www.icbo.org (562) 699-0541
ICC International Code Council (703) 931-4533
(Formerly: CABO - Council of American
Building Officials)
www.iccsafe.or
SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, (205) 591-1853
Inc.
www.sbcci.or
E. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web
site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the
date of the Contract Documents.
CE Army Corps of Engineers
CRD Standards
www.usace.army.mil
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
www. epa. gov
FED -STD Federal Standard
(See FS)
FS Federal Specification
(Available from DOD, GSA, and NIBS)
(601)634-2355
(888) 293-6498
(202) 512-1530
(202) 260-2090
92286 REFERENCES 01420 - 4
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478
www.nist. gv
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742
(See CFR 29) (202) 219-5000
www.osha. izov
TCEQ Texas Commission on Environment Quality (806) 796-7092
www.tceq.state.tx.us (512) 239-1000
TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation (806) 745-4411
www.dot.state.tx.us
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
92286 REFERENCES 01420 - 5
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01555
BARRICADES, SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. This Item shall govern for providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining, cleaning
and removing upon completion of work, all barricades, portable barriers, signs, portable
changeable message signs, cones, lights and other such type devices and of handling traffic
as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer or Owner.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 BARRICADES, SIGNS AND DEVICES
A. All barricades, signs and other types of devices listed above shall conform to details shown
on the plans or those indicated in the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
(TMUTCD). All traffic control devices shall be crashworthy according to the guidelines
set forth in the National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP) Report 350.
2.2 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS
A. Materials, handling and installation shall be in accordance with Texas Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges,
2004 (TxDOT) Item 662.
B. Layout, color and placement shall conform to the TMUTCD and be verified by the
Owner's representative before installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. For this project a Traffic Control Plan (TCP) shall be submitted by the Contractor to the
City of Lubbock Traffic Engineering department for approval in the form of a barricade
permit. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall designate, in writing, a competent
person who will be responsible and available on the project site or in the immediate area to
insure compliance with the TCP.
92286 BARRICADES, SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING 01555 - 1
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
3.2 MAINTENANCE
A. All retroreflective traffic control devices such as barricades, vertical panels, signs, etc.,
shall be maintained by cleaning, replacing or a combination thereof such that during
darkness and rain the retroreflective characteristics shall equal or exceed the retroreflective
characteristics of traffic industry standard reflective panels.
END OF SECTION
92286 BARRICADES, SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING 01555 - 2
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01600
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General
Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Products.
B. Transportation and handling.
C. Storage and protection.
D. Product options.
E. Substitutions.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Information to Bidders: Product options and substitution procedures.
B. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements.
1.4 PRODUCTS
A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems
forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,
fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials
or components required for reuse.
B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically
permitted by the Contract Documents.
C. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery
1. Deliver materials, products and equipment to the project site in undamaged condition in
manufacturer's original, unopened containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact
and legible.
2. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities
are correct, and products are undamaged.
3. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement, or damage.
4. Arrange deliveries in accordance with the construction schedule and in ample time to
facilitate inspection prior to installation to avoid unnecessary delays in the construction
process.
92286 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 1
05/16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
B. Storage
1. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and
labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather -tight, climate controlled
enclosures.
2. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground.
3. Provide off -site storage and protection when site does not permit on -site storage or
protection.
4. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide
ventilation to avoid condensation.
5. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well -drained area. Prevent
mixing with foreign matter.
6. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement, or damage.
7. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection in a local warehouse.
Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under
specified conditions.
8. Materials, products and equipment may be stored off site in a bonded and insured local
warehouse approved by the Engineer and Owner. Pay all costs incurred for off -site
storage facilities. Products properly stored in off -site storage facilities may be included in
progress pay requests with written approval of the Owner.
C. Handling
1. Handle materials, products and equipment in a manner prescribed by manufacturer or
specified to protect from damage during storage and installation.
1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those
standards or description.
B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named
and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions:
Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.
1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. For bidding purposes as provided in "Information to Bidders".
B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the
Contractor.
C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution
with Contract Documents.
D. A request constitutes a representation that the Bidder:
1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality
level of the specified product.
2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified product.
3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for
the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner.
4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become
apparent.
5. Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with re -approval by
authorities.
92286 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 2
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or
product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require
revision to the Contract Documents.
F. Substitution Submittal Procedure:
1. Submit four copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to
one proposed Substitution.
2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed
product equivalence.
3. The Engineer will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject request.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
92286 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 3
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General
Requirements apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Closeout procedures.
B. Final cleaning.
C. Adjusting.
D. Project record documents.
E. Operation and maintenance data.
F. Warranties.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls.
1.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been
inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for
Engineer's inspection.
B. Provide submittals to Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities.
C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous
payments, and sum remaining due.
1.5 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection.
B. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.
C. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site.
D. Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes.
1.6 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
92286 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1
05/ 16
Glenna Goodacre Boulevard — From Avenue `R' to Avenue `O'
1.7 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the
Work:
1. Contract Drawings.
2. Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract.
5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.
B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction.
C. Record information concurrent with construction progress.
D. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products
installed, including the following:
1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number.
2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized.
3. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications.
E. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction
including:
1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,
referenced to permanent surface improvements.
2. Field changes of dimension and detail.
3. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
4. Changes made by addenda and modification.
F. Submit documents to Engineer as line segment installation is completed and with claim for final
Application for Payment.
1.8 WARRANTIES
A. Provide duplicate notarized copies.
B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers.
C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble with metal prong binder in durable plastic presentation
cover.
D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.
E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal
within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period.
F. Provide Affidavit of Bills Paid as required by General Contract Conditions and Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
92286 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 2
05/ 16
OVERTON PARK
WATER LINE REPLACEMENT
-- �E QF rF'1
r �P........... ,rgsll
x .r
T EVOR OVERMAN i
100234
ll� Ss CE N SE •''c*",
5/25/2016
lr� city of
lubbock
TEXAS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MAY 2016
No Text
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OVERTON PARK
WATER LINE REPLACEMENT
DIVISION 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010 Summary of Work ----------------------------------------------------------- 4
01140 Work Restrictions------------------------------------------------------------ 3
01300 Submittal Procedures-------------------------------------------------------- 4
01400 Quality Requirements------------------------------------------------------- 4
01410 Testing Laboratory Services----------------------------------------------- 3
01576 Waste Material Disposal --------------------------------------------------- 2
I JLTAI.Y"X' ►•II.y_Y_Il��dl�
02260 Excavation Support and Protection -------------------------------------- 3
02317 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities ------------------------------------- 10
02320 Utility Backfill Materials --------------------------------------------------- 4
02445 Boring and Encasing------------------------------------------------------- 4
02665 Water Piping, Valves, and Fittings---------------------------------------14
Overton Park water Line Replacement Table of Contents May 25, 2016
No Text
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section covers the description of the Work to be completed under these Specifications.
B. The OWNER is the City of Lubbock.
(1) The Owner's Representative is:
John Turpin, P.E.
Chief Water Utilities Engineer
City of Lubbock
O: (806) 775-2342
(2) The Project Manager is:
Trevor Overman P.E.
Civil Engineer
Water Utilities Engineering
City of Lubbock
O: (806) 775-2346
C. Section includes:
(1) Definitions
(2) Project description
(3) Permits and licenses
(4) Access to site
(5) Contractor's use of the premises
(6) Project schedule
(7) Security Procedures
(8) Coordination requirements
(9) Pre -construction meeting
(10) Warranty
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Furnish: To supply products to the project site, including delivering ready for unloading and
replacing damaged and rejected products.
B. Install: To put products in place in the work ready for the intended use, including unloading,
unpacking, handling, storing, assembling, installing, erecting, placing, applying, anchoring,
working, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
C. Provide: To furnish and install products.
D. Indicated: Shown, noted, scheduled, specified, or drawn, somewhere in the contract
documents.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01010-1 May 2016
1.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
A. The purpose of this project is to replace an existing 6 inch cast iron municipal water line
with an 8 inch PVC municipal water line.
B. Major work items are:
(1) Connect to existing 8" water line at intersection of Glenna Goodacer Lane and avenue R.
(2) Provide new 8" C-900 DR-18 water line, including shut-off gate valves and bends
installed by trench or bore.
(3) Connect new water line to existing line in Glenna Goodacer Lane west of Avenue O.
C. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials required for the complete
construction of the work as shown on the drawings and specified herein.
D. All work shall be performed in accordance with the most recent City of Lubbock Design
Standards for Water and Sanitary Sewer construction.
E. A maximum of 500 feet of trench open at a time.
1.4 Work shall also include restoration or replacement of all removed or damaged pavement, curb,
sidewalk, gutter, shrubbery, fence, sod or other disturbed surfaces or structures in a condition
equal to that before the work began to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
1.5 PERMITS AND LICENSES
A. Contractor shall provide qualifications to the Owner upon request to display evidence of
competency and authority to perform required work.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all required permits.
C. Contractor shall submit copies of all permits, licenses, and similar permissions obtained, and
receipts for fees paid, to the Owner.
1.6 ACCESS TO SITES
A. Contractor shall limit access to the site to authorized personnel only.
B. Contractor shall adequately barricaded open excavations and construction material and
equipment as to prevent unauthorized personnel from accessing.
C. The Owner shall locate and designate all manhole access points open and accessible for the
work, and provide rights of access to these points.
D. Contractor shall coordinate with the City Solid Waste Services to maintain trash pickup
schedules when working with in the alley right of way.
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES
A. The space available to the Contractor for the performance of the work, either exclusively or
in conjunction with others performing other construction as part of the project, is restricted to
the area shown on the site plan of the contract drawings unless the Contractor makes
arrangements to use additional space with the Owner.
B. The contractor shall ensure that any disturbed area is left in a condition equal to or better
condition before finishing construction in the area.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01010-2 May 2016
1.8 PROJECT SCHEDULE
A. The Work summarized above shall be substantially completed within 60 calendar days from
the date of the Notice to Proceed.
B. There will be a $100.00 per day liquidated damages for each day that exceeds the 60 day
limit.
C. Within five (5) business days after the date of the Substantial Completion Certificate, the
Engineer shall issue a Final Punch List of items to be corrected prior to Final Completion.
D. Punch list items shall be complete within 30 calendar days from the date of the Final Punch
List. There shall be $50 day liquidated damages assessed for each day that exceeds the 30 day
limit.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SECURITY PROCEDURES
A. Contractor shall limit access to the site to persons involved in the work.
B. Contractor shall provide secure storage for materials for which the owner has made payments
and which are stored on site.
C. Contractor shall secure completed work as required to prevent loss or damage.
D. Contractor shall secure sites by means of fencing, security guards, or other means to prevent
damage, theft, safety hazards, or other problems on the site.
E. The use of security personnel shall be cleared with the Owner.
3.2 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall inform the Owner when coordination of the work is required.
B. If necessary, inform each party involved, in writing, of procedures required for coordination;
include requirements for giving notice, submitting reports, and attending meetings.
C. Coordinate shop drawings prepared by separate entities.
D. Show installation sequence when necessary for proper installation.
3.3 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. A pre -construction meeting will be held at City Hall within ten (10) days of the date of Notice
to Proceed and prior to any construction taking place.
3.4 WARRANTY
A. Contractor shall warrant 100% of the project for one (1) year after the date of substantial
acceptance of the work.
B. On the eleventh (11) month from the date of final acceptance, an Owner's representative will
schedule an inspection with the presence of the Contractor to inspect for defects and
assessment of the work performed.
C. Any work that is considered defective by the Owner's representative will be repaired.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01010-3 May 2016
D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in workmanship, and pay for any and all damages of
any nature whatsoever resulting in defects at no cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01010-4 May 2016
SECTION 01140
WORK RESTRICTIONS
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
(1) Use Of Premises
(2) Special Scheduling Requirements
(3) Working Period
(4) Utility Cutovers And Interruptions
(5) Noise Restrictions
(6) Advance Notice
(7) Water For Construction
(8) Work Area Limits
1.2 USE OF PREMISES
A. Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas
in which the Work is indicated.
B. Confine construction operations to within the limits of Right of Way, Alley Easements and
Manhole locations, as shown on plans.
C. Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to tenants, residents and
emergency vehicles at all times, except when construction is immediately at that vicinity. Do
not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.
D. Schedule construction to minimize obstruction of driveways and entrances.
1.3 SPECIAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS
A. Have materials, equipment, and personnel required to perform the work at the site prior to the
commencement of the Work.
B. Permission to interrupt utility service shall be requested in writing a minimum of fourteen
(14) calendar days prior to the desired date of interruption.
1.4 WORKING PERIOD
A. Regular working hours shall be within an eleven (11) hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00
p.m., Monday through Friday, and an eight (8) hour period between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m.
on Saturday.
(1) Saturday work shall be restricted to those activities that do not require observation by the
Owner.
(2) The Owner reserves the right, at the Owner's discretion, to disallow work when it
interferes with holiday times and traffic.
B. No work shall be performed on the following holiday periods or days:
(1) New Year's Day
(2) Good Friday Holiday
(3) Memorial Day Holiday
(4) Independence Day Holiday
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01140-1 May 2016
(5) Labor Day Holiday
(6) Thanksgiving Day Holiday plus the day before and the three days following
Thanksgiving Day.
(7) Christmas Week. If Christmas Day falls on Saturday, this will be defined as the week
leading to Christmas Day. If Christmas Day falls on Sunday, this will be defined as the
week following Christmas Day plus the Friday and Saturday prior to Christmas Day.
C. Work outside regular working hours requires Owner's approval.
(1) Make application twenty-one (21) calendar days prior to such work to allow
arrangements to be made by the Owner for inspecting the work in progress, giving the
specific dates, hours, location, type of work to be performed, contract number and project
title.
(2) Based on the justification provided, the Owner may approve work outside regular hours.
(3) During periods of darkness, the different parts of the Work shall be lighted in a manner
approved by the Owner. Lighting shall be such that it does not cause nuisance
conditions.
D. The Drawings contain specific requirements that affect certain areas of the Work.
1.5 UTILITY CUTOVERS AND INTERRUPTIONS
A. Sanitary sewer flow shall not be interrupted upstream of the Work. Bypass pumping of
sanitary sewer flow upstream of the Work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Water service connections shall be re -connected in a timely manner following installation of
the new water pipe.
1.6 NOISE RESTRICTIONS
A. 75 dB limit at face of nearest structure during normal daylight hours.
B. 65 dB limit at face of nearest structure during evening and nighttime hours in or near
residential areas and for 24-hour working conditions that have received Owner approval.
Evening and nighttime hours shall be defined as 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.
C. The Contractor shall keep on -site a hand portable sound measurement device for both the
Owner's and the Contractor's use for measuring noise levels.
1.7 ADVANCE NOTICE
A. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of five (5) days advance written notice of
construction to businesses and residences along the construction route.
B. The advance written notice shall be in the form of a single page flyer to be placed by hand by
the Contractor's forces in mailboxes, door handles, or handed to applicable individuals at
each route building.
C. The text for the advance written notice will be approved by the Owner.
D. Reproduction shall be at the Contractor's expense.
E. Distribution shall be at the Contractor's expense.
F. Single page flyers shall be of a paper or post card color other than white to direct the
recipient's attention to the information.
G. The text shall contain the anticipated beginning date of inconvenience to the recipient and the
anticipated duration of that inconvenience.
H. The dates shall encompass the duration of driveway inconveniences and potential noise to the
recipients on a single city block (i.e., the dates and durations shall reflect the time that the city
block of interest will be affected by non-trafficability).
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01140-2 May 2016
1.8 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Obtaining water for construction is the Contractor's sole responsibility.
B. Water is available from the potable water system of the City of Lubbock for construction
purposes.
(1) The Contractor is responsible for all charges and arrangements for water consumption
from the potable water system.
(2) The Contractor shall make such arrangements directly with the City of Lubbock Water
Utilities Department.
(3) The City will not furnish potable water free of charge for the construction work.
(4) The Contractor is responsible for any required metering and hauling.
C. Water from park area lakes shall not be used for construction.
D. This section does not preclude the Contractor from seeking other water sources for use in
construction. Such water resources shall meet the purity requirements for the intended use.
Such arrangements for water from other sources are the responsibility of the Contractor.
PART 1 PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 2 EXECUTION
2.1 WORK AREA LIMITS
A. Prior to any construction, the Contractor shall mark the areas that need not be disturbed under
this contract.
B. Isolated areas within the general work area which are to be saved and protected shall also be
marked or fenced.
C. Monuments and markers shall be protected before construction operations commence.
D. Where construction operations are to be conducted during darkness, the markers shall be
visible at all times.
E. The Contractor's personnel shall be knowledgeable of the purpose for marking and/or
protecting particular objects.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01140-3 May 2016
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
(1) Submittal Procedures
(2) Re -Submittal Requirements
(3) Action Submittals
(4) Proposed Products List
(5) Shop Drawings
(6) Information Submittals
(7) Contractor's Review
(8) Owner And Engineer Action
1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Transmit each submittal with Contractor's standard transmittal letter including Contractor's
name, address, and phone number.
B. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers, pertinent Drawings sheet and detail
number(s), and specification Section number, as appropriate.
C. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project and coordinate submission of related items.
D. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
E. Submittals may be delivered to the Engineer at the following address:
Water Utilities Engineering
1625 13th Street
Lubbock, Texas 79401
F. Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re -submittals, as follows:
(1) Time for review shall commence on the Owner or Engineer's receipt of submittal.
(2) Allow fifteen (15) days for initial review of each submittal.
(3) Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with
subsequent submittals.
(4) The Owner or Engineer will advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed
must be delayed for coordination.
(5) If more than five (5) submittals are transmitted for review within any five (5) day period,
the time allowed for review will be increased to twenty-one (2 1) days.
(6) Where concurrent review of submittals by the Engineer, Owner, or other parties is
required, allow twenty-one (2 1) days for initial review of each submittal.
(7) If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.
(8) Allow fifteen (15) days for processing each resubmittal.
G. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing.
H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be
detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01300-1 May 2016
I. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps.
J. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly
report any inability to comply with provisions.
K. Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Owner or Engineer in
connection with the construction.
L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.
1.3 RE -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Revise initial submittal as required and re -submit to meet requirements as specified.
B. Identify all changes made since previous submittal.
C. Mark as RESUBMITTAL.
D. Re -use original transmittal number and supplement with sequential alphabetical suffix for
each re -submittal (ie. 0001-A).
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.
B. Submit three (3) copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
(1) The three (3) copies will be retained by the Owner's representative.
(2) Any additional copies that the Contractor may need for his operations will be in addition
to the three (3) copies required.
2.2 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST
A. Within fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit complete list of major
products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model or catalog
designation, and reference standards.
B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or
catalog designation, and reference standards.
C. Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of
product or equipment.
D. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement
manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project.
E. Include recommendations for application and use, compliance with specified standards of
trade associations and testing agencies.
F. Include notation of special coordination requirements for interfacing with adjacent work.
G. After review, distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and provide copies
for Record Documents described in Section 01700 — Contract Closeout.
2.3 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Prepare Project specific information, drawn accurately to scale.
B. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed
data.
C. Include the following information, as applicable:
(1) Dimensions
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01300-2 May 2016
(2) Identification of products
(3) Fabrication and installation drawings
(4) Schedules
(5) Design calculations
(6) Compliance with specified standards
(7) Notation of coordination requirements
(8) Notation of dimensions established by field measurement
D. For drawings larger than 11 x 17 inches, submit in the form of one reproducible transparency
and one opaque reproduction.
E. For drawings 11 x 17 inches and smaller, submit the number of opaque reproductions which
Contractor requires, plus three (3) copies which will be retained by Engineer.
F. Drawing size shall be minimum of 8 '/z x 11 inches and a maximum of 24 x 36 inches.
G. Draw details to a minimum size of'h inch equal to 1 foot.
H. After review, produce copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES article above and for record document purposed described in Section 01700
— Contract Closeout.
2.4 INFORMATION SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Instructions:
(1) When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' printed
instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and
finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data.
(2) Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents.
(3) Indicate special procedures, conditions requiring special attention and special
environmental criteria required for application or installation.
B. Manufacturer's Certificates
(1) When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to
Engineer for review, in quantities specified for Product Data.
(2) Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit
supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
(3) Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be
acceptable to the Engineer.
C. Insurance Certificates and Bonds:
(1) Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage.
(2) Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of
deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents.
B. Note corrections and field dimensions.
C. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to the Owner or Engineer.
(1) Stamp each submittal with a uniform approval stamp.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01300-3 May 2016
(2) Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and
number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that
the submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the
Contract Documents.
3.2 OWNER AND ENGINEER'S ACTION
A. The Owner or Engineer will not review submittals that do not bear the Contractor's approval
stamp and will return them without action.
B. The Owner or Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or
modifications required, and return it.
C. The Owner or Engineer will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp
appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:
(1) No exception taken
(2) Make correction noted
(3) Revise and resubmit
(4) Rejected
D. The submittal stamp by the Owner or Engineer will also contain the following:
(1) Checking is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and
general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents.
(2) Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications.
(3) The Contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and
dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; and
performing the Work in a satisfactory manner.
E. The Owner or Engineer will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and
return it, if it does not comply with the requirements.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01300-4 May 2016
SECTION 01400
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
(1) Definitions
(2) Testing Requirements
(3) Submittals
(4) Quality Control
(5) Repair and Protection
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Quality Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during
execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed
construction complies with requirements.
B. Quality Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after
execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements.
1.3 TESTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified
or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance
with the Contract Document requirements.
B. Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the
sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover
production of standard products.
C. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do no limit the Contractor's quality control
procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data:
(1) For individuals employed by the Contractor who will perform testing as required by the
various specification Sections, submit at least fourteen (14) days prior to being used on
the project the capabilities and experience of such individuals and the types of tests that
the individual will perform.
(2) For outside testing agency employed by the Contractor, submit at least fourteen (14) days
prior to being used on the project the name, address, and manager of such testing
agency and the types of tests that the agency will perform.
(a) Such testing agency shall be acceptable to the Owner prior to being used on the
project.
B. Reports:
(1) Prepare and submit written reports within fourteen (14) days following the date of the test
that include the following:
(a) Date of issue
(b) Project title and number.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01400-1 May 2016
(c) Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. If the individual is
employed by the Contractor, use Contractor's name, address, and telephone number.
(d) Dates and locations of samples and test
(e) Names of individuals making tests
(f) Description of the work and test method
(g) Identification of material, product, and specification Section.
(h) Complete test or inspection data
(i) Test results and interpretation of test results
0) Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing.
(k) Comments and opinion on whether tested Work complied with the Contract
Document requirements and the applicable specification Section.
(1) Name and signature of individual performing the test if employee of the Contractor,
or name and signature of testing agency responsible person.
(m) For failing tests, recommendations on retesting unless specification Sections provide
procedure for retesting.
C. Professional Engineer Qualifications:
(1) Where a Professional Engineer is required in the specification Sections, this means a
Professional Engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where the
project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind
indicated.
D. Test Agency Qualifications:
(1) An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing indicated, as
documented by ASTM E 548, and that has the capability and experience in the types of
tests to be performed.
E. Preconstruction Testing:
(1) Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing with specified requirements for
performance and test methods.
(2) The Contractor shall not perform preconstruction testing except through a third party
testing agency.
F. Testing Agency Responsibilities:
(1) Submit certified written report of each test and similar Quality Assurance service to the
Contractor.
(2) Interpret tests and state in each report whether tested work complies with or deviates
from the Contract Document requirements.
1.5 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities:
(1) Where quality control services are indicated as Owner or Engineer's responsibility, such
services may be performed by the Owner's forces or by a qualified testing agency to
perform these services.
(2) The Owner or Engineer will furnish the Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of testing agencies engaged by the Owner.
B. Contractor Responsibilities:
(1) Provide quality control services required in the various specification Sections.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01400-2 May 2016
(2) Where third party testing is engaged by the Contractor, notify testing agency sufficiently
in advance of the time and date when work that requires testing will be performed.
(3) The Contractor shall not engage the same testing agencies as the Owner, unless Owner
agrees in writing to such engagement.
(4) Where testing is indicated as the Contractor's responsibility, submit certified written
reports in duplicate of each testing service, whether performed by the Contractor's
personnel or Contractor engaged testing agency.
(5) Such reports shall include failing tests and retests.
(6) Testing requested by the Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are the
Contractor's responsibility.
(7) Where the Contractor's personnel are performing tests, provide individuals with
appropriate equipment to perform the tests in accordance with the test method
requirements.
(8) Provide alternate equipment where the specified test method cannot be applied, and
where alternative test methods and equipment must be employed to provide the
necessary quality control.
C. Retesting:
(1) Regardless of whether original tests were the Contractor's responsibility, provide quality
control services, including retesting, for construction that revised or replaced work that
failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents.
D. Testing Agency Responsibilities:
(1) Cooperate with the Engineer and Contractor in performance of duties.
(2) Provide qualified personnel and necessary equipment to perform required tests and
inspections.
(3) Notify the Engineer or Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in
the work during performance of its services.
(4) Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work
complies with or deviates from the requirements.
(5) Submit a certified written report, in triplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality
control service through the Contactor.
(6) Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or
approve or accept any portion of the Work.
(7) Do not perform any duties of the Contractor.
E. Associated Services:
(1) Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality
control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested.
(2) Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel.
(3) Provide the following:
(a) Access to the Work.
(b) Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
(c) Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting.
(d) Assist agency in obtaining samples.
(e) Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01400-3 May 2016
(f) Additional associated services required of the Contractor for testing access are listed
in the specification Sections.
(g) Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
(h) Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by
testing agency.
(i) Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at
Project site.
F. Coordination:
(1) Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality assurance and quality
control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and
replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
(2) Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged
construction, and restore substrates and finishes.
B. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of
these Specifications.
C. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates
evidence of patching.
D. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities.
E. Repair and protection are the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality control services.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01400-4 May 2016
SECTION 01410
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
(1) Selection and Payment
(2) Quality Assurance
(3) Laboratory Responsibilities
(4) Laboratory Reports
(5) Limits on Testing Laboratory Authority
(6) Contractor Responsibilities
(7) Schedule of Inspections and Tests
B. References:
(1) ANSUASTM D3740 — Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or
Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction.
(2) ANSUASTM E329 — Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for
Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction.
1.2 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
A. An independent firm, provided at the Contractor's expense, will perform inspection, tests,
and other services specified in individual specification Sections and as required by the
Engineer.
B. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer, in triplicate, indicating
observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract
Documents.
C. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools,
storage, safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested.
D. Notify the Engineer and independent firm forty-eight (48) hours prior to expected time for
operations requiring services.
E. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required
for Contractor's use.
F. Testing or inspecting does not relieve Contractor from performing Work to contract
requirements.
G. The cost associated with compliance testing shall be paid by the Contractor.
H. Re -testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed
by the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer.
I. Payment for re -testing will be paid by the Contractor.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of ANSUASTM D3740R and ANSUASTM E329.
B. Testing laboratory shall maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01410-1 May 2016
C. Testing equipment shall be calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy
traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) standards or accepted values of
natural physical constants.
1.4 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor.
B. Provide qualified personnel at site.
C. Cooperate with the Engineer and Contractor in performance of services.
D. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified
standards.
E. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.
F. Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of
Work or Products.
G. Perform additional inspections and tests required by the Engineer.
1.5 LABORATORY REPORTS
A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit three (3) copies of laboratory report to the
Engineer and to the Contractor.
B. Laboratory test reports shall include:
(1) Date issued
(2) Project title and number
(3) Name of inspector
(4) Date and time of sampling or inspection
(5) Identification of product and Specification Section
(6) Location in the Project
(7) Type of inspection or test
(8) Date of test
(9) Results of tests
(10) Conformance with Contract Documents
C. When requested by the Engineer, provide interpretation of test results.
1.6 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.
B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of the Contractor.
D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.
1.7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Deliver to laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be
used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs.
B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work.
C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and
handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and
inspections, storage and curing of test samples.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01410-2 May 2016
D. Notify the Engineer and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring
inspection and testing services.
1.8 SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
A. As indicated in individual Specification Sections.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01410-3 May 2016
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 01576
WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
(1) Submittals
(2) Salvageable Material
(3) Excess Material
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Obtain and submit disposal permits for proposed disposal sites if required by local
ordinances.
B. Submit a copy of written permission from property owner, along with a description of
property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project.
C. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work.
D. Both written permission and signed release shall include hold -harmless clauses naming the
City of Lubbock, Texas as the entities to be held harmless in any subsequent legal
proceeding.
E. Both property permissions and signed releases shall be attested to by a notary public.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 3 EXECUTION
1.1 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL
A. Asphalt Pavement and Asphalt Stabilized Base shall conform to requirements of Section
02221 — Removing Existing Pavements.
1.2 EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and
other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of the Contractor and
shall be removed from the job site and legally disposed of at a proper facility such as the
West Texas Region Disposal Facility (WTRDF).
B. Excess material may be disposed at the WTRDF at no additional cost to the Owner.
(1) There will be a tipping fee per ton for construction debris and for excess uncontaminated
soil.
(2) There will also be a fee per load for every truck that is not covered properly when coming
to the landfill.
(3) For a complete list of fees associated with the WTRDF, please call or go to the City's
website at http://solidwaste.ci.lubbock.tx.us/disposal/fees.aspx.
(4) All tipping fees shall be considered to be included in the Contractor's bid prices.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 01576-1 May 2016
C. Excess soil maybe deposited on private property adjacent to the Project if approved by the
Owner and when written permission is obtained from the property owner.
D. Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is
maintained in a neat and orderly condition.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement Ol 576-2 May 2016
SECTION 02221
REMOVING EXISTING PAVEMENTS
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section of the specifications covers the removal of existing pavements, including, but not
limited to, concrete paving, brick paving, asphaltic paving, concrete curb and/or gutter, and
concrete sidewalks.
B. Section Includes:
(1) Regulatory Requirements
(2) Preparation
(3) Protection
(4) Removals
(5) Backfill
(6) Disposal
1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable codes for disposal of debris. Refer to Section 01576 —Waste Material
Disposal.
B. Coordinate removal work with utility companies.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Obtain advance approval from the Engineer for dimensions and limits of removal work.
B. Identify known utilities below grade.
C. Paint, stake and flag locations.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Protect the following from damage or displacement:
(1) Adjacent public and private property.
(2) Trees, plants, and other landscape features designated to remain.
(3) Utilities not designated to be removed.
(4) Pavement and utility structures not designated to be removed.
(5) Benchmarks, monuments, and existing structures not designated to be removed.
A. Remove pavements and structures by methods that will not damage underground utilities.
B. Do not use a drop hammer near existing underground utilities.
C. Minimize amount of earth loaded during removal operations.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02221-1 May 2016
D. Where existing pavement is to remain, make straight saw cuts in existing pavement to
provide clean breaks prior to removal.
E. Do not break concrete pavement or base with drop hammer.
F. Where street and driveway saw cut locations coincide or fall within three (3) feet of existing
construction or expansion joints, break out to existing joint.
G. Remove sidewalks and curbs to nearest existing dummy, expansion, or construction joint.
H. Any existing concrete, which is damaged or destroyed beyond the neat lines so established,
shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
I. Remaining concrete shall be mortared to protect the reinforcing steel and provide a neat,
clean appearance.
3.4 BACKFILL
A. Backfill of removal zones shall be in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 —
Excavation and Backfill for Utilities as applicable to the specific portion of the Work.
3.5 DISPOSAL
A. Remove from the site debris resulting from work under this section in accordance with
requirements of Section 01576 — Waste Material Disposal.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02221-2 May 2016
SECTION 02240
DEWATERING
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes construction dewatering procedures and requirements.
(1) A geotechnical survey has not been performed at the site.
(2) This Section shall be applicable only if ground water begins to enter the trench.
(3) Any required dewatering for this project shall be considered subsidiary to pipeline and
manhole installation and no separate compensations will be paid.
B. Section Includes:
(1) Submittals
(2) Performance Requirements
(3) Quality Assurance
(4) Project Conditions
(5) Preparation
(6) Installation
(7) Observation Wells
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings for Information:
(1) For dewatering system, show arrangements, locations, and details of wells and well
points; locations of headers and discharge lines; and means of discharge and disposal of
water.
(2) Include layouts of piezometers and flow -measuring devices for monitoring performance
of dewatering system.
(3) Include written report outlining control procedures to be adopted if dewatering problems
arise.
(4) Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining
construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by
dewatering operations.
(5) Record drawings at Project closeout identifying and locating capped utilities and other
subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanical conditions performed during dewatering.
(6) Note locations and capping depth of wells and well points.
B. Field Test Reports:
(1) Before starting excavation, submit test results and computations demonstrating that
dewatering system is capable of meeting performance requirements.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design, furnish, install, test, operate, monitor, and maintain dewatering system of sufficient
scope, size, and capacity to control ground water flow into excavations and permit
construction to proceed on dry, stable ground.
B. Maintain dewatering operations to ensure erosion control, stability of excavations and
constructed slopes, that excavation does not flood, and that damage to subgrades and
permanent structures is prevented.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02240-1 May 2016
C. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, and other means approved
by the Engineer.
D. Remove dewater system if no longer needed.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with water disposal requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Existing Utilities:
(1) Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted
in writing by the Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility
services according to requirements indicated.
B. Project Site Information:
(1) A geotechnical report has not been prepared for the Project area.
(2) The Contractor, at own expense, may make test borings and conduct other exploratory
operations necessary for dewatering.
(3) Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a qualified professional
engineer or land surveyor, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to act as
benchmarks.
(4) Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations.
(5) During dewatering, regularly resurvey benchmarks, maintaining an accurate log of
surveyed elevations for comparison with original elevations.
(6) Promptly notify the Engineer if changes in elevations occur or if cracks, sags, or other
damage is evident in adjacent construction.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by
dewatering operations.
B. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, ponding on
prepared subgrades, and from flooding site and surrounding area.
C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water
accumulation.
D. Install dewatering system to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and
other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
E. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without
permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
(1) Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
3.2 INSTALLATION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02240-2 May 2016
A. Install dewatering system utilizing wells, well points, or similar methods complete with pump
equipment, standby power and pumps, filter material gradation, valves, appurtenances, water
disposal, and surface -water controls.
B. Before excavating below ground water level, place system into operation to lower water to
specified levels.
C. Operate system continuously until drains, sewers, and structures have been constructed and
fill materials have been placed, or until dewatering is no longer required.
D. Provide an adequate system to lower and control ground water to permit excavation,
construction of structures, and placement of fill materials on dry subgrades.
E. Install sufficient dewatering equipment to drain water -bearing strata above and below bottom
of foundations, drains, sewers, and other excavations.
F. Do not permit open -sump pumping that leads to loss of fines, soil piping, subgrade softening,
and slope stability.
G. Reduce hydrostatic head in water -bearing strata below subgrade elevations of foundations,
drains, sewers, and other excavations.
H. Maintain piezometric water level a minimum of sixty (60) inches below surface of
excavation.
I. Dispose of water removed by dewatering in a manner that avoids endangering public health,
property, and portions of work under construction or completed.
J. Dispose of water in a manner that avoids inconvenience to others.
K. Provide sumps, sedimentation tanks, and other flow -control devices as required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
L. Provide standby equipment on -site, installed and available for immediate operation, to
maintain dewatering on continuous basis if any part of system becomes inadequate or fails.
M. If dewatering requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering
system, restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional expense to Owner.
N. Remove dewatering system from Project Site on completion of dewatering.
O. Plug or fill well holes with sand or cut off and cap wells a minimum of thirty-six (36) inches
below overlying construction.
P. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by dewatering operations.
3.3 OBSERVATION WELLS
A. Provide, take measurements, and maintain at least the minimum number of observation wells
or piezometers indicated and additional observation wells as may be required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Observe and record daily elevation of ground water and piezometric water levels in
observation wells.
C. Repair or replace, within twenty-four (24) hours, observation wells that become inactive,
damaged, or destroyed.
D. Suspend construction activities in areas where observation wells are not functioning properly
until reliable observations can be made.
E. Add or remove water from observation well risers to demonstrate that observation wells are
functioning properly.
F. Fill observation wells, remove piezometers, and fill holes when dewatering is completed.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02240-3 May 2016
SECTION 02260
EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes temporary excavation support and protection systems.
B. Section Includes:
(1) Submittals
(2) Performance Requirements
(3) Project Conditions
(4) Materials
(5) Preparation
(6) Sheet Piling
(7) Trench Boxes
(8) Trenching Procedures
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings for Information:
(1) Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified Professional Engineer for excavation
support and protection systems.
(2) Include Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a Texas Licensed Professional Engineer
responsible for their preparation.
B. Qualification data for installer and Professional Engineer.
C. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining
construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by the
absence of, the installation of, or the performance of excavation support and protection
systems.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design, furnish, install, monitor, and maintain excavation support and protection system
capable of supporting excavation sidewalls and of resisting soil and hydrostatic pressure and
superimposed and construction loads.
B. Provide professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility,
including preparation of Shop Drawings and a comprehensive engineering analysis by a
qualified Professional Engineer.
C. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means approved
by the Engineer.
D. Install excavation support and protection systems without damaging existing buildings,
pavements, and other improvements adjacent to excavation.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Existing Utilities:
(1) Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted
in writing by the Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility
services according to requirements indicated.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02260-1 May 2016
B. Project Site Information:
(1) Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a qualified professional
engineer or land surveyor, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to act as
benchmarks.
(2) Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations.
(3) During installation of excavation support and protection systems, regularly resurvey
benchmarks, maintaining an accurate log of surveyed elevations and positions for
comparison with original elevations and positions.
(4) Promptly notify the Engineer if changes in elevations or positions occur, or if cracks,
sags, or other damage is evident in adjacent construction.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Provide materials that are either new or in serviceable condition.
B. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A 36M, ASTM A690/A 690 M, ASTM A 992/ A 992M.
C. Steel Sheet Piling: ASTM A 328/A 328M, ASTM A 572/ A 572M, or ASTM A690/ A
690M; with continuous interlocks.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Project structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards that could develop
during excavation support and protection systems operations.
B. Shore, support, and protect utilities encountered.
C. Install excavation support and protection systems to ensure minimum interference with roads,
streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
D. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without
permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
(1) Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
E. Locate excavation support and protection systems clear of permanent construction so that
forming and finishing of concrete surfaces is not impeded.
F. Monitor excavation support and protection systems daily during excavation progress and for
as long as excavation remains open.
G. Promptly correct bulges, breakage, or other evidence of movement to ensure that excavation
support and protection systems remain stable.
H. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by installing excavation support and
protection systems.
3.2 SHEET PILING
A. Before starting excavation, install one-piece sheet piling lengths and tightly interlock to form
a continuous barrier.
B. Limit vertical offset of adjacent sheet piling to sixty (60) inches.
C. Accurately align exposed faces of sheet piling to vary not more than two (2) inches from a
horizontal line and not more than 1:120 out of vertical alignment.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02260-2 May 2016
D. Cut tops of sheet piling to uniform elevation at top of excavation.
3.3 TRENCH BOXES
A. Provide Engineer approved trench boxes sufficient for depth and width of open -cut trench.
B. All exposed trench shall be protected.
3.4 TRENCHING PROCEDURES
A. Provide shoring systems in accordance with the Contractor's submitted design to adequately
resist earth pressures.
B. Proceed with work in an orderly fashion.
C. Install trench bracing systems as soon as possible after opening trenches.
D. Do not allow workers in trench prior to installing trench bracing systems.
E. Backfill trenches as soon as possible after completion of work.
F. Stockpile excavated materials at three (3) feet away from edge of trench.
G. Maintain barricades and signage as required by State and Local codes to protect open
excavations.
H. Do not allow surface water to enter excavations.
I. Properly grade areas adjacent to trench excavations to control surface drainage away from
excavations.
J. If cut back method is allowed by Owner and is employed, maintain a clear distance of three
(3) feet from edge of cut to avoid allowing loose material to enter trench.
K. Cut back method may not be used where there is insufficient work area to employ it.
L. Do not operate heavy equipment except for trench digging or pipe laying equipment within
twenty (20) feet of edge of excavation.
M. Haul trucks, if needed, may operate closer than twenty (20) feet to trench edge provided the
Contractor deems it safe to do so.
3.5 REMOVAL AND REPAIRS
A. Remove excavation support and protection systems when construction has progressed
sufficiently to support excavation and bear soil and hydrostatic pressures.
B. Remove in stages to avoid disturbing underlying soils or damaging structures, pavements,
facilities, and utilities.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02260-3 May 2016
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 02317
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section of the specifications includes information on excavation, trenching, foundation,
embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including manholes and pipeline
structures.
B. Section Includes:
(1) Definitions
(2) References
(3) Scheduling
(4) Submittals
(5) Tests
(6) Equipment
(7) Material Classifications
(8) Accessories
(9) Installation
(10) Preparation
(11) Protection
(12) Excavation
(13) Handling Excavation Materials
(14) Trench Foundation
(15) Ground Water Control
(16) Pipe Embedment, Placement and Compaction
(17) Trench Zone Backfill, Placement and Compaction
(18) Field Quality Control
(19) Disposal of Excess Material
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Pipe Foundation — Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade
after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation
backfill material placed and compacted in over -excavations.
B. Pipe Bedding — The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation
up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally under one-third of the pipe O.D.
C. Haunching — The material placed on either side of the pipe from the foundation to the
springline of the pipe for rigid wall pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to
opposite sidewall, excluding the bedding section as shown on the plans.
D. Initial Backfill — The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from the top of
haunching or cement stabilized backfill up to a level line immediately below pavement
subgrade, and horizontally from on trench sidewall to opposite sidewall.
E. Pipe Embedment — The portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching, and
initial backfill.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02317-1 May 2016
F. Trench Zone — The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe
embedment up to a line immediately below pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not
beneath paving.
G. Backfill — Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted
under controlled conditions.
H. Ground Water Control Systems — Installations external to trench, such as well points,
eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering to lower ground water,
intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench
excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to
Section 02240 — Dewatering.
I. Surface Water Control — Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away
from trench excavation. Rain water and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be
controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage.
J. Excavation Drainage — Removal of surface and seepage water in trench by sump pumping or
other approved means.
K. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls
of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement
and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation
backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary.
L. Dry Stable Trench — Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment
zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or
depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level.
M. Stable Trench with Seepage — Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by
excavation drainage.
N. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils — Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to
supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench
subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement.
O. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils — Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone
in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils.
P. Unstable Trench — Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground
water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding,
boiling, heaving, or loss of density.
Q. Subtrench — Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation. Subtrench excavation below
trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of
foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a subtrench
depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor.
R. Over -Excavation and Backfill — Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing
capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on
Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material.
S. Foundation Backfill Materials — Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled
gradation, to control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed
and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding.
T. Trench Safety Systems include both protective systems and shoring systems as defined in
Section 02260 — Excavation Support and Protection
U. Trench Shield (Trench Box) — A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as
work proceeds, used as a protective system and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02317-2 May 2016
cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so
designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected.
V. Shoring System — A structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil
conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movement of the ground affecting adjacent
installations or improvements.
1.3 REFENCES
A. ASTM D 558 — Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soil Cement Mixtures.
B. ASTM D 698 — Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate
Mixtures Using 5.5-lb. Rammer and 12 inch Drop.
C. ASTM D 1556 — Test Method for Density in Place by the Sand -Cone Method.
D. ASTM D 2487 — Classification and Soils for Engineering Purposes.
E. ASTM D 2922 — Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear
Methods (Shallow Depth).
F. ASTM D 3017 — Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear
Methods (Shallow Depth).
G. ASTM D 4318 — Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils.
H. TxDOT Tex- 101-E — Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing.
I. TxDOT Tex- 110-E — Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
J. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards -Excavation, Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA).
1.4 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable
foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other
structures.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to Section 01300 —Submittal Procedures
B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of
excavation, backfill placement, and compaction, including:
(1) Sequence of work and coordination of activities.
(2) Selected trench widths and dimensions of excavations.
(3) Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction.
(4) Procedure for use of trench boxes and other pre -manufactured systems while assuring
specified compaction against undisturbed soils.
C. Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with
requirements of Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials.
D. Submit record of location of pipe as installed, referenced to Texas North Central State Plane
coordinate system (NAD83).
(1) Include locations of utilities encountered that are not shown on drawings or rerouted for
the convenience of the Contractor.
(2) Give stations, coordinates, elevations, inverts, and gradients of installed pipe, casing, etc.
E. Submit field density tests of trench backfill.
F. Submit laboratory density compaction curves for each material.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02317-3 May 2016
1.6 TESTS
A. The Contractor is to perform backflll material source qualification testing in accordance with
requirements of Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials.
B. The Contractor shall have a competent, separate agency perform field density tests of trench
backflll representative of each 200 linear feet of trench and each compacted layer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Perform excavation with hydraulic excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the
requirements of this Section.
B. Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of twelve (12) inches is
obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts.
C. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage
to pipes, conduits, or ducts.
D. Do not use vibratory equipment until five (5) feet of cover over pipes, conduits, or ducts is
obtained.
E. Do not use vibratory equipment if adjacent structures could be affected.
F. Use trench shields or other protective systems or shoring systems which are designed and
operated to achieve placement and compaction of backflll directly against undisturbed native
soil.
2.2 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS
A. Embedment and Trench Zone Backfill Materials: Conform to classifications and product
descriptions of Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Warning Tape: Install twelve (12) inches below finished grade acid and alkali resistant
polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground
utilities, six (6) inches wide and four (4) mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description
of the utility; colored as follows:
(1) Red —Electric
(2) Yellow — Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials.
(3) Orange — Telephone and other communications.
(4) Blue — Water systems.
(5) Green —Sewer systems.
B. Locator Wire: Install continuously coated fourteen (14) gauge locating wire as indicated on
Plans.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install flexible pipe to conform to the trench details shown in the drawings.
B. Install rigid pipe to conform to the trench details shown in the drawings.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Establish traffic control to conform to requirements of Section 01555 —Barricades, Signs, and
Traffic Handling and the drawings.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02317-4 May 2016
B. Perform work to conform to applicable safety standards and regulations.
C. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 02260 — Excavation Support and
Protection.
D. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is
damaged, broken, or disturbed.
E. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either
temporary or permanent.
F. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform to
requirements of Section 02220 — Demolition, Removal, and Salvaging of Existing Material.
G. Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation and other reference points, and unless
otherwise directed in writing, replace those which are damaged or destroyed.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of the
construction limits.
B. Protect and support above grade and below grade utilities, which are to remain.
C. Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or
abandonment of facilities are indicated on the Drawings.
D. Take measures to minimize erosion of trenches and excavations.
E. Do not allow water to pond in trenches or excavations.
F. Where slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density or pavement failures or
potholes occur, repair, recompact, and pave those areas at no additional cost to the Owner.
G. The Contractor shall locate all existing underground lines, whether or not they are shown on
the Drawings, sufficiently in advance of trenching operations to prevent any damage thereto.
H. Verification of location, size, and burial depth of existing utilities shall be the complete
responsibility of the Contractor.
I. The Contractor is responsible for notifying pipeline and cable utility owners of the intention
to cross said utility no less than seven (7) days prior to crossing the utility.
J. Coordinate vertical separation requirements with utility owners and any other special
construction considerations.
K. Notify the Engineer if required changes in the vertical profile shown on the Drawings prior to
constructing these changes.
L. Trench digging machinery may be used to make the trench excavations except in places
where operation of same would cause damages to pipelines, fences, or other existing
structures either above or below ground; in such instances hand methods shall be employed.
3.4 EXCAVATION
A. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, or ducts can be installed to depths and
alignments shown on the Drawings.
B. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements.
C. Determine trench excavation widths based on the requirements shown on the plans.
D. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well
point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trenches makes it uneconomical or
impractical to pump from the surface elevation.
E. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and
handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02317-5 May 2016
F. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal,
or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain
instructions before proceeding.
G. Shoring of Trench Walls:
(1) Install special shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench
excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will
remain laterally supported at all times.
(2) For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the
installation.
(3) Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out
behind the trench wall support.
(4) Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe
embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment
materials.
(5) Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support the sheeting,
which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone.
(6) Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation
material.
(7) Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide
protection of pipe and stability of trench walls.
(8) As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment.
(9) If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb
pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal.
(10) Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone shall be
the equivalent of a one (1) inch thick steel plate.
(11) Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material.
H. Wherever necessary to prevent caving, the trench shall be adequately supported as required
by the Drawings and Specifications.
1. The Contractor is entirely responsible for assuring that trenches are adequately supported to
protect both the workers and the public.
J. Use of Trench Shields/Trench Boxes:
(1) Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled feely,
without damage to the trench sidewalls.
(2) Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction,
are not damaged or disturbed, or the degree of compaction reduced.
(3) When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials
beneath the shield.
(4) For backfill above bedding, lift the shield as each layer of backfill is placed and spread.
(5) Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed walls and foundation.
(6) Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe
manner.
(7) Contractor shall provide trench shield for Owner's tests within the trench as required in
paragraph 3.11.13
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02317-6 May 2016
3.5 HANDLING EXCAVATION MATERIALS
A. Use only excavated materials which are suitable as defined in this Section and conforming to
Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials.
B. Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent
slides or cave-ins.
C. Do not place stockpiles of excess excavated materials on streets and adjacent properties.
D. Protect excess stockpiles for use on site.
E. Maintain site conditions in accordance with Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
3.6 TRENCH FOUNDATION
A. The trench shall be excavated to an even grade so that the bottom of the pipe will rest on the
bottom of the trench over the entire length of the pipe.
B. Any part of the trench excavated below grade shall be corrected by filling with approved
material and compacting thoroughly.
C. If ledge rock, rock fragments, or other unyielding material is encountered in the bottom of the
trench, it shall be removed to a depth of six (6) inches below grade, refilled with selected
material, and thoroughly compacted.
D. Bell holes of ample dimensions shall be dug at each joint to permit the jointing of pipe to be
made properly, and of sufficient depth to prevent the bell of the pipe from resting on
undisturbed materials.
3.7 GROUND WATER CONTROL
A. Should ground water become an issue, refer to Section 02240 — Dewatering.
B. Provide a stable trench to allow installation in accordance with the Specifications.
3.8 PIPE EMBEDMENT, PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of
trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil.
B. Place embedment including bedding, haunching, and initial backfill as shown on the
Drawings.
C. For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide
uniform bearing and side support when compacted.
D. Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than twenty-four (24) inches above
top of pipe.
E. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench
sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place.
F. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to
maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used.
G. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow
placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil.
H. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations.
I. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular
aggregates.
J. Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform
bearing and side support.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02317-7 May 2016
K. If necessary, hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place with sand bags or other suitable
means during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe.
L. Shovel in -place and compact embedment material using pneumatic tampers in restricted
areas, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted areas.
M. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift.
N. Water tamping and water jetting are not allowed.
O. For flowable fill, such as cement stabilized backfill, vibrate flowable backfill with concrete
vibrator to consolidate material under haunches.
P. Install specified location tape and wire as shown on the drawings and per paragraphs 2.3.A
and 2.3.B.
3.9 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL, PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore as soon as practicable.
B. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction.
C. Maximum allowed open trench is limited to 200 feet unless otherwise approved by the
Owner.
D. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of
sheeting, leave the sheeting in place.
(1) Cut off sheeting two (2) feet or move above the crown of the pipe.
(2) Remove trench supports within five (5) feet from the ground surface.
E. Place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods selected by the Contractor.
F. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift.
G. Cement Stabilized Backfill/Lean Concrete Backfill:
(1) Place in depths as shown on plans.
(2) Use vibratory equipment to ensure placement under the haunches of the pipe.
(3) Backfilling of the remaining trench depth after cement stabilized backfill has been placed
shall not commence until the in -place cement stabilized backfill has attained a
penetration resistance reading of at least thirty (30) when measured with a soil
penetrometer according to ASTM D 1558 and using a one -tenth square inch needle.
(4) This equates to a penetration resistance of approximately 300 pounds per square inch.
(5) This is not a strength requirement of the cement -stabilized backfill, but a measure of the
degree of curing of the cement stabilized backfill.
(6) After a penetrometer reading of 30 is obtained on the cement stabilized backfill, then
compacted backfill operations may commence.
(7) The Contractor shall furnish and have on site a calibrated ASTM D 1558 soil
penetrometer with one -tenth square inch needle.
(8) The Contractor shall take no less than four (4) penetrometer readings, equally spaced on
both sides of the pipe (8 readings total) in accordance with ASTM D 1558, for each
day's trench length that is planned for controlled density backfill operations.
(9) Such readings shall be taken prior to commencing backfill operations.
H. Bedding Material:
(1) Sand bedding shall be loosely placed in trench as shown on the Drawings.
I. Gravel Embedment:
(1) Place in depths as shown on plans
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02317-8 May 2016
(2) Use vibratory equipment or shovel slicing to ensure placement under the haunches of the
pipe.
J. Native Material/Borrow Material (Pipe Installation):
(1) Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and
required compaction, but not exceeding eight (8) inches.
(2) Compaction by trench sheep's foot or by vibratory equipment to provide backfill
densities at least equivalent to the surrounding undisturbed material or ninety-five (95)
percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698.
(3) Use of vibratory equipment limited as specified in paragraph 2.1.
(4) Moisture content within two (2) percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D
698.
K. Topsoil:
(1) Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and
required compaction, but not exceeding eight (8) inches.
(2) Compaction by trench sheep's foot or by vibratory equipment to provide backfill
densities at least equivalent to the surrounding undisturbed material or ninety-five (95)
percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698.
(3) Use of vibratory equipment limited as specified in paragraph 2.1.
(4) Moisture content within two (2) percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D
698.
3.10 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES, AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES
A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as
shown on the Drawings.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test for material source qualifications as defined in Section 02320 — Utility Backfill
Materials.
B. Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths required for testing
and retesting during construction at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Tests will be performed by the Contractor on a minimum of three (3) different samples of
each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for
gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional
classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material
gradation or plasticity.
D. At least three (3) tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for
backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698. Additional moisture -density relationship
tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or
plasticity.
E. The Contractor shall perform in -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation,
embedment, and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D
1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions.
F. A minimum of one test for every 200 linear feet of compacted trench zone backfill material
for each compacted layer.
G. Density tests will be distributed around the placement areas. Placement areas are foundation,
bedding, haunching, initial backfill, and trench zone.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02317-9 May 2016
H. The number of tests will be increased if compacting effort is variable and not considered
sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified.
I. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation.
Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection.
J. Two (2) verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less
than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show
acceptable results.
K. Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series,
including verification tests.
L. Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not
meet specified compaction requirements. For hardened cement stabilized backfill with
nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense.
M. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection.
3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01576 —Waste
Material Disposal.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02317-10 May 2016
SECTION 02320
UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section of the specification covers materials related to the backfill of utilities.
B. Section Includes:
(1) "Concrete" sand (for use as pipe bedding).
(2) Native soil materials.
(3) Topsoil.
(4) Crushed stone.
(5) Cement stabilized backfill.
C. Related Sections:
(1) Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections apply to
this section.
(2) Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures
(3) Section 01400 — Quality Requirements
(4) Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Refer to Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
1.3 REFENCES
A. ASTM C 33 — Specification for Concrete Aggregate.
B. ASTM C 40 — Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete.
C. ASTM C 123 — Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate.
D. ASTM C 131 — Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse
Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine.
E. ASTM C 136 — Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
F. ASTM C 142 — Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates.
G. ASTM D 698 — Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft3).
H. ASTM D 1140 — Test Method for Amount of Materials in Soils Finer Than Number
200 Sieve.
I. ASTM D 2487 — Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil
Classification System).
J. ASTM D 2488 — Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils
(Visual -Manual Procedure).
K. ASTM D 4318 — Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of
Soils.
L. ASTM D 4643 — Method for Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil by
the Microwave Oven Method.
M. TxDOT Tex- 101-E — Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02320-1 May 2016
N. TxDOT Tex- 104-E —Test Method for Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils (Part
1).
O. TxDOT Tex- 106-E —Test Method —Methods of Calculating Plasticity Index of Soils.
P. TxDOT Tex- 110-E —Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit a description of source, material classification and product description,
production method, and application of backfill materials.
C. Submit test results for samples of off -site backfill materials.
D. For each delivery of material, provide a delivery ticket which includes source
location.
1.5 TESTS
A. Perform tests of sources for off -site backfill material.
B. Verification tests of backfill materials may be performed by the Owner, at the
Owner's expense; however, failing tests will be charged to the Contractor.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIAL DESCIRPTIONS
A. "Concrete" Sand
(1) Coarse -grained, well -graded, sand (natural, manufactured, or a combination of
both) conforming to requirements of ASTM C 33.
(2) Gradation shall conform to ASTM C 136 and the following limits.
Sieve
Percent Passing
3/8"
100
No. 4
95 to 100
No. 8
80 to 100
No. 16
50 to 85
No. 30
25 to 60
No. 50
10 to 30
No. 100
2 to 10
B. Native Soil Material for Backfill
(1) Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than six (6) inches, free of
roots, waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter,
hydrocarbons, or other contamination.
C. Topsoil
(1) Provide topsoil material that is free of stones greater than three (3) inches, free of
roots, waste, debris, trash, organic matter, unstable material, non -soil matter,
hydrocarbons, or other contamination.
(2) Surface should be made clear of rock and other debris before planting.
(3) Use top two (2) feet of excavated material for topsoil backfill. This material
shall be set aside to prevent mixing with other excavated material. Topsoil is
only required in non -paved areas.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02320-2 May 2016
D. Gravel Embedment
(1) Gravel embedment shall be free of waste, trash, debris, organic material, unstable
material, and other non -gravel matter.
(2) Provide gravel embedment that meets the following gradation requirements:
Sieve
Percent Retained
3/8"
0
No. 4
5 to 15
No. 10
50 to 90
No. 40
90 to 100
(3) A minimum of four inches of gravel embedment will be placed under the pipe.
This material will be used for backfill to the top of the pipe. This material
MUST be shovel sliced to the haunch of the pipe and mechanically tamped to
midpoint of the pipe.
E. Cement Stabilized Backfill
(1) Cement Content — 2 sack mix per cubic yard.
(2) Water/Cement Ratio — 0.60.
(3) Maximum aggregate size shall not exceed one and one half (1.5) inch diameter
for backfilling pipe sizes forty-eight (48) inches and greater in diameter.
(4) Maximum aggregate size shall not exceed one (1) inch diameter for backfilling
sizes less than forty-eight (48) inches in diameter.
2.2 MATERIAL TESTING
A. Ensure that material selected, produced, and delivered to the project meets applicable
specifications and is of sufficiently uniform properties to allow practical construction
and quality control.
B. Source or Supplier Qualification: Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by
suppliers, for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a
minimum of three (3) samples for each source and material type. Tests samples of
processed materials from current production representing material to be delivered.
Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. Repeat
qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a
planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification tests shall include, as
applicable:
(1) Gradation: Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified
control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the
No. 200 sieve.
(2) Plasticity of material passing the No. 40 sieve.
(3) Clay lumps.
(4) Lightweight pieces.
(5) Organic impurities.
C. Production Testing: Provide reports to the Engineer from an independent testing
laboratory that backfill materials to be placed in the Work meet applicable
specification requirements.
D. Native material requires testing only when questionable material is encountered.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02320-3 May 2016
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SOURCES
A. Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided
applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not
acceptable, provide from other approved source. Top two (2) feet of excavated
material shall be used as topsoil.
B. Identify off -site sources for backfill material at least fourteen (14) days ahead of
intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples from verification testing.
C. Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started.
If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products,
furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to
inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not
meet the requirements of the specifications will be rejected. Do not use material
which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with
other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer,
expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different material will be at
the Contractor's expense with no additional cost to the Owner.
3.2 MATERIAL HANDLING
A. Establish temporary stockpile locations as practical for material handling and control.
B. Cement stabilized backfill shall be consolidated upon placement by using concrete
vibrators to ensure filling of voids, filling around and under haunches of pipe and
filling of spaces between corrugations. Vibration shall not be applied to the utility
pipe itself.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Quality Control
(1) The Engineer may sample and test backfill at:
i. Sources including borrow pits, production plants, and
Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles.
ii. On -site stockpiles.
iii. Materials placed in the Work.
(2) The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes
in characteristics are apparent.
B. Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide
verification testing on backfill materials, as directed by the Engineer. Samples may
be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. Contractor shall
cooperate with the Owner and Engineer in allowing access to materials.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02320-4 May 2016
SECTION 02445
BORES AND ENCASEMENTS
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The section covers utility bores and placing steel encasement in open cut trenches.
B. The encasement will be installed at the locations indicated on the attached plans.
C. The contractor will be responsible for providing all labor, materials, equipment and
incidentals necessary to accomplish the following:
(1) Construction of the bore and bore pits or trench cut.
(2) Installing the appropriate steel casing.
(3) Installing the water supply pipe in the steel casing using the pipe manufactures
recommended practices.
(4) Backfill all excavations.
(5) All traffic barricading and control.
(6) All trench safety requirements.
(7) Implementing a best management plan for the control of storm water runoff
1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE
A. Limit use of site to allow:
(1) Owner occupancy.
(2) Contractor.
B. Coordinate use of site under direction of Owner's Representative and TxDOT.
C. Execute Work in a coordinated manner to avoid conflicts with Owner's operations or other
Contractors.
D. Move any stored products under Contractor's control, which interfere with operations of
(1) Owner.
(2) TxDOT right-of-way.
E. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products furnished under
this contract, stored on or off the site.
1.3 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Construct Work to accommodate Owner's occupancy requirements during the construction
period.
B. Sequence and schedule shall balance Owner's occupancy and the requirements of adjacent
utility work and construction schedules of other government agencies, however, Contractor's
coordination for construction schedule and operations shall be with the Engineer or the
Owner's Representative only.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide written plan with methods and materials to be used in bore and casing process.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02445 — 1 May 2016
B. Provide shop drawings or manufacturer literature for casing spacers; include drawings of
proposed locations within pipe casing.
1.5 STANDARDS
A. All work shall be accomplished in accordance with the following standards:
(1) AWWA C-206 "Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe"
(2) AWWA C-210 "Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel
Water Pipelines"
(3) AASHTO M-190 `Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches"
(4) AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, 1993.
(5) ASTM A-36 "Carbon Structural Steel"
(6) ASTM A-123 "Zinc (Hot Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products"
(7) ASTM A-135 `Electric — Resistance — Welded Steel Pipe"
(8) ASTM A-139 "Electric — Fusion (Arc) — Welded Steel Pipe" (NPS4 and over)
(9) ASTM A-153 "Zinc (Hot Dipped Galvanized) on Iron and Steel Hardware"
(10) ASTM A-307 "Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength"
(11) ASTM A-449 "Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs"
(12) ASTM A-568/M "Steel, Carbon, and High Strength, Low Alloy, Hot -Rolled and Cold -
Rolled for Commercial Quality"
(13) ASTM C-76 "Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe"
(14) ASTM D-4254 "Test Methods for minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculations
of Relative Density"
B. Additional standards contained in the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Design
Standards and Specifications handbook also apply.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer's Qualifications
(1) Installers shall be competent and experienced in boring work of equal scope.
(2) Installers shall provide proof of successful, related work experience with references.
B. Job Conditions
(1) Where work is in the right-of-way of any government or corporate jurisdiction, the
Owner will secure the appropriate permits or easements. The Contractor shall observe
regulations, instructions and limitations of each right-of-way owner. Coordination shall
be through Owner's representative.
(2) Excavated material shall be kept off of roads and railroad tracks at all times.
(3) No blasting is allowed at any time.
(4) The Contractor shall protect existing pipelines and utilities. The Contractor shall verify
location and elevation of all pipelines, power lines and communication cable in the
construction area prior to execution. Verification of existing pipe and cable utilities
shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
1.7 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Owner's and other Contractor's
operation.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02445 — 2 May 2016
B. Schedule the Work to accommodate this requirement.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 STEEL CASING
A. Steel casing pipe shall have a minimum yield strength of 36 ksi. Casting shall meet ASTM
A-36, ASTM A-568, ASTM A-135, ASTM A-139 or approved equal.
B. The steel casing shall be new, free of any structural defects such as cracks, dents, bends or
heavy rust. Used Casing may be used with the Owners Representative approval and
inspection. Casing joints shall be fillet welded according to ASTM C-206.
2.2 CASING SPACERS
A. Casings spacers shall be sized for 8" water line in a 16" steel casing to clear the bell and not
center the line vertically within the casing.
B. Approved casing spacers include:
(1) Advance Products
(2) BMW
(3) Cascade
(4) CCI Pipeline
(5) Culpico
(6) PSI
C. Other casing spacers may be used with approval from the Owner Representative or the
Engineer.
2.3 JOINT RETRAINT
A. Uncased pipe bores are permitted with Engineer's approval.
B. Approved joint restraint devices which prevent over -insertion:
(1) EBAA Mega -Stop (for push direction only)
(2) CertainTeed Certa-Lok
(3) Other over -insertion protection devices must be submitted prior to approval.
C. Contractor shall provide joint restraint materials and methods which do not conflict with pipe
spacers.
D. All uncased bore methods require Contractor to submit joint restraint manufacturer's
literature for Engineer's approval.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 BORES
A. Boring shall proceed from the low or downstream end of crossing unless otherwise specified
or instructed.
B. Water used for lubrication of cuttings in conjunction with boring operations shall be
permitted. Jetting shall be prohibited.
C. All bores under existing paving will be subject to the following precautions:
(1) Auger Boring — Auger boring shall use a pilot hole to set precise, clear auger path.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02445 — 3 May 2016
(2) Wet (Slick) Boring — Under highway and arterial street pavement, the use of wet boring
techniques shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer on a case -by -case basis.
(3) Impact Moling — Impact moling shall be used only for bore sizes 3" in diam. and smaller.
Impact moling may be used for drilling pilot holes.
(4) Pipe Jacking or Ramming — Continue jacking process to completion once it has begun to
prevent the pipe from becoming firmly set in the embankment.
(5) Microtunneling — Remote tunneling trenchers are allowed within the constraints and
operational limitations set by manufacturer.
D. The following precautions shall be observed in special circumstances:
(1) Boring under Milwaukee Avenue:
(a) Presence of existing sewer main requires that the Milwaukee Avenue bore be cased.
(b) Boring pit shall be placed on the west side of Milwaukee Avenue and proceed to the
east under the road.
(c) No boring method shall be chosen which will potentially disrupt or endanger existing
adjacent underground utilities.
(d) Contractor is responsible for damage to existing pipe, cable and other utilities
affected during construction.
(e) Boring operations shall provide safe setbacks from the roadway to ensure continuous
service during construction.
(2) Boring under Parks roadways:
(a) Method of boring and casing for Parks area is at the discretion of the Contractor.
(b) Uncased bores are permitted in this portion of the construction.
(c) Contractor must accommodate Parks activity as coordinated with Owner
Representative. Operational methods and staging may be limited by Parks activity.
E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to insure the boring methods used are safe and adequate
for workers, installed pipe, property, the public, adjacent utilities and other site conditions.
F. The bore must be at or near level. A tolerance of 1/2 % grade either positive or negative will
be allowed.
G. Contractor is responsible for removing all excavated material.
H. Contractor shall be responsible for trench safety and all traffic control requirements.
I. After installing the water pipe in the encasement the ends of the encasement must be sealed
to prevent soil creep into the pipe.
3.2 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Contractor shall use approved joint restraint devices for pipe within casing.
B. Contractor shall use approved spacers as specified to install pipe in casing.
3.3 OPEN TRENCH ENCASEMENT
A. The water distribution pipe shall be installed in the same manner as the encased bores. The
cost of installing the carrier pipe will include any appurtenances needed to protect the pipe as
per manufacture recommendation.
B. The ends of the encasement shall be sealed after the carrier pipe is installed.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02445 — 4 May 2016
SECTION 02665
WATER PIPING, VALVES, AND FITTINGS
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section of the specifications covers all water piping, valves, and fittings required for the
project.
B. Section Includes:
(1) Material Schedule
(2) Submittals
(3) References
(4) Materials
(5) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
(6) Ductile Iron Pipe
(7) Concrete Cylinder Pipe
(8) Pipe Fittings
(9) Flexible Couplings and Flanged Coupling Adapters
(10) Pipe Joints
(11) Steel Casing
(12) Valves
(13) Fire Hydrants
(14) Polyethylene Wrap
(15) Joint Restraints
(16) Concrete
(17) General
(18) Inspection
(19) Responsibility for Materials
(20) Handling Pipe and Accessories
(21) Alignment and Grade
(22) Manner of Handling Pipe and Accessories in Trench
(23) Cleaning and Inspecting
(24) Laying and Jointing PVC Pipe
(25) Plugging Dead Ends
(26) Fittings
(27) Setting Valves, Valve Boxes, Fire Hydrants and Fittings
(28) Thrust Restraint
(29) Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling
(30) Line Testing
(31) Disinfection of Pipelines
(32) Installation of Steel Pipe Casing and Pipe in Casing
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-1 May 2016
(33) Pipe Identifiers
(34) Cleanup
1.2 MATERIAL SCHEDULE
A. 6", 8", 10" and 12" lines shall be AWWA C 900, DR 18 PVC pipe.
B. Ductile Iron Fittings (AWWA C 153)
C. Tapping Sleeve (ductile iron or stainless steel)
D. Gate Valves
E. Valve Boxes
F. Fire Hydrants (AWWA C 502)
G. Mechanical Joint Restraints
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all manufacturers' data for all pipe and fittings including all pipe thickness class
calculations, steel casing, and casing spacers.
B. Submit affidavits of compliance with appropriate standards.
C. Submit product warranties.
D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions.
E. Submit manufacturer's loading, unloading, and storage requirements.
F. Submit product information for pipe identification tape.
G. Submit concrete mix design for concrete thrust blocking.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. AWWA C 104 — Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water.
B. AWWA C 110 — Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings, 3 inch through 48 inch, for Water.
C. AWWA C I I I — Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.
D. AWWA C 104 — Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves.
E. AWWA 509 — Resilient Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply.
F. AWWA C 900 — Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 inch
through 12 inch, for water distribution.
G. AWWA C 905 — Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 inch
through 48 inch, for water transmission and distribution.
H. AWWA C 301 — Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and
other Liquids.
I. AWWA C 303 — Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type
J. ANSI/AWWA C-200 Standard for Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger
K. ANSI/AWWA C-205 Standard for Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel
Water Pipe - 4 in. and Larger -Shop Applied
L. ANSI/AWWA C-206 Standard for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe
M. ANSI/AWWA C-207 Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Works Service, 4" - 144"
N. ANSI/AWWA C-208 Standard for Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings
O. ANSI/AWWA C-209 Standard for Cold -Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special
Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-2 May 2016
P. ANSUAWWA C-210 Standard for Liquid -Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and
Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines
Q. ANSUAWWA C-214 Standard for Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water
Pipelines
R. ANSUAWWA C-216 Standard for Heat -Shrinkable Cross -Linked Polyolefin Coatings for the
Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines
S. ANSI/AWWA C-218 Standard for Coating the Exterior of Aboveground Steel Water
Pipelines and Fittings
T. ANSI/AWWA C-219 Standard for Bolted Sleeve -Type Couplings for Plain -End Pipe
U. ANSI/AWWA C-222 Standard for Polyurethane Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of
Steel Water Pipelines and Fittings
V. AWWA M-11 Steel Pipe - A guide for Design and Installation
W. ASTM A 106 Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High -Temperature
Service.
X. ASTM A 53 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc Coated
Welded and Seamless
Y. ASTM E 165 Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination
Z. ASTM E 709 Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination
AA. ASME Section V Nondestructive Testing Examination
BB.ASME Section IX Welding and Brazing Qualification.
CC. AWS B2.1 Standard for Welding Procedure and Welding Qualifications.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. All pipe, fittings, and valves shall be new and of the best quality in material and
workmanship.
B. All pipe, fittings, and valves shall conform to American National Standards Institute/National
Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NSF) Standard 61.
C. In areas where natural gas lines exist, and are cathodically protected by means of impressed
current, only electrically non-conductive pipe shall be allowed.
2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
A. PVC pipe 12 inches and smaller shall be AWWA C-900, DR-18.
B. PVC pipe 14 inches and larger shall be AWWA C-905, DR-21. The outside diameter of the
PVC pipe shall be cast iron equivalent.
C. PVC pipe shall be formed with an integral bell and shall be joined using a gasketed bell and
spigot joint. Spigot ends shall be beveled and reference marked to facilitate joining and
insure proper seating depth. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F 477. The nominal joint
length shall be twenty (20) feet.
D. AWWA C-900 and C-905 pipe shall be marked as prescribed by AWWA standards including
nominal size, dimension, ratio, AWWA pressure class, manufacturer's name and code, and
seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-3 May 2016
E. Pipe shall meet all additional test requirements as described in AWWA C-900 or C-905, as
applicable.
F. All PVC pipe shall be approved by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for use in the
transportation of potable water and shall bear the NSF seal of approval.
2.3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
A. Ductile Iron pipe 12" shall be Class 200.
B. Ductile iron pipe to be furnished shall conform to the following standard specifications or
latest revisions:
(1) ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50-81
(2) ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4-80
(3) ANSUAWWA C151/A21.4-80
C. All ductile iron pipe shall be cement lined in accordance with AWWA C104-80 (ANSI
A21.4) specifications. The external surface shall be coated with an asphalt base paint.
D. All joint for ductile iron pipe shall be of the rubber gasket bell and spigot type, except where
connecting flanged fittings, and shall otherwise conform to the base specifications to which
the pipe is manufactured.
E. The joint shall be latest approved type of rubber gasket joint for ductile iron pipe.
F. All joints of ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be sealed with a continuous ring rubber gasket
meeting standards specified by AWWA C11-72 (ANSI A21.11) or its latest revision.
2.4 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE
A. Prestressed Concrete Embedded Cylinder pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with the
latest revision of AWWA C-301.
B. Pretensioned Concrete Cylinder Pipe (PCCP) shall be manufactured in accordance with the
latest revision of AWWAS C303-78
C. Concrete Cylinder Pipe shall withstand a minimum pressure of 150 p.s.i. longitudinally and
helically.
D. The joints of the pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe and fittings shall be sealed with a
continuous ring rubber gasket meeting standards specified in AWWA C303-78.
E. A Portland cement mortar shall be used to fill the annular space both inside and outside of
joints in the pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe.
(1) Portland cement used in the mortar shall conform to "Standard Specifications and Test
for Portland Cement' A.S.T.M. serial designations C150 and C77.
(2) Sand for the mortar shall conform to A.S.T.M. designation C-33-52T for fine aggregate.
(3) The exterior joints on pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe shall be poured with a heavy
duty diaper.
(a) The width of the diaper shall be nine inches.
(b) The band shall be provided with 3/8 inch x 0.20 steel straps on each side.
2.5 PIPE FITTINGS
A. General: Pipe fittings shall be of a type and design especially suitable for use with the type of
piping with which they are installed. Pressure rating of fittings shall not be less than that of
the pipe.
B. All ductile iron fittings shall have an external bituminous coating and shall be cement lined in
accordance with AWWA C 104.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-4 May 2016
C. Fittings shall be ductile iron and shall be mechanical joint or push -on joint unless otherwise
specified or shown on the Drawings.
D. Ductile Iron Fittings — Ductile iron fittings shall conform to AWWA C153 110. Fittings shall
be mechanical joint or push -on joint unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings.
E. All fittings shall have a pressure rating equal to that of the pipe with which they are used but
in no case less than 150 psi.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, all ductile iron fittings shall have an external bituminous coating
and shall be cement -lined in accordance with the specifications for coating and lining the
pipe.
G. All ductile iron fittings shall be cast from the same quality of metal used in casting ductile
iron pipe and shall be subjected to the same test requirements. Marking and weighing shall
be as required for ductile iron pipe.
H. Where flanged fittings are used, the flanges shall be of the same material as the fitting.
Where bell or mechanical joint fittings are used, the bells shall be cast integrally with the
fitting. Screwed -on bells will not be acceptable.
2.6 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS AND FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS
A. Flanged coupling adapters and flexible couplings shall be provided at the locations shown on
the Drawings and at other locations required for installation of the piping system.
B. Flanged coupling adapters will be provided with anchoring studs to provide thrust restraint.
Epoxy coated sheet construction shall be used for all couplings. All bolts, nuts, and washers
shall be stainless steel.
2.7 PIPE JOINTS
A. Push -on Joints — Push -on joints shall be as specified in AWWA Standard C111.
B. Mechanical Joints —Mechanical joints shall be as specified in AWWA Standard C111.
2.8 STEEL CASING
A. Steel casing shall be new welded steel pipe with minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi
meeting ASTM A36. The exterior of the casing pipe shall have a bituminous coating.
B. Casing wall thickness for installation shall be in accordance with the City of Lubbock Design
Standards and Specifications.
C. Casing spacers shall be used to install carrier pipe inside the encasement pipe and to provide
support around the periphery of the pipe should the pipe twist as it is pushed through the
casing.
D. The spacers shall be of a projection type that has a minimum number of projections around
the circumference totaling the number of diameter inches. For example, eight (8) inch pipe
shall have a minimum of eight (8) projections and eighteen (18) inch pipe shall have a
minimum of eighteen (18) projections.
E. Casing spacers shall use double backed tape, provided with the spacers, to fasten tightly onto
the carrier pipe so that the spacers do not move during installation. Installation instructions
shall be provided with each shipment.
F. Casing spacers shall have a span of ten (10) feet to six (6) feet dependent on the total load
anticipated with the pipe full of liquid. The maximum load shall not exceed the load limits
per spacer listed in the brochure.
G. These values in the brochure include conservative safety factors for class spacer used.
Spacers shall have minimum height that clears the pipe bell or as otherwise indicated on
plans.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-5 May 2016
H. Casing spacers shall be projection type totally non-metallic spacers constructed of preformed
sections of high -density polyethylene. Spacers shall be ISO 9002 certified for strength and
quality.
I. Manufacturer: Projection type spacers shall be Raci type spacers, or equal approved by the
Engineer, along with wrap around end seal made of 1/8" think rubber with stainless steel
bands.
2.9 VALVES
A. Valves that are twelve (12) inches and smaller shall be gate valves unless otherwise noted on
the plans or specified herein. All valves shall be designed for a working pressure of at least
150 psi unless otherwise noted.
B. Gate Valves:
(1) All gate valves shall be resilient seat or double disk parallel seat, iron body; bronze
mounted throughout and shall meet all requirements of AWWA C 509.
(2) The valves shall be of the type of joint used in the piping.
(3) All valves shall open by turning to the left, and unless otherwise specified, shall have
non -rising stem when buried and outside screw and yoke when exposed, and be
furnished with a two (2) inch operating nut when valves are buried and shall be
furnished with hand wheels when exposed.
(4) Gate valves shall be furnished with O-ring stem packing.
(5) All gate valves shall be designed to withstand a working pressure of 200 psi unless
otherwise noted.
(6) Gate valves shall be meet the City of Lubbock Design Standards and Specifications.
(7) All ductile iron shall conform to A536 Grade 65-45-12. Castings shall be clean and
sound without defects that will impair their service. No plugging or welding of such
defects will be allowed.
(8) Bolts shall be electro-zinc plated steel with hex heads and hex nuts in accordance with
ASTM 307 and A563, respectively.
(9) All parts for valves furnished must be standard and completely interchangeable with
valves of the same brand. Successful bidder to furnish to the Owner, upon request, a
letter stating the type of valves to be installed and a letter from the manufacturer stating
that the parts are standard and interchangeable.
C. Valve Boxes and Extension Stems:
(1) Extension stems shall be furnished on buried valves where the top of the operating nut is
more than ninety (60) inches below finished grade. Top of the extension stem shall not
be more than thirty-six (36) inches below the top of the valve box.
(2) Buried valves shall be provided with cast iron valve boxes.
(3) The boxes shall be designed to fit over a section of six (6) inch C 900 PVC riser pipe,
which will be used, as an extension from the top of the valve to within six (6) inches of
the ground surface.
(4) The box shall have a heavy cast iron cover marked "Water".
(5) The box shall have a flange type base, with the base being approximately four (4) inches
larger in diameter than the outside diameter of the barrel of the box.
(6) The necessary length of the six (6) inch C 900 PVC riser pipe required for the extension
shall be considered as a part of the box.
(7) Valve boxes shall be East Jordan Iron Works No. 8453, or approved equal.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-6 May 2016
D. FIRE HYDRANTS
(1) Hydrants shall meet the City of Lubbock Design Standards and Specifications
(2) Hydrants shall meet AWWA C-502
(3) Hydrants shall have an iron body, bronze mounted throughout and be designed for
working pressure of 150 psi.
(4) Hydrants shall be traffic model type with a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, two (2) 2-1/2-inch
hose nozzles, and one (1) 4-inch steamer nozzle.
(5) The hydrant shall be for a 6-inch main.
2.10 POLYETHYLENE WRAP
A. All buried valves and fittings shall be thoroughly wrapped prior to installation with a
polyethylene material meeting the requirements of ASTM D 1248.
B. The polyethylene material shall have a minimum thickness of eight (8) mils.
C. The wrap shall be secured by two (2) inch duct tape.
2.11 JOINT RESTRAINTS
A. Uniflange series 1500 joint restraint for PVC pipelines or approved equal.
B. Must meet all pressure testing requirements of ASTM F-1674.
C. Materials must meet requirements of ASTM A-536.
D. Install per manufacturer's recommendations.
2.12 CONCRETE
A. Concrete may be used for blocking the pipe and fittings and shall conform to the concrete
specifications, as set forth in the Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete, except a minimum
compressive strength of 2,800 psi will be acceptable.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All pipe and accessories shall be unloaded, handled, laid, jointed, tested for defects and for
leakage, and disinfected in the manner herein specified.
3.2 INSPECTION
A. The pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and during the progress of
the Work and any material found to be defective will be rejected by the Engineer, and the
Contractor shall remove such defective material from the site of the Work.
3.3 RESPONSIBILITY FOR MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material furnished and shall replace, at the
Contractor's expense, all such material that is found to be defective in manufacture or has
become damaged in handling after delivery.
3.4 HANDLING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES
A. All pipe, fittings, and other accessories shall, unless otherwise directed, be unloaded at the
point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the site of the Work by the Contractor.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-7 May 2016
B. hi loading and unloading, they shall be lifted by hoists or slid, or rolled on skidways in such a
manner as to avoid shock or damage to the materials. Under no circumstances shall they be
dropped. Pipe handled on skyways must not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the
ground.
C. The pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be placed along the site in such a manner as to be
kept as free as possible from dirt, sand, mud, and other foreign matter.
3.5 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE
A. All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as
established on the ground by the Engineer.
B. The Contractor shall verify horizontal and vertical locations of items critical to the alignment
and grade of the proposed water line.
C. Confirm compliance with the Drawings and Specifications.
D. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in a vertical or horizontal
plane to avoid obstructions, to plumb valves, or where vertical or horizontal curves are shown
or permitted, the degree of deflection at each joint shall not exceed the maximum deflection
noted on the Drawings.
3.6 MANNER OF HANDLING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES IN TRENCH
A. After the trench grade has been completed, all bell holes dug and the grade inspected, the
pipes and accessories may be placed in the trench.
B. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of
derricks, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment, in such a manner so as to prevent
damage to the material in any way. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be
dropped or dumped into the trench.
3.7 CLEANING AND INSPECTING
A. Before lowering into the trench, the pipe shall be again inspected for defects and the pipe,
while suspended, shall be lightly hammered to detect cracks. Any defective, damaged, or
unsound pipe and materials shall be rejected.
B. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and from all bells,
spigots, or parts of the pipe used in forming the joint, before the pipe is lowered into the
trench, and it shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying.
C. At a time when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by
approved means, and no trench water shall be allowed to enter the pipe.
A. General: Unless otherwise directed, pipe shall be laid with bells facing in direction of laying;
and for lines on appreciable slopes, bells shall, at the discretion of the Engineer, face up
grade.
B. Cutting of pipe for inserting fittings or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or the cement lining.
C. The jointing shall be completed for all pipe laid each day, in order not to leave open joints in
the trench overnight. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe
shall be closed by approved means, and not trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe.
D. No pipe shall be laid in water, or when the trench conditions or weather are unsuitable for
such work, except by permission of the Engineer.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-8 May 2016
E. Before laying the pipes, all lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell
and spigot ends of each pipe; the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire
brushed and wiped clean and dry. Pipe ends shall be kept clean until joints are made.
F. Defective joints shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer.
G. Mechanical Joint Piping:
(1) The last eight (8) inches outside of the spigot and inside of the bell of mechanical joint
pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit, excess coating, and other foreign
matter from the joint, and then painted with lubricant recommended by the pipe
manufacturer.
(2) The cast iron gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end of the pipe with the lip
extension of the gland toward the socket or bell end.
(3) The rubber gasket shall be painted with lubricant recommended by the pipe manufacturer
and placed on the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland.
(4) The entire section of the pipe shall be pushed forward to seat the spigot end in the bell.
(5) The gasket shall then be pressed into place within the bell; care shall be taken to locate
the gasket evenly around the entire joint.
(6) The gland shall be moved along the pipe into position for bolting, all of the bolts inserted,
and the nuts screwed up tightly with the fingers.
(7) All nuts shall be tightened with a suitable torque limiting wrench.
(8) Nuts spaced 180 degrees apart shall be tightened alternately in order to produce an equal
pressure on all parts of the gland.
H. If water gets in the trench before the joint is completed, or if the pipe is disturbed from line
and grade after being laid, the pipe shall be taken up, the joints cleaned and the pipe re-laid.
1. Immediately after completion of the jointing, sufficient bedding and backfill material shall be
placed around and over the pipe to hold the pipe to line and grade.
J. Pre -molded joints shall be made in accordance with the recommendations of the
manufacturer of the pipe.
K. The surfaces of the jointing material on both the bell and spigot at each joint shall be wiped
with the solvent recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
L. The spigot shall then be firmly forced into the bell using a bar or other similar lever and a
block of wood to prevent damage to the pipe.
3.9 PLUGGING DEAD ENDS
A. Standard plugs shall be inserted into the bells of all dead ends and pipes, tees, or crosses and
spigot ends shall be capped.
B. Plugs or caps shall be jointed to the pipe or fittings in the same manner used in jointing the
pipe.
C. All plugs and caps shall have horizontal thrust blocks.
3.10 FITTINGS
A. Fittings shall be set at the locations shown on the plans or at locations as established by the
Engineer, and shall be set and jointed to the pipe in the manner heretofore specified for pipe
installations. Concrete blocking shall be provided for all buried fittings.
3.11 SETTING VALVES, VALVE BOXES, FIRE HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS
A. Valves and fittings shall be set at the locations shown on the Drawings and shall be set and
jointed to the pipe in the manner heretofore specified for pipe installations.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-9 May 2016
B. All valves shall be hub end as required and all valves buried in the ground shall have a cast
iron or precast concrete valve box set over the valve.
C. All valves shall be set vertical, unless otherwise specified, and shall be thoroughly checked
for operation prior to installation.
D. After pressure has been applied to the line, stuffing boxes shall be checked for operation prior
to installation.
E. After pressure has been applied to the line, stuffing boxes shall be checked and tightened if
necessary.
F. Valve Boxes:
(1) Valve boxes shall be firmly supported and maintained centered and plumb over the
wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the ground or at
such a level as directed by the Engineer.
(2) All valve boxes under pavement shall be adjusted to finished pavement grades.
G. Fire Hydrants:
(1) Fire hydrants shall be located at the points shown on the Drawings.
(2) All fire hydrants shall be set plumb, to the grade established on the Drawing, and with the
steamer nozzle at right angles to the street.
(3) Hydrants shall be supported in such a manner as not to cause a strain on the fire hydrant
lead or branch.
(4) The bowl of the hydrant shall be well braced against unexcavated earth at the end of the
trench with concrete blocking.
(5) The concrete blocking shall be placed so as not to interfere with the hydrant drains and so
that the joints of the flanges are accessible.
(6) Blocking of gate valves on fire hydrants leads shall be with concrete as shown on the
Drawings.
(7) The hydrants shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt or foreign matter and checked for
operation prior to installation. Drain holes shall not be blocked or sealed.
(8) Fire hydrants shall be installed and maintained so that the center of the lowest water
outlet shall be eighteen (18) inches from the ground.
(9) Fire hydrants shall be installed with the four (4) inch nozzle facing the required access
way.
3.12 THRUST RESTRAINT
A. All fittings, valves and fire hydrants, unless otherwise specified, shall be provided with
suitably restrained joints per the manufacturer's recommendation.
B. Restrained push -on or mechanical joints, mechanical joint anchoring fittings, and mechanical
joints utilizing setscrew ductile iron retainer glands shall be used in lieu of concrete thrust
blocking. Thrust blocking will be allowed under only under special circumstances as
approved by the Engineer.
3.13 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING.
A. Backfill and compaction shall be performed in accordance of COL Ordinance 2007-00122.
B. Backfill around pipe with specified granular bedding material that is free of large rocks,
topsoil, debris or other unacceptable material.
C. The backfill around the pipe shall be shovel sliced around the haunch of the pipe and
mechanically compacted or hand tamped to a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-10 May 2016
D. Backfill from 12 inches above the pipe to the finished grade will be as follows:
(1) For unpaved areas:
(a) Use excavated material that is free of large rocks, debris or other material determined
unsuitable by the Owner's Representative. Backfill shall be placed in maximum six
(6) inch lifts and compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density at +/- 2% optimum
moisture content.
(b) Each lift shall be tested at a maximum of 500 feet intervals according to ASTM
designation D-698.
(c) These tests shall be performed by a reputable contractor specializing in geotechnical
work and will be at the successful bidder's expense.
(d) Copies of these tests shall be provided to the Owners Representative.
(2) For paved areas:
(a) Place Cement Stabilized Backfill (CSB) meeting City of Lubbock Standards under
the bottom of the pavement in a minimum of thickness of 12".
(b) The backfill from 12-inches above the top of pipe to the CSB shall be in placed in
maximum 6 inch lifts and compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density.
(c) Each lift shall be tested at a maximum of 500 feet intervals according to ASTM
designation D-698.
(d) These tests shall be performed by a reputable contractor specializing in geotechnical
work and will be at the successful bidders expense.
(e) Copies of these tests shall be provided to the Owners Representative.
(3) The City of Lubbock will perform random spot testing at no expense to the contractor.
3.14 LINE TESTING
A. After the pipe is laid and the joints completed, each section or run of piping, shall be tested as
specified herein. The Contractor shall bear all costs of providing all equipment, materials,
labor, and other incidentals required to test pipe lines as specified herein.
B. The Contractor shall provide suitable means for filling the lines and developing the required
pressure in the lines.
C. Testing procedure shall be as follows:
(1) Duration — The duration of the hydrostatic test shall be a minimum of four (4) hours.
(2) Pressure — The pipeline shall be tested so that the pressure at the lowest point in the test
section is at least 100 percent, but not greater than 120 percent of the pressure class of
the pipe, and the minimum pressure at the highest point in the test section is not less
than 85 percent of the pressure class of the pipe.
D. Allowable Leakage —The maximum allowable leakage for push -on joints is the number of
gallons per hour as determined by the following formula(s):
E. PVC: Ductile Iron:
(1) L = ND(P) 1�2 L = SD(P) 1�2
(2) 7,400 133,200
(3) where:
(a) L = allowable leakage in gallons per hour
(b) N = number of joints in length of pipe tested
(c) S = length of pipe
(d) D = nominal diameter of the pipe in inches
(e) P = average of the maximum and minimum pressures within the test section
in psi
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-1 1 May 2016
F. Any leakage which becomes evident prior to final acceptance of the project shall be found
and repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer even though the particular line has been
previously accepted and tested.
3.15 DISINFECTION OF PIPE LINES
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for the disinfection
of all pipe lines, which shall be disinfected before being placed in service.
B. The lines shall be disinfected by the application of a chlorinating agent in accordance with the
requirements of AWWA C 651, include the placement of hypochlorite granules in the pipe
during construction.
C. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48 hours in advance of disinfection so that the
Engineer or Owner's Representative may witness the disinfection activities.
D. Quality Assurance:
(1) Bacteriological sampling and test will be performed in accordance with the latest
requirements of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater.
(2) The City of Lubbock laboratory will be used for bacteriological testing.
E. Chemicals:
(1) Acceptable disinfectants are liquid and solid forms of hypochlorites. Liquid chlorine gas
is not acceptable.
(2) Acceptable chemicals for neutralizing chlorinated water are liquid and solid forms of
sodium bisulfate, sodium sulfite, and sodium thiosulfate.
(3) The water being used to fill the line shall be controlled to flow into the section to be
sterilized very slowly, and the rate of application of the chlorinating agent shall be
proportioned at least fifty (50) parts per million in the water entering the pipe.
F. Temporary Facilities:
(1) Provide temporary taps or blowoffs as required. As a minimum, use a two (2) inch
diameter steel pipe and fittings with isolation valves and sampling taps.
(2) Water used for the initial flushing as well as the final chlorination shall be introduced into
the pipeline through a corporation stop or other approved connection inserted in the
horizontal axis of the newly laid pipe.
(3) No connection to the existing distribution system is allowed until the pipeline has passed
all bacteriological testing.
G. Final Flushing:
(1) Flush the water system of the highly chlorinated water within twenty-four (24) hours of
initial chlorination.
(2) Flush water in a location and manner approved by the Engineer.
(3) Neutralize the highly chlorinated water to a maximum free chlorine residual of 1.0 mg/L.
H. Sampling and Analysis:
(1) Collect bacteriological samples at intervals no more than 1000 feet and one (1) sample
from each end of the pipeline in the presence of the Engineer or Owner's representative.
(2) The Owner's representative or the Engineer shall deliver the samples to the City of
Lubbock Health Department or the City of Lubbock Water Treatment Laboratory for
analysis.
(3) Collect samples after the initial disinfection and after the facilities have been filled with
chlorinated water and a free chlorine residual of at least 0.5 mg/L has been detected.
I. Acceptance:
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-12 May 2016
(1) Facilities will be considered properly disinfected when two (2) consecutive sets of
acceptable bacteriological samples, taken at least twenty-four (24) hours apart, have
indicated the absence of coliform organisms.
J. After acceptance by the Engineer, remove all temporary facilities and properly plug test taps.
The pipeline may then be connected to the City of Lubbock water distribution system.
3.16 INSTALLATION OF STEEL PIPE CASING AND PIPE IN CASING
A. Installation of the casing pipe sleeves shall be accomplished by boring as specified herein.
B. Equipment used shall be such size and capacity as to allow the placement of the casing to
proceed in a safe and expeditious manner. Installation of the casing and the excavation and
removal of the materials within the casing shall proceed simultaneously.
C. The boring shall proceed from a pit provided for the boring equipment and workers.
D. Excavation and location of the pit shall be approved by the Engineer and County as
appropriate.
E. Boring without the concurrent installation of the casing pipe will not be permitted.
F. The use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be permitted
only to the extent of lubricating cuttings.
G. Jetting will not be permitted.
H. Overcutting in excess of one (1) inch shall be remedied by concrete pressure grouting the
entire length of the installation.
I. All casing pipe joints shall be welded.
J. Care shall be taken to keep the pipe sleeve on the proper line and grade.
K. After the casing pipe has been jacked and bored and is accepted by the Engineer, the pipe
shall be shoved through the casing.
L. The pipe shall be pushed or pulled through the casing by exerting pressure on the barrel of the
pipe and not on the bell, and shall be done in such a manner that the joint is always in
compression during the shoving operation.
3.17 PIPE IDENTIFIERS
A. Marking Tape:
(1) All pipes installed in an open trench will be identified with the appropriate color and
description of three (3) inch wide pipe identification tape.
(2) Install the tape parallel to the pipe it identifies at a distance above the pipe of twelve (12)
to eighteen (18) inches.
(3) Above non-metallic (PVC) pipe material, install a tape detectable with a metal detector
from the top of finished grade.
(4) Install detectable tape as deep as it can be detected but no closer to the non-metallic pipe
than twelve (12) inches.
B. Locator Wire:
(1) On non-metallic (PVC) pipe material, install twelve (12) gauge minimum solid copper
with 30 mil HDPE thermoplastic insulation directly above piping.
3.18 CLEANUP
A. The backfill shall be rounded up over the trench sufficiently to allow for future settlement and
any excess dirt shall be removed from the site.
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-13 May 2016
B. The Contractor shall maintain the trench surfaces in a satisfactory manner until final
completion and acceptance of the Work.
C. The maintenance shall include blading from time to time as necessary, filling depressions
caused by settlement, and other work required to keep areas in a presentable condition.
END OF SECTION
Overton Park Water Line Replacement 02665-14 May 2016
F400.Ci ofLu ck
b
TEXAS
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
GLENNA GOODACRE STREET WIDENING
CITY OF LUBBOCK
PARK DEVELOPMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DESIGN PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY
The specification sections authenticated by my seal and signature are limited to the following:
02810 Irrigation Systems
Irrigation in Texas is regulated by the
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087
DESIGN PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
Section 02810
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Median, Lubbock, TX
SECTION 01: SUMMARY OF WORK
I. General
A. Scope of Project
1. The Contractor shall supply all supervision, perform all work, furnish all labor, tools,
materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to fully and properly perform all work as
shown on the plans and described in the specifications. All construction and other work shall
be completed in accordance with all governing codes and ordinances, with the best
engineering and construction practices, including material manufacturer's recommendations
for installation and workmanship, for the skill or trade involved.
2. We request that your proposal be made in conformance with the guidelines contained in the
specifications and on all plans. The contract shall be awarded to the company with the
proposal determined to be the most advantageous to the City of Lubbock (which shall be
called owner).
B. Work Included:
Section 02 - Product Substitution
Section 03 - Irri ag tion
C. Additional Information
All information under General Instructions to Bidder, General Conditions of Agreement, and
Special Conditions apply to this section.
2. The Bidder shall be prepared to send the Owner a price breakdown of any and/or all items on
which he has bid. Price breakdowns will only be requested after the bid opening has taken
place.
3. These plans and specifications were prepared by the City of Lubbock, TX (which shall be
called Engineer). The Engineer shall verify all construction stakes for locations of elements
at project sites, and the contractor shall give the Engineer 48 hours to approve the staking
before construction can begin.
D. Quality Assurance
1. Contractor's on Site Responsibilities
a. The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to protect all existing landscaping,
sidewalks, buildings, vehicles, utilities, etc., in the area where the work is being done or
that may be located adjacent to or in -route across city property to the job site. The
Contractor shall rebuild, restore, and make good at his own expense, all injury and damage
to same which may result from work being carried out under this contract.
b. The Contractor shall not park or drive any vehicles or equipment beneath the drip line of
on -site trees and shrubs. The Contractor and employees shall not park on unsurfaced park
property and shall not drive vehicles across city land unless it is directly necessary to
deliver materials to the job site.
c. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to ensure the safety of any pedestrians
and LISD School users during the demolition, construction, and clean-up operations. The
Contractor shall maintain and keep in good repair the work intended under these plans
and specifications and shall perform all necessary repair, construction, and renewal to the
date of acceptance by the owner.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
d. Any utility and irrigation lines shown on plans are for design and construction information
only. The depths of utility lines are not guaranteed. All underground lines are referenced
from known surface structures. It is not implied that all existing public utility lines are
shown on plan. Park utilities include irrigation systems, and park lighting, all others are
public utilities. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that other underground
utility lines may exist of which the owner is not aware. The owner does not assume any
responsibility for any public utilities that are not shown on plans. It is the Contractor's
obligation to locate and familiarize himself with all utilities and to provide for their safety.
Damage to utilities will be repaired at Contractor's expense.
e. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of unfinished work and shall be
responsible for the safety of individuals using the unfinished equipment. The Contractor
shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such bridges, barricades, fences, lights, and
danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of
persons, property and the work as may be necessary.
f. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to work due to the failure of
barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged
portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at his own expense.
The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not
cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of city's certificate of acceptance of the
project.
g. The Contractor shall be responsible for removal, hauling, and disposal of all debris and
unusable material from proposed construction area and designated sites as shown on plans
and in specifications. The owner shall retain the right to any existing materials deemed to
have value.
h. The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of site, to verify the completion of all
work as described in the specifications and shown on plans.
i. The Contractor shall furnish and supply all supervision, equipment, and labor necessary to
perform excavation, grading, backfill, compaction, and stock piling of material as specified
herein and on the plans.
j. Special Guidance Regarding ASBESTOS cement pipe:
Contractor will be responsible for complying with applicable federal and state regulations
regarding ASBESTOS cement pipe that may be encountered during excavation.
Specifically, no ASBESTOS cement pipe may be intentionally disturbed without
appropriate training, certification, engineering controls, and worker safety protections.
Waste ASBESTOS associated with the disturbance of ASBESTOS cement pipe (whether
intentional or unintentional) must be removed from the excavation and disposed of
properly (wetted, double bagged in 6 mil poly, and transported to an authorized landfill).
k. Procedures to be followed in the event that unexpected asbestos is found or previously
non -friable asbestos materials become friable:
a) There will be a designated competent person as required by the United States
Occupational and Health Administration regulations in 29 CFR, 1926.1101 on site
during entire project.
b) All work will stop if unexpected asbestos is found or previously non -friable
asbestos becomes friable and the competent person will follow all local, state, and
federal regulations.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
1. The contractor shall be responsible for the Texas Prevention Legislation. The Texas
damage prevention law (Utilities Code Title 5, Chapter 251) took effect October 1, 1998.
This law requires excavators to call 48 hours before they dig. Texas Excavation Safety
System Inc. (TESS) is a nonprofit corporation formed by member companies to prevent
damage to underground facilities. The service is 100 percent free to excavators by calling
1-800-DIG-TESS (344-8377).
m. Any utility and irrigation lines shown on plans are for design and construction information
only. The depths of utility lines are not guaranteed. All underground lines are referenced
from known surface structures. It is not implied that all existing public utility lines are
shown on plan. Park utilities are not listed with DIG TESS. They include but are not
limited to irrigation systems, park lighting and all others are private utilities. The
Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that other underground utility lines may exist
that are not shown on plans. It is the Contractor's obligation to locate
and familiarize themselves with all utilities that are not shown on plans. Damage to
utilities will be repaired at Contractor's expense.
n. All trenching or any excavation shall be a greater distance from the trunk of any plant
material than ten (IOx) times the diameter of the trunk at twelve (12") inches from the
ground. If questions arise, the Contractor shall contact the Owners Representative for
clarification.
2. Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling
a. Protect all materials from inclement weather: wet, damp, extreme heat, or cold, theft,
damage, or vandalism.
b. All manufacturers' labels, installation instructions, and shop drawings shall be in
included for each item ordered.
3. Equipment Check
a. The Contractor shall, one week after installation of equipment, check that all parts are
secure and are in good working condition.
b. Verify the completion of all work as described in the specifications and shown on plans.
4. Clean-up
a. Demolition debris shall be removed from the site prior to commencement of construction
work.
b. The Contractor shall return the following demolished equipment to the Owner after
completion of the project: all controllers, enclosures, concrete pads, hot boxes, back flow
devices, and valves.
c. Within three (3) days after completion of the site, the Contractor shall clean, remove
rubbish and temporary structures from the site. He shall restore adequately all property,
to its original integrity both public and private, which has been damaged during the
execution of work, and leave the entire site of the work in a neat and presentable
condition. The cost of the "cleanup" shall be included as a part of the cost of the various
items of work involved, and no direct compensation will be made for this work. This
work shall be done before final acceptance by the owner will be considered.
d. The Contractor shall clean up and dispose of all construction debris, including excavated
rock material. The area shall be smoothly graded back into existing grade.
Warranty
a. The Contractor shall guarantee all labor, workmanship, and materials supplied by the
Contractor for a period of one (1) year from date of acceptance.
b. Repairs made necessary due to faulty workmanship shall be made promptly by the
Contractor at the Contractor's expense.
6. Related Documents
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions apply to this Section.
b. Description of Work
The work that the City of Lubbock desires to be performed is as follows:
Remove, save and return to owner the existing valves and sprinkler heads from the scope of
work to be irrigated at Glenna Goodacre. Install new controller, sleeves, backflow assembles,
piping, valves, and irrigation heads as shown on the plan.
End -of -Section
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
SECTION 02: PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION
I. General
A. Work Included:
Section 01 - Summary of Work
Section 03 — Irri ag t
II. Substitutions
B. Conditions for substitutions (`or approved equal')
1. In the event that the clause `or approved equal' is used in the specifications pertaining to
materials, the Bidder desiring to make substitutions for specified equipment shall submitthe
following:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name, address, and product literature.
b. Product description.
c. Product performance and test date.
d. Reference standards.
e. Manufacturer instructions for maintenance and repairs.
2. Request for substitution shall be included with the overall bid and will be considered before
contract is awarded.
3. After the contract is awarded, no substitutions will be considered. It will be the
Bidder/Contractor's responsibility to assure the availability of specified product or
substitution before the bid date.
4. The Bidder shall provide the same guarantee for substitution as for product or method
specified.
5. The Bidder shall coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, making such
changes as may be required for work to be complete in all aspects.
6. The Bidder shall waive all claims for additional costs related to substitution that consequently
becomes apparent.
The Bidder shall be prepared to send the Owner a price breakdown of any and/or all items on
which he has bid. Price breakdowns will only be requested after the bid opening has taken
place.
C. Substitutions will not be considered if.
1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or project data submittals without being
formally described in detail as to their differences from what was originally specified.
Acceptance will require substantial revision of the original layout of the project.
End -of -Section
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
SECTION 03: IRRIGATION
I. General
A. Work Included:
Section 01 - Summary of Work
Section 02 - Product Substitution
B. Qualifications of Bidder -Licensing
1. The Bidder shall supply the name and license number of the licensed irrigator who is
responsible for the project with the bid submittal. The licensed irrigator shall be licensed in
the state of Texas and must comply with TCEQ and the standards established by Title 30
TAC Chapter 344. A licensed irrigator or installer shall be on the job site at all times when
irrigation work is in progress.
2. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if bidder is not qualified based on the above
given criteria.
C. Codes and Standards
The Bidder is to conform to all local, state, and federal codes and ordinances.
D. Discrepancies
It is the intent of this contract that all work must be completed and all material must be furnished
in accordance with the generally accepted practice of the area. In the event of any discrepancies
between the plans and specifications or doubts as to the meaning and intent of any portion of the
contract, the Owner shall define what is intended to apply to the work.
II. Site Conditions
A. Examination of Sites
Bidder shall visit the project site and compare drawings and specifications to the actual site.
Failure to do so will in no way relieve the successful Bidder from the responsibility of completing
the project in accordance to project specifications at additional cost to the Owner.
B. Utilities
1. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that other underground utility lines may exist
of which the Owner is not aware. It is the Contractor's obligation to locate and familiarize
himself with all utilities and to provide for their safety. Damage to utilities will be repaired at
the Contractor's expense.
2. Water Supply - Meter or other water source already installed. The Contractor is responsible
for hook-up to system from the existing water meter. The connection and RPZ shall be the
same size as the irrigation main, unless otherwise specified.
3. Electrical Power Supply - The Contractor will install power connection to the meter box. The
Contractor shall set the meter box. The Contractor shall run power to the controller.
Contractor must satisfy City of Lubbock electrical codes for hook-up. The Contractor is
required to have a licensed electrician provide the electrical hook-ups.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
4. Bores / Road crossings - Contractor is responsible for bores and sleeving necessary to go
under city streets/utility drives to provide any utility service to the project site. Bored holes
shall be of the smallest diameter that will permit installation of encasement pipe. Pipe
sleeving under city streets, park roads, and or parking lots shall be Schedule 40 PVC pipe
with a minimum wall thickness of one -quarter (1/4") inch when pipe size is greater than four
(4") inch diameter. Irrigation lines crossing sidewalks shall be sleeved with Schedule 40
PVC pipe twice that of the pipe when line is less than six (6") inch diameter. Pipe must be
large enough for irrigation pipe and conduit for electrical control wires (if necessary). Notes
shown on plans shall over ride specifications. Sleeves shall extend at least two (2') feet out
from under the surface structure.
III. Field Quality Control
A. Responsibility of Materials
The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials furnished by him and shall replace at his own
expense all material found to be defective in manufacture or if it has become damaged in
handling after shipment.
B. Responsibility of Property
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection and preservation of all plant material,
monuments, and structures during installation. Any damage shall be repaired or replaced by
the Contractor, at his own expense, to the satisfaction of the Owner.
2. All trenching or any excavation is to be no less than six (6) feet from the trunk of any plant
material. If questions arise, the Contractor shall contact the Owner for clarification.
C. Barricades and Protective Measures
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of unfinished work. The Contractor
shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights, and danger signals.
He shall also take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property,
and the work as may be necessary.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades,
signs, and lights to protect it. When damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be
immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. The
Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease
until the date of issuance to of City's certificate of acceptance of the project.
IV. Submittals
A. Shop Drawings
Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Owner before installation of equipment. Shop
drawing to include complete layout and detail drawings illustrating the location and type of all
heads, valves, piping circuits, controls, and accessories.
B. Maintenance Materials
At the completion of the job, the Contractor shall furnish spare parts, special tools, and
equipment required to operate and maintain the system.
C. Maintenance Data
The Contractor shall furnish two (2) copies of parts list and repair manuals for controllers,
valves, and heads.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
D. Project Record Document
The Contractor shall prepare "as -built" plans of system after final check. Work to be done with
legend describing symbols for equipment in a digital format of AutoCAD or "approved equal".
"As -built" plans shall be accurate. Inaccurate plans will not be accepted. Final payment will
not be made until "as -built" plans are submitted and approved by Park Development staff.
V. Products
A. Performance of Specified Material
1. All specifications given for materials are based on the performance of the equipment. This
is to assure the integrity and proper hydraulics for which the system is designed. If bid
material does not conform to given performance specifications, the bid will be rejected by
the Owner based on grounds that proper function of system could not be maintained by
using equipment that does not meet the performance specifications required.
2. All material to be new, unused, and current.
3. All material must be a standard product of a manufacturer.
4. The Contractor shall provide performance records to verify equipment capabilities.
B. Materials
1. PVC Pipe
All polyvinyl chloride pipes shall be class 200, SDR 21 un-plasticized polyvinyl
chloride, Type I, Grade I.
2. Polyethylene Line
All polyethylene line shall be Agricultural Products, Inc. 3/4" polyethylene, OD = .710, ID =
.610, and be made from low density.
3. Fittings
a. All pipe must have manufacturer's markings clearly printed on them during installation
b. All class 200 pipes must conform to ASTM. D-2241
c. All lateral piping under four (4) inches shall be solvent weld.
d. All mainline piping four (4) inches and larger shall use belled ends or belled
couplings using rubber gaskets in twenty- (20) foot laying lengths.
e. All fittings for four (4) inches or larger mainline shall be 200 psi Gasketed Fittings.
£ All fittings shall be pressure rated for 200-psi maximum working pressure.
g. Gaskets shall be designed for pressure and vacuum with maximum deflection (ASTM
F- 477).
h. PVC Fittings
• Schedule 40 fittings must conform to ASTM D-2466.
• Schedule 80 fittings must conform to ASTM D-2464.
j. Three (3) X Four (4) Reducing Male adapters shall not be used.
4. Swing Joints
a. Nipples: Schedule 80 with molded threads on both ends, unless specified otherwise
in construction detail.
b. Elbows: (90 degree) Schedule 40 FIPT X FIPT.
c. Pre -fabricated swing joints are acceptable as specified Sec. 06, C, 5B.
d. Lateral line fittings: Schedule 40.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening 10
5. Flow Sensor
(1) The sensor shall be an in -line type with a non-magnetic, spinning impeller (paddle
wheel) as the only moving part.
(2) The sensor sleeve shall be brass (or 316 stainless steel) with the sensor housing being
PPS. The sensor shall be supplied with a 2" NPT adapter for installation into any
commercially available weld -on fitting or pipe saddle.
(3) The sensor electronics will be potted in an epoxy compound designed for prolonged
immersion. Electrical connections shall be 2 single 18 AWG leads 48 inches long.
Insulation shall be direct burial "UP type colored red for the positive lead and black
for the negative lead.
(4) Insertion of the sensor into any pipe size shall be 1 '/2" from the inside wall to the end
of the sensor housing
(5) The sensor shall operate in line pressures up to 400 psi and liquid temperatures up to
220 degrees Fahrenheit, and operate in flows of 1 fps to 30 fps.
(6) The flow sensor shall be Data Industrial Model IR-220-B.
6. Valves
a. Manual Control Gate Valve
All gate valves shall have resilient seats, iron body, bronze mounted throughout, threaded
3/4", brass or bronze, and shall meet all requirements of AWWAC 509. All valves shall
be mechanical joint. All valves shall open by turning to the left, and unless otherwise
specified shall have non -rising stem when buried and outside screw and yoke when
exposed. Gate valves shall be furnished with a two-inch operating nut when valves are
buried and shall be furnished with hand wheels when exposed. Gate valves shall be
furnished with O-ring stem packing.
b. Quick -coupler Valves
(1) Rain Bird # 44-RC, 1", Single lug, 2-piece body, heavy cast bronze with Rubber
Cover Lid `or approved equal'.
(2) Standard cover.
(3) The Contractor shall supply the Owner with two- (2) valve keys for each Quick -
coupler type.
(4) Installed with miniinum ten (10") inch diameter plastic valve box
c. Section Valve (Hunter ICV Series or `approved equal')
(1) Sized according to plan.
(2) Direct burial, remote control electric valve normally closed.
(3) Solenoid - Waterproof molded epoxy resin construction having no carbon steel
components exposed.
(4) Actuator - Stainless steel enclosed in a watertight protection capsule with a molded in
place rubber exhaust port seal. Spring shall be stainless steel.
(5) Diaphragm - Dual ported, made of nylon reinforced nitril rubber
(6) Flow adjustment system.
(7) Cold water working pressure -200 psi
(8) Heavy-duty glass -filled UV resistant nylon with stainless steel studs and flang brass
nuts.
d. Backflow Preventer
(1) The RPZ valves shall be a Febco series 880V or 860 if 2" or smaller. Size to handle
design flow as specified on the irrigation plans.
(2) The unit shall have non -rising stem resilient seat gate valves.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening 11
(3) The unit shall consist of four (4) test cocks with plugs which provide for in -time
testing and maintenance.
(4) The RPZ valves are to be accessible from the top of the device without removing the
check valve body from the line.
(5) Stainless steel springs and corrosion resistant materials shall be used throughout.
(6) Hot -Box enclosure to be used. (See V. Products, B., 7., Valve boxes, b.)
e. Master Valve
(1) The body and bonnet shall be cast iron (ASTM A 125 CLB) with stainless steel nuts
bolts, washers and diaphragm spring.
(2) Diaphragm material shall be natural rubber (nylon reinforced polyisoprene).
(3) The iron body shall include a protective polyester coating which is resistant to
corrosive elements. Unique design with direct sealing diaphragm allows for a straight
flow pattern with low friction loss.
(4) Valve shall have two flange connections (ANSI CL-125)
(5) Valve shall be model number: 100P3 as manufactured by Irritrol, Riverside,
California.
Valve Boxes
a. Valve Box (Ametek "or approved equal")
• Supplied by the Contractor
• To be installed by the Contractor
• Minimum dimensions: 15" x 21" x 12" deep, molded plastic. Extensions shall be
used as necessary to bring valve box to grade and shall be compatible with box to
achieve depth required (no bricks shall be used).
• Bolt -in green lid with cover lift holes (rectangular, lid shall have snap lock tab
closure).
b. Hot Box Backflow Enclosure
• The enclosure shall be certified to ASSE 1060 and be a minimum of 1/8"thick
thixotropic polyester resin reinforced with fiberglass strand.
• Enclosure shall utilize a lockable flip top design, for maintenance access through lid
without removal of the entire unit.
• Enclosure shall be anchored to a concrete slab or GLASSPAD from within the
enclosure with steel anchors and require a single lock for security purposes.
• Heat feature will protect the piping and equipment from exterior temperatures to -30
degrees Fahrenheit. Heat source shall be mounted a minimum of 7" above the slab
unless it is UL or ETL certified and NEC approved for submersion.
• Model shall be insulated with heat, number HB4000, as manufactured by Hot Box
Enclosures, Jacksonville Florida.
8. Sprinkler Heads.
a. Specified Head #1: Hunter Institutional Spray or "approved equal"
• Body: Shall be Institutional and (or "approved equal') Non -corrosive cycolac and
stainless steel construction.
• Pop-up design with pressure regulation.
b. Specified Head #2: Hunter 125 series (Hunter model #: I25 06 SS) with now rates
ranging between 9 and 25 gpm, `or approved equal'.
• Sprinklers shall be pop-up type with gear drive for full circle and part circle
coverage. The final gear drive and bull gear drive shall be made of stainless steel and
brass. The nozzle and drive assembly shall also be encased in stainless steel.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening 12
• Sprinklers shall be mounted up to one-half (1/2") inch below finished grade.
c. Specified Head #3, Hunter 120 series (Hunter model #: I20 06 SS) with standard nozzle
flow rates ranging between three (3) and six (6) gallons per minute `or approved equal'.
• Sprinklers shall be pop-up type with gear drive for full circle and part circle
coverage. The final gear drive and bull gear drive shall be made of stainless steel and
brass. The nozzle and drive assembly shall also be encased in stainless steel.
• Sprinklers shall be mounted up to one-half (1/2") inch below finished grade.
9. Controller: (Provided by Owner)
Rainmaster Evolution DX2TM irrigation controller shall be manufactured by Rain Master
Irrigation Systems, Inc.
10. Lightning Arrestors with Grounding Rods (if applicable).
a. Arrestor to be installed at controller by Contractor. Lightning rods shall be installed by
Contractor.
b. Ground Rods -Copper coated steel using copper coated or bronze one-piece clamps.
11. Control Wiring
a. All 24 volt wiring to be 14 AWG-annealed copper, Baron UF, 600 volt, PVC coated UL
approved direct burial.
b. All wire to be single stranded, one wire for each electric valve and a common wire.
• 12 gauge Common wire
• 14 gauge Zone wire
c. Flow Sensor wire — EV-CAB-SEN or "approved equal" — 2 conduitor direct burial
shielded cable for connecting flow sensors to controllers. Maximum allowable distance
is 2000 feet.
d. Communication Cable — EV-CAB-COM or "approved equal" - 2 conductor direct
burial shielded cable for connecting controllers. Maximum allowable distance is 2000
feet.
e. All control wires to be installed at minimum depth of eighteen (18") inch and directly
alongside any pipe if the same ditch is used.
f. Add yellow and green 14 gauge spare wires looped in mainline ditch. Contractor shall
place a minimum of 18" of each spare wire in each valve box.
12. Miscellaneous Equipment
a. Wire Connectors shall be DS-400 model as manufactured by Spears, Prefilled Dri-Splice
Connector w/Crimp Sleeve or approved equal.
b. Provide moisture -proof connection for underground wiring.
Solvent Cementing
• Primer- Weld -On P-68 Purple Colored Only (All pipe and fittings)
• Solvent-'/2" then I '/2" Weld -On #705; 2" three-10" Weld -On #717.
• Manufactures Recommendations shall be followed at all times.
d. Thrust Blocks
Concrete "ready -mix" - 3,000 PSI. in 28 days with number #3 rebar installed. To be
placed at all angles and terminal ends of two and one-half (2 %2") inch or greaterpipe.
To be placed at all angles (90's, 45's, tees) and at terminal ends of pipe. (Refer to
Thrust Block Detail) Thrust Blocks must be installed against the pipe and extend to
twelve (12") inches of an undisturbed vertical wall of the trench. All pipe and
fittings to be wrapped in thirty (30) pound felt to protect from movement.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening 13
e. Fresh water line shall be no less than schedule 40 and have a six (6') foot minimum
horizontal separation from all other underground utilities. Tracer wire is requirement of
all fresh water lines.
f. All pipe to have a one (1') foot minimum vertical separation from all non -like utility
lines.
VI. Execution
A. Handling of Materials
The Contractor shall exercise care in handling, loading, and unloading of all equipment. All PVC
pipe, fittings, and other equipment shall be adequately covered and protected from the elements.
Pipe and fittings also shall be transported in such a fashion as to be protected from excessive
bending and from external, concentrated load at any point.
B. Trenching
1. To have straight, flat bottoms and of sufficient depth for sprinkler head and operable swing
joint
2. Trench Size:
a. Minimum width: Six (6") inches and/or six (6") inches greater than pipe size
b. Minimum cover over installed supply piping: Eighteen (18") inches
c. Minimum cover over installed branch piping: Fourteen (14") inches
d. Minimum cover over installed outlet piping: Fourteen (14") inches
e. Maximum centerline depth main line shall not exceed twenty-four (24") inches at zone
valves.
f. Maximum centerline depth of zone valves shall not exceed eighteen (18") inches at zone
valves
3. Pipe pulling is not acceptable.
4. All trenches and adjoining areas shall be hand raked to leave the grade in as good or better
condition than before construction started.
5. All settling and low areas that occur within the first twelve (12) months shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor to fill and level.
6. Trench to accommodate grade changes.
7. Maintain trenches free of debris, material, or obstructions that may damage pipe.
8. Where rock or other undesirable materials are encountered trenches are to be over excavated
by three (3") inches to allow for a three (3") inch layer of finely graded sand under all
piping. After the piping is installed, finely graded sand shall be placed around the piping up
to a point three (3") inches above the piping.
9. All trenches are to be inspected and approved by Owner before covering.
10. Trench digging machinery may be used to make trench excavation except in places where
operation of same would cause damage to existing structures either above or below ground;
in such instances, hand methods shall be employed.
11. The Contractor shall locate all existing underground lines, of which he has been advised
whether or not they are shown on the drawings, sufficiently in advance of the trenching to
make whatever provision necessary to prevent damage thereto. Extreme care shall be used to
prevent such damage and the Contractor shall be fully responsible for damage to any such
lines.
12. There will be no classification of, or extra payment for excavated materials and all materials
encountered shall be excavated as required. Adjacent structures shall be protected from
damage by construction equipment. All excavated material shall be piled in a manner that
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening 14
will not endanger the work or existing structures and which will cause the least obstruction to
roadways.
13. The Contractor will be required to locate all known utility lines far enough in advance of the
trenching to make proper provision for protecting the lines and to allow for any deviations
that may be required from the establishment lines and grades.
14. Excess trench excavation, not used for backfill, shall be disposed of by the Contractor, and at
the Contractor's expense as directed by the Owner.
15. All trench backfill shall be flooded to prevent settling to 95% Standard Proctor Maximum
Density. Tamping is required, at road crossings and cross country trails. The material shall
be placed in 8-inch layers, moistened if necessary, and thoroughly compacted with
mechanical tampers from the bottom of the trench to the finish grade to a density of at least
95% of maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by ASTM D698.
16. It is understood that the piping layout is dynamic and piping shall be routed in such a manner
to achieve the intent of the plan.
C. Installation
Install pipe, valves, controls, and outlets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2. Connect to utilities.
3. Set outlets and box covers at finish grade elevations.
4. Provide for thermal movement of components in system.
5. Swing Joints
a. Swing joints shall be used on all rotary gear driven sprinklers and shall be of the same
diameter as the inlet opening and shall have a twelve (12") lay length.
b. Pre -manufactured swing joints shall be used as manufactured by Spears swing joint
schedule 80t, Lasco G132-212, or KBI TSA-1000TT.
6. Use flexible risers on all fixed head pop-up sprinklers.
7. Wiring:
a. All wiring shall be Type UF, copper direct bury type made for the irrigation industry.
Wiring shall be color -keyed: 12 ga. white for ground, 14 ga. red for operation of
equipment, and an eighteen inch (18") loop in each valve box of a 14 ga green and a 14
ga.yellow spare.
b. Wire splices will only be allowed within an accessible control box. Inline direct burial
splices will not be allowed. Wire Connectors shall be DS-400 model as manufactured by
Spears, Prefilled Dri-Splice Connector w/Crimp Sleeve or approved equal.
c. Provide looped slack at valves and turns in trench to allow for contraction of wires.
d. All wire passing under existing paving, sidewalk, etc., shall be encased in plastic conduit
extending at least twelve (12") inches beyond edges of paving or construction.
e. All electrical control wiring shall be wrapped together on 10-feet increments with plastic
tape. An electrical wiring schematic shall be furnished with the equipment.
f. Tracer wire and warning tape shall be installed with all fresh water piping. Tracer wire
16 Gauge CU. shall have the insulation removed for at least six (6") inches every thirty
(30') feet of run. Potable Water Warning tape shall be run at half the depth of the top of
the pipe.
g. Extra yellow and green wires installed in mainline ditch.
8. After piping is installed, but before outlets are installed and backfill commences, open valves
and flush system with full head of water.
9. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Construct joints using adapters that are compatible with
both piping materials, outside diameters, and system working pressure.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening 15
10. Concrete Thrust Blocks are required at all turns and dead -ends on pipe sizes three (3") inches
and over. Pipe of smaller sizes may also require thrust blocks if so directed by the Owner.
Concrete shall have a twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 3000 psi, minimum.
(See Detail). Control wire shall not be encased in the thrust block.
11. Dripline to be Techline CV, Pressure compensating with check valve. As manufactured by
Netafim. Emitter spacing to be 12" with .9gph output.
12. Filters to be manufactured by Netafim and installed as shown on plan.
D. Laying of PVC Pipe
1. The pipe is to be snaked from side to side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and
contraction of the pipe.
2. All foreign matter is to be removed from inside of pipe before joining. Keep clean during
laying operations by means of plugs or other approved methods.
3. All lumber, rubbish, and large rocks shall be removed from the trenches. Pipe shall have
firm, uniform bearing for the entire length of each pipeline to prevent uneven settlement.
4. Do not lay pipe in water, or when trench or weather conditions are unsuitable for work.
5. When work is not in progress, securely close the open ends of pipe fittings so that no trench
water, earth, or other substance will enter pipes or fittings.
6. Take up and relay any pipe that has the grade or joint disturbed after laying.
7. Fittings at bends in the pipeline and at ends of lines shall be firmly wedged against the
vertical face of the trench, but not against rock.
8. Thrust blocks to be used. (See V. Products, B., 12.d., Thrust Blocks)
9. Make joints in all threaded fittings by applying Teflon tape on male threads. Use of Teflon
dope is prohibited.
10. Where threaded PVC connections are required, use threaded PVC adapters.
11. There shall be no less than nine (9) inches of pipe between any two fittings, except for close
nipples used in swing joints.
12. No cross tees or street ells are to be used at any time.
13. On cut pipe, all burrs to be removed, tees and pipe to be cleaned, and primer and solvent
applied as to standard application process.
14. After pipe has been solvent weld, do not apply water pressure for a time less than that of the
manufacture's recommendation, considering current weather conditions.
15. All pipe shall be installed so that manufacture's markings are facing in the up position.
16. Excess PVC Solvent shall be removed from joints before drying to prevent pipe weakening.
Pipe connections made with excess solvent will not be accepted.
17. Solvent welding will not be permitted if weather conditions prevent joints from remaining
free of dirt or moisture, while the joint is being made. Also, if the temperature is below that
specified by the pipe or solvent manufacturer's recommendations.
18. The Owner must be given twenty-four (24) hour notice before the pipe trenches are covered
so that Owner's representative may be present for inspection. After the pipe system has been
inspected and approved, trenches may be closed.
19. All pipe shall have a one (l') foot minimum vertical separation from all utility lines inclose
proximity.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening 16
E. Installation of Valves (gate, double check, and section valves).
1. Install all new valves on a level grade with the mainline. Valve boxes shall extend a
minimum of three (3") inches below bottom of valve. Valve box extensions shall be used as
necessary and shall be compatible with the valve box.
2. RPZ check valves two (2) inches or smaller shall be installed. RPZ check valves three (3)
inches or larger shall be flange mounted.
3. After installing valves and valve boxes, backfill holes with a three (3") inch minimum
washed gravel, three-quarters (3/4") inch size up to bottom of valve.
4. Quick -coupler valve to be installed on swing joint. Top to be flush with finish grade.
F. Sprinkler Heads
1. All sprinkler heads to be installed at spacing indicated on plans.
2. Sprinkler heads installed on swing joint assemblies shall be installed so that the top of head is
slightly above ground level to allow for settling.
3. All sprinkler heads to be set to property arc by the Contractor.
4. All sprinkler heads to be installed six (6) inches from existing and/or proposed fence line
G. Flushing
1. The mainline and valves will be flushed after installation. Full working pressure must be
used to flush all lines. On a loop system the two valves the greatest distance from the water
source will be opened. On any other configuration of mainline, the last valve on each
mainline will be opened for flushing. The Owner's representatives must be given twenty-
four (24) hours' notice before flushing begins so they may be present for inspections. After
mainlines have been inspected and flushed, the lateral lines may be installed.
2. The lateral lines will be flushed just before head installation. The flushing procedure will
consist of pointing all swing joints away from ditch line to prevent contamination. Next,
open the valve with full working pressure and begin capping each swing joint with a threaded
cap, beginning with the swing joint closest to the valve and ending with the swing joint the
greatest distance from the valve. Twenty-four (24) hour notice must be given to Owner's
representatives for inspection.
3. Flush pipes until free of all rock, dirt, trash, pipe shavings, and debris.
H. Leakage Test
After pipe is laid, line to be pressurized and all air expelled from line at highest point ofeach
section.
2. Each line to be inspected for leaks. Any joints showing leaks shall be repaired and any
cracked or defective pipes or fittings shall be removed and replaced with good material.
I. Backfill
1. Trenches to be backfilled with the excavated earth from trench work. All rocks and debris to
be removed and no item larger than one (1) inch diameter to be placed back in the trench.
Backfill is to be compacted and flooded to settle trench. The Contractor shall add more
backfill if needed to bring trenches to existing grade.
J. Controller (if applicable)
1. Contractor to locate controller as indicated on plans.
2. Contractor shall install a concrete slab four (4) inches thick flush to ground. The Contractor
shall install a controller pedestal (provided by owner) which is designed for use with the
specified controller. Contractor shall install grounding rod through concrete slab and inside
of the control pedestal.
3. Contractor shall install rigid conduit from edge of slab, ell up through and attach to controller
box. One conduit for power source; one conduit for common/section wires.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening 17
4. Power wire conduit to be 3/4" diameter rigid conduit to meet city code.
5. One duplex plug shall be installed in the controller box.
K. Wiring
1. Control wires from controller to valves shall be laid in sprinkler line trenches (if
applicable- wiring to be installed along wiring route on plan).
2. Control wires to be taped together every ten (10) feet along trench.
3. Expansion loops shall be made at every turn in the trench and every 50 foot length of
wire run by wrapping at least five (5) turns of wire around a one (1) inch rod or pipe.
Next, withdraw the rod leaving turns in wire.
4. All wire connections or splicing work shall have moisture proof connectors, and their
location must be denoted on the as -built plan. Contractor shall minimize amount of
splices.
5. Common valve wiring shall be white through entire system.
6. Section valve wiring shall be red through entire system. White wire may not be used
as section wire.
L. Lightning Arrestors and Rod
1. A lightning arrestor and rod shall be installed at each controller. The rod shall be installed
by the contractor and placed within the concrete slab below the controller.
2. Rod shall be copper coated steel, minimum 8 feet long, and 5/8" diameter.
3. Rod shall have minimum resistance of twenty-five (25) OHMS or less.
4. Rod to be connected to controller by a copper coated or bronze one piece clamp.
5. Wire used to connect controller to lightning rod shall be 6 gauge solid copper wire or
one gauge larger than power wires, whichever is largest.
M. Testing and inspection
1. Do not allow any of the work in this section to be covered or enclosed until it has
been inspected, tested and approved by the Owner or Owner's Representative.
2. Prior to backfill, with the main line and control valves in place but before the lateral lines
are connected, completely flush and test the main line.
3. Fill the main line with water for a twenty-four (24)-hour period prior to testing.
4. Pressure test main lines with 100 psi for a period of two (2) hours. Allowable leakage
shall be as determined by the formula listed in AWWA C600. The Owner will witness
and approve all tests. Notify the Owner at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all
testing.
5. Provide all testing equipment and personnel required to complete the testing
procedure. Repeat testing as required.
6. Flush, clean, adjust, and balance all systems.
7. Adjust heads for proper coverage.
8. Potable Water Lines: Hydrostatic test for six (6) hours at 150 psi. There shall be no
leaks whatsoever.
9. Backflow preventer shall be tested and certified, and three (3) copies shall be provided;
one to the owner, one to the water purveyor and one to remain with the tester as required
by local, state, and federal codes and ordinances to the owner as required by local, state,
and federal codes and ordinances.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening 18
VII. Inspection/ Acceptance
A. Preliminary Inspection
1. When all initial installation is done and all incidentals necessary to the proper function of
the system is done, the Contractor shall request the Owner to walk through system and
visually check the operation of the system. At this time the Owner and the Contractor will
discuss repairs that may need to take place.
B. Final Inspection
1. After preliminary inspection has taken place and all corrections and repairs have been
completed by the Contractor, the Contractor and the Owner will again walk through
system to check operation. This procedure will be repeated until system operates to the
Owner satisfaction. At this time the Owner will accept system from the Contractor. An
acceptance form will follow from the Owner to the Contractor.
VIII. Clean up and Adjusting
A. Removal of Site
Debris. The
Contractor shall:
1. Make final clean-up of all parts of work.
2. Remove all construction material and equipment.
3. Prepare the site in an orderly and finished appearance.
4. Remove from site any rock or extra dirt that resulted from this and restore site to its
original condition.
5. Flush dirt and debris from piping before installing sprinklers and other devices.
6. Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate of rated operating pressure required
for each sprinkler circuit.
7. Carefully adjust lawn sprinklers so they will be flush with, or not more than one-half
(1/2") inch below finish grade after completion of landscape work.
8. Adjust settings of controllers and automatic control valves.
9. The Contractor will be required to remove all construction debris from the site. Final clean
up by the Contractor must be acceptable to the Owner.
IX. Commissioning
A. Starting Procedures
1. Follow manufacturer's written procedures. If no specific procedures are prescribed
by proceed as follows:
a. Verify that specialty valves and their accessories have been installed correctly
and operate correctly.
b. Verify that specified tests of piping are complete.
c. Check that sprinklers and devices are correct type.
d. Check that any damaged emitters, valves and devices have been replaced with
new materials.
e. Check that potable water supplies have correct type backflow preventers.
f. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices.
g. Adjust operating controls.
2. Operational Testing: Perform operational testing after hydrostatic testing is
completed, backfill is in place, and emitters are adjusted to final position.
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening 19
B. Demonstration
1. Demonstrate to the Owner that system meets coverage requirements and that automatic
controls function properly.
2. Demonstrate to the Owner's maintenance personnel operation of equipment, sprinklers,
specialties, and accessories. Review operating and maintenance information.
3. Provide a seven (7) day written notice in advance of demonstration.
C. Guarantee
The Contractor shall:
1. Make all needed repairs or replacements due to defective workmanship or materials for
exactly one (1) year following date of final acceptance.
2. Be responsible for all expenses necessary for repairs and replacement.
3. Pay all expenses incurred if the Contractor fails to act upon a request from the Owner for
repairs to system. If the Contractor fails to do work within ten (10) days after request has
been made by the Owner, the Owner will proceed with repairs and charge all expenses to the
Contractor.
4. Pay for expenses incurred to project due to vandalism prior to final acceptance.
5. Owner shall pay for all expenses incurred due to vandalism after final acceptance.
End -of -Section
Irrigation in Texas is regulated by the
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087
Irrigation System — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening 20
6*1
Lubblock
TURF GRASS LAWNS
GLENNA GOODACRE STREET WIDENING
CITY OF LUBBOCK
PARK DEVELOPMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Section 02921
Turf Grass Lawns — Glenna Goodacre Median, Lubbock, TX
SECTION 01: GENERAL
A. This work includes all labor, materials, and equipment for soil preparation,
fertilization, planting, and other requirements regarding turf grass planting
areas shown on plans.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Drawings and all specification herein apply to the Work in this Section.
1.3 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality Assurance
B. Submittals
C. Scheduling
D. Warranty Period
E. Materials
F. Fertilizer
G. Grading and Verification
H. Hydromulch Seeding on Prepared Finished Grade
I. Broadcast Seeding on Prepared Finished Grade
J. Sod Bed Preparation
K. Planting
L. Protection
M. Establishment and Acceptance
N. Irrigation System
O. Post -Planting Maintenance
P. Erosion Control
Q. Inspections
R. Clean-up
S. Guarantee
Turf Grass Lawns — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
1.4 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 02300 Earthwork
B. Section 02810 Irrigation System
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source
1. Sod shall be subject to inspection and approval by Landscape Architect at the site
upon delivery for conformity to specifications. Such approval shall not impair
the right of inspection and rejection during progress of the work. The Landscape
Architect reserves the right to refuse inspection at such time if, in his judgment, a
sufficient quantity of sod is not available for inspection.
2. Seed shall conform to U.S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of
Federal Seed Act and Texas Seed Law. Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure
and furnish 80 percent germination
B. Inspections
1. Make written request for inspection of finish grade prior to sod bedpreparation.
2. Make written request for the inspection of sodding operations. Such inspection is
for the purpose of establishing the Maintenance Period.
3. Submit written requests for inspections to the Landscape Architect at least seven
(7) days prior to anticipated Inspection date.
1.6 SUBMITIALS
A. Furnish required copies of manufacturer's literature, certifications, or laboratory
analytical data for the following Items:
1. Seed/Sod Source (Certifications): submit certification from supplier that each
type of seed conforms to these specifications and requirements of Texas Seed
Law. Certification shall accompany seed delivery.
2. Top Dress Fertilizer (Certification): submit certificate stating that fertilizer
complies with these specifications and requirements of Texas FertilizerLaw.
1.7 SCHEDULING
A. Planting Restrictions: coordinate planting periods with initial maintenance periods to
provide required maintenance from date of Substantial Completion. Plant during one
of the following periods:
1. May 15th to August 31 st for Bermuda hydromulch seeding.
2. Over seeding - Annual Rye Grass
i. If Bermuda turf cannot be established by September 15, turf areas are to be
over -seeded with annual rye-grass at a rate of 4-lbs'/1,000 s.f. If this is
required, the contractor shall maintain the annual grass turf, as needed,
Turf Grass Lawns — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
including but not limited to irrigation, mowing to maintain a maximum height
of three (3"), and edging, as required.
ii. This annual rye grass maintenance shall be considered as a separate item from
the 30-day maintenance period specified for the seeded Bermudagrass.
iii. The Contractor shall apply a minimum of two applications of Roundup
herbicide to the annual rye grass in early spring in preparation for Bermuda
grass hydromulch seeding. The two applications should be separated by a
period of 10-14 days and contractor should notify the Landscape Architect of
the schedule of Roundup application.
iv. After sufficient annual grass kill has been verified by the LandscapeArchitect,
turf areas shall have an "Aera-vator" PTO driven, vibration tine, aeration
device process the soil to a depth of three (3") inches to four (4") inches prior
to hydromulch seeding the Bermuda grass as specified.
B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting operations only when existing and
forecasted weather conditions permit.
1.8 WARRANTY PERIOD
A. Time Period: warrant that all turfs and grasses shall be in a healthy and flourishing
condition of active growth six (6) months from date of Final Acceptance.
B. Appearance during Warranty: turf shall be free of dead or dying patches, and all
areas shall show foliage of a normal density, size and color. Complete lushcover
with no brown sections or cracks showing.
C. Delays: all delays in completion of planting operations which extend the planting
into more than one planting season shall extend the Warranty Period
correspondingly.
D. Exceptions: contractor shall not be held responsible for failures due to neglect by
Owner, vandalism, etc., during Warranty Period. Report such conditions inwriting.
E. Replacements: replace, without cost to Owner, and as soon as weather conditions
permit, all turf and grasses not in a vigorous, thriving condition, as determined by
Landscape Architect during and at the end of Warranty Period.
F. Matching: closely match all replacement sod with adjacent areas of turf or grass.
Apply all requirements of this Specification to all replacements.
1.9 REPLACEMENTS
A. Unacceptable Workmanship: turf and grass areas exhibiting conditions which are
determined as unacceptable workmanship shall be repaired and/or replaced at no
additional cost to the Owner.
1.10 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A. Work under this Section will be accepted by Landscape Architect upon satisfactory
completion of all work, but exclusive of re -application under the Guarantee Period.
Turf Grass Lawns — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
SECTION 02: PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Turf Seed
1. Composition: fresh, clean, certified, Class 'A', new crop seed.
2. Type: "Cynodan dactylon" Common Bermuda.
Deliver to the site in the original sacks as received by the Producer and each sack
shall be tagged in accordance with the agricultural seed laws of the United States
and the State of Texas. Each sack shall be tagged showing the dealers guarantee
as to the year grown, percentage of purity, percentage of germination and the
date of test by which the percentages of purity and germination were determined.
All seed sown shall have a date of test within six (6) months of the date of
sowing.
4. Any seed delivered prior to use, shall be stored in such a manner that it will be
protected from damage by heat, moisture, rodents or other cause.
5. The mixture to be used shall be proportioned by weight and consist of the
following varieties to be sown at the rate of six (6) pounds per 1,000 square feet
(210 pounds per acre):
Turf Seed Mixture for turf areas
Cynodan Dactylon-Common Bermuda
Lolium perenne- Perennial Ryegrass
Poa Annual Ryegrass
6. Weed Seed: do not exceed 0.25%
B. Turf Sod
Proportion
Purity
Minimum
by weight
Germination
85%
98%
90%
10%
98%
90%
5%
95%
90%
1. One Year Old, nursery -grown sod, of the variety Tifway 419 as approved. Sod
shall consist of stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes, and roots with a healthy, virile
system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout the soil of the sod for a
thickness not less than three-quarters (3/4") inch.
2. Sod shall be dense, healthy, and field -grown on fumigated soil with the grass
having been mowed prior to sod cutting so that the height of the grass shall not
exceed two (2") inches.
3. Sod shall be dark green in color, relatively free of thatch, free from diseases,
weeds and harmful insects.
4. Sod shall be reasonably free of objectionable grassy and broadleaf weeds. Sod
shall be considered weed free if no more than ten (10) such weeds are found per
100 sq. ft. of sod.
Turf Grass Lawns — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
5. Sod shall be rejected if found to contain the following weeds: Quackgrass,
Johnsongrass, poison ivy, nimbleweed, thistle, bindweed, bentgrass, perennial
sorrel or bromegrass.
C. Hydromulch
1. Mulch
i. Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having minimum of 20
percent fibers 0.42 inches in length and 0.01 inches in diameter.
ii. Cellulose fibers manufactured from recycled newspaper and meeting same
fiber content and size as for cellulose fibers from wood chips.
iii. Dye mulch green for coverage verification purposes.
iv. Three approved mulches are manufactured by Conwed, Weyerhauser, and
Texas Fiber Co.
a. Submittal: submit a sample label or specification and a sample packet of
the proposed mulch for the Owner's approval.
2. Soil Stabilizer "Terra Tack V or approved equal.
2.2 FERTILIZER
A. Pre -planting Fertilizer Application for Turfgrass Planting Areas: Fertilizer for the
initial planting application shall be of N-P-K ratio of 4-5-1 (19-26-5). The
phosphorus component must be derived from monoammonium phosphate to
stimulate vigorous development of new roots, stolons, and rhizomes. The initial
application must be applied and incorporated into the soil immediately (no morethan
two (2) days) prior to sodding.
1. Specification Submittal: Submit a sample label or specification of the fertilizer
proposed to be used for the Owner's approval.
B. Post Planting Application: Fertilizer for the post planting application will be a
complete fertilizer of chemical base containing by weight the following percentages
of nutrients: 273- 4 +2% Fe (N-P-K) from methylene urea or the nitrogen equivalent
of 33-3-1 O. The application rate should provide one (1) lb. of N / 1000 sq. ft.
1. Specification Submittal: Submit a sample label or specification of the fertilizer
proposed to be used for the Owner's approval.
SECTION 03: EXECUTION
3.1 GRADING AND VERIFICATION
A. Coarse Grading
1. Stones, Weeds, Debris: verify that all areas to receive turf are clear of stones
larger than one and a half (1-1/2") inches diameter, weeds, debris and other
extraneous materials.
Turf Grass Lawns — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
2. Grades: verify that grades are within two (2) inch plus or minus of the required
finished grades. No Grades greater than 1 inch shall close upon itself.
3. Tillage: larger graded areas at the South end of the park shall be tilled to a depth
of six inches with a chisel type breaking plow. Initial tillage shall be followed by
a disc harrow
B. Final Grading
1. Stones, Weeds, Debris: verify that all areas to receive turf are clear of stones
larger than 1 in. diameter, weeds, debris and other extraneous materials.
2. Grades: verify that grades are within one (1) inch plus or minus of the required
finished grades. No Grades greater than 1 inch shall close upon itself. Verify
that soil preparation and fertilization has been installed. Report all variations in
writing.
3. Tillage: larger graded areas at the South end of the park shall be power raked to
a depth of one inches. Initial power rake pass shall be followed by a second pass
at an angle between thirty (30) to sixty (60) degrees to the initial pass followed
by a pass with a cultipacker or roller.
C. Schedule: immediately after the finished grade has been approved, begin sodding
operations to reduce excessive weed growth. If sod bed is dry immediately prior to
installation, dampen surface with a fine mist ofwater.
D. Soil Moisture
1. Excessive Moisture: do not commence work of this section when soil moisture
content is so great that excessive compaction will occur, nor when it is so dry that
dust will form in air or that clods will not break readily.
2. Inadequate Moisture: apply water, as necessary, to bring soil to optimum
moisture content for planting.
3.2 HYDROMULCH SEEDING ON PREPARED FINISHED GRADE
A. Bed Preparation: immediately after the finished grade has been approved, begin
hydromulch seeding operation to reduce excessive weed growth.
B. Special Equipment and Procedures: hydraulic equipment used for the application of
fertilizer and seed; disc, harrow or aerator and a cultipacker orroller.
C. Operators of hydromulch seeding equipment shall be thoroughly experienced in this
type of application
D. Application
1. Contractor shall obtain approval of seeding area preparation from the Landscape
Architect prior to application.
2. Immediately following approval, Contractor shall aerate the seedbed one (1") to
two (2") inches deep in a motion to form a uniform coverage of the entire
seeding area.
Turf Grass Lawns — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
3. Immediately following aeration, the Contractor shall pack the soil with a
cultipacker or roller to get a firm seedbed.
4. After cultipacker or roller operations apply specified hydromulch seed mix in a
motion to form a uniform coverage at specified rate.
5. Immediately following hydromulch of seed, the Contractor shall not operate any
equipment over the covered area.
6. Refer also to the maintenance portion of this Section.
3.3 BROADCAST SEEDING ON PREPARED FINISHED GRADE
A. Bed Preparation: immediately after the finished grade has been approved, begin
broadcast seeding operation to reduce excessive weedgrowth.
B. Special Equipment and Procedures: rotary equipment used for the application of
fertilizer and seed; disc, harrow or aerator and a cultipacker orroller.
C. Application
1. Contractor shall obtain approval of seeding area preparation from the Landscape
Architect prior to application.
2. Operators of broadcast seeding equipment shall be thoroughly experienced in this
type of application. Apply specified seed mix in a motion to form a uniform
coverage at specified rate.
3. Immediately following broadcasting of seed, Contractor shall aerate the seed bed
one (1") to two (2") inches deep at a speed to cover the seed with soil one quarter
(1/4) to one half (1/2") inches deep in a motion to form a uniform coverage of the
entire seeding area.
4. Immediately following aeration, the Contractor shall pack the soil with a
cultipacker or roller to get seed in good contact with the soil.
5. After aeration, the Contractor shall not operate any equipment over the covered
area.
6. Refer also to the maintenance portion of this Section.
D. Unseeded Areas: if, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, unplanted skips and
areas are noted after broadcast seeding, the Contractor shall be required to seed the
unplanted areas with the grasses that were to have been planted at no additional cost
to the Owner.
3.4 SOD BED PREPARATION
A. Provide soil preparation per this Section 02921.
B. Rake areas to set exact line and final finish grade.
C. Rolling: roll amended soil with 200 pound water -ballast roller.
Turf Grass Lawns — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
D. Moistening: after all unevenness in the soil surface has been corrected, lightly
moisten the soil immediately prior to laying the sod.
E. Timing: sod immediately thereafter, provided the sod -bed has remained friable.
3.5 PLANTING
A. Solid Sodding
1. Method: lay the first row of sod in a straight line, with subsequent rows parallel
to and tightly against each other, with no spaces between strips. Stagger lateral
joints. Do not stretch or overlap sod. Butt all joints tightly to eliminate all voids.
Lay sod on mounds and slopes with strips parallel to contours. Use a sharp knife
to cut sod to fit curves.
2. Tamping and Rolling: thoroughly tamp and roll sod to make contact with sod
bed. Roll each entire section of completed sod.
3. Following rolling, fine screened topsoil shall be used to fill all cracks between
sods. Excess soil shall be worked into the grass with suitable equipment and shall
be well watered. The quantity of fill soil shall be such that it will cause no
smothering of the grass.
4. Watering: thoroughly water sod immediately after installation to wet the
underside of the new sod pad and the soil immediately below to a depth of 6 in.
5. Immediately after installation of the sod, remove sod clumps and soil, washoff
any plant materials and pavements not to have sod. Keep all areas clean during
the maintenance period.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. No heavy equipment shall be moved over the planted turf area unless the soil is again
prepared, graded, leveled, and replanted. It will be the responsibility of the
Contractor to protect all paving surfaces, curbs, utilities, plant materials, and any
other existing improvements from damage. Any damages shall be repaired or
replaced at no cost to Owner.
3.7 ESTABLISHMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Regardless of unseasonable climatic conditions or other adverse conditions affecting
planting operations and the growth of the turfgrass, it shall be the sole responsibility
of the Contractor to establish a uniform stand of turfgrass as herein specified.
B. Uniform Stand of Sodded Areas: complete coverage is defined as no visible joints
showing or felt between individual sections of sod and all sections of sod being
firmly rooted to the prepared subgrade.
C. Uniform Stand of Seeded Areas: complete coverage is defined as a healthy, uniform
stand of grass which is free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage
exceeding 90 percent over any ten (10) square feet (0.92 sq. m) and bare spots not
exceeding five (5") inches by five (5") inches (125 mm x 125mm).
3.8 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Turf Grass Lawns — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
A. The proposed irrigation system must be complete in ALL respects and must be fully
operational before turfgrass planting may begin. After planting, any breakdowns in
the irrigation system attributable to warranty items must be immediately repaired by
the Contractor.
3.9 POST -PLANTING MAINTENANCE
A. Maintenance shall begin immediately alter each grass area is planted. All planted
areas will be protected and maintained by watering, weed control, redressing and
replanting as necessary for at least thirty (30) days after initial planting and for as
much longer as necessary to establish a UNIFORM STAND OF THE SPECIFIED
GRASS and until the entire project is accepted by the Owner. Grass shall be mowed
to a height of two (2") inches.
B. All turf areas adjacent to paved areas shall be edged to maintain a neat appearance.
C. All areas which are not completely covered with the specified grass at the end of
thirty (30) days will continue to be replanted, re -dressed and maintained by the
Contractor until complete coverage and acceptance are achieved.
3.10 EROSION CONTROL
A. Throughout the project and the maintenance period for turfgrass, it is the Contractor's
responsibility to maintain the topsoil in place at specified grades. Topsoil and
turfgrass losses due to erosion will be replaced by the Contractor until establishment
and acceptance is achieved.
3.11 INSPECTIONS
A. Make written request for inspection after areas have been seeded and sodded.
B. Submit requests for inspections to Landscape Architect at least two (2) days prior to
anticipated inspection date.
3.12 CLEAN-UP
A. General: keep all areas of work clean, neat and orderly at all times. Keep all paved
areas clean during planting operations.
B. Debris: clean up and remove all deleterious materials and debris and material
unearthed as a result of turf grass planting operations from the entire work area prior
to Final Acceptance.
3.13 GUARANTEE
A. The Contractor shall guarantee all materials used for this work to be the type, quality
and quantity specified.
END OF SECTION
Turf Grass Lawns — Glenna Goodacre Street Widening
City of Lubbock
Public Works Engineering
Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications
OF,Ftw000'. C�tof
TEXAS
Department of Public Works Engineering
City of Lubbock, Texas
January 15, 2016
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Table of Contents
5.11
Restoration and Clean Up..........................................................................................................45
5.12
Warranty and Acceptance..........................................................................................................46
SECTION6.......................................................................................................................................47
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER MAIN CONSTRUCTION ...............................
47
6.01
General....................................................................................................................................47
6.02
Plan Requirements....................................................................................................................47
6.03
Plan Approval...........................................................................................................................47
6.04
Inspection................................................................................................................................47
6.05
Specifications............................................................................................................................47
6.06
Materials of Construction...........................................................................................................48
6.07
Methods of Construction............................................................................................................52
6.08
Inspection, Testing, Approval and Acceptance of Gravity Flow Sanitary Sewer
Pipe and Manholes .61
6.09
Lift Station................................................................................................................................67
6.10
Restoration and Clean Up..........................................................................................................68
6.11
Warranty and Acceptance..........................................................................................................69
SECTION7.......................................................................................................................................
71
APPROVED
MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURERS LIST.....................................................................
71
7.01
Introduction..............................................................................................................................
71
7.02
Product Submittal Procedures....................................................................................................71
7.03
Evaluation Process....................................................................................................................72
7.04
Approval Process......................................................................................................................72
7.05
Water System...........................................................................................................................74
7.06
Sanitary Sewer System..............................................................................................................81
7.07
Water and Sanitary Sewer Systems............................................................................................86
SECTION8.......................................................................................................................................
87
Standard Specifications for streets and drainage construction......................................................
87
8.01
General....................................................................................................................................87
8.02
Design Standards......................................................................................................................87
8.03
Testing and Inspection..............................................................................................................88
8.04
Notification of Property Owners.................................................................................................89
8.05
Protection of Utilities and Irrigation Systems...............................................................................89
8.06
Water for Construction..............................................................................................................89
8.07
Concrete..................................................................................................................................90
8.08
Subgrade and Base...................................................................................................................99
8.09
Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Surface(HMAC)................................................................................104
8.10
Micro-Surfacing.......................................................................................................................111
8.11
Storm Sewer...........................................................................................................................115
8.12
Fences...................................................................................................................................120
8.13
Salvage of Asphalt Paving........................................................................................................121
8.14
Traffic Control.........................................................................................................................121
8.15
Prosecution of the Work and Working Days..............................................................................122
8.16
Measurement and Payment.....................................................................................................123
8.17
Restoration and Clean Up........................................................................................................126
8.18
Certificate of Completion and Warranty....................................................................................126
SECTION9.....................................................................................................................................
129
CHECK LIST
FOR STREETS AND DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION PLANS ............................................
129
9.01
Plan Submittal Requirements...................................................................................................129
9.02
Plan Details............................................................................................................................131
SECTION10...................................................................................................................................133
TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION..........................................................................................
133
10.01
General Details..........................................................................................................................
A
10.02
Water Details.............................................................................................................................
B
10.03
Sewer Details.............................................................................................................................
C
10.04
Street and Drainage Details........................................................................................................
D
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
SECTION 8
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREETS AND DRAINAGE
CONSTRUCTION
8.01 General
8.01.01 The construction and materials for any City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering paving or
drainage improvements project shall conform to the following specifications and associated
plan sheets.
A. Any construction or materials failing to meet the requirements of these specifications or the
plan sheets shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's own expense.
B. No consideration will be given to requests for reduced payments for construction or materials
not in conformance with these specifications and the plan sheets.
8.01.02 The term Engineer used in these specifications shall refer to the City of Lubbock City
Engineer or an individual designated by the City Engineer to administer these specifications
and associated plans.
8.01.03 The Engineer may require certificates from manufacturers certifying that materials or
equipment to be incorporated into the work meet these specifications.
A. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be required on all materials.
B. All materials or equipment shall be subject to approval by the Engineer before being
incorporated into any project.
C. After approval, the source and/or character of materials shall not be changed without written
authorization by the Engineer.
8.01.04 Streets to be constructed in a location where the traffic is expected to consist of an
unusual number of trucks or other heavy vehicles shall have an approved pavement
structure design specific to that loading condition.
8.01.05 All construction covered by these specifications shall be in compliance with the City of
Lubbock Code of Ordinances, Chapter 30 Lakes and Water Ways, Chapter 36 Streets,
Sidewalks, and Other Public Ways, Chapter 38 Subdivisions, and other chapters as
applicable.
8.01.06 Any references to these specifications, ASTM, AASHTO, TxDOT, or other designated tests,
procedures, quality standards, or requirements which are included in these specifications
or any associated plans shall be the latest edition and revision thereof.
A. When information indicated on plan sheets is in conflict with these specifications, the
information on the plans shall govern.
8.02 Design Standards
8.02.01 The following design standards shall apply to all paving and drainage improvements
associated with construction of new subdivisions.
A. If unusual site conditions necessitate design criteria different from these requirements,
changes will be permitted only if specifically approved by the City Engineer.
Section 8 87
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.02.02 Street Crown Elevations
A. All street paving shall incorporate a centerline crown at the following listed elevation unless
otherwise indicated on plans, or as directed by the Engineer:
Pavement Width
(Face of Curb to Face of Curb)
Finished Paving Surface
Above Gutter
32 feet
0.52 feet
36 feet
0.58 feet
42 feet
0.67 feet
46 feet
0.73 feet
66 feet
1.03 feet
88 feet
1.18 feet
The widths listed above refer to the total proposed future full width of street.
ii. Where there is a difference in elevation between top of opposite street curbs, the
crown elevation shall be adjusted such that the cross slopes are 2.0% minimum and
4.0% maximum.
iii. Where the minimum crown slopes are not met a concrete valley gutter must be added.
8.02.03 Minimum Grades
A. All street paving shall incorporate the following slopes unless otherwise indicated on plans, or
as directed by the Engineer:
Location
Finished Grade Sloe
Linear Curb and Gutter
0.20
Curb and Gutter in Cul-De-Sacs
0.30
Concrete Dips, Valley Gutters and Fillets
0.35
Concrete Alley Paving
0.20
Concrete Drainage Channel
0.20
Fall Around Curb Radii
0.80
B. Asphalt dips shall not be used in the place of concrete dips or valley gutters.
8.03 Testina and Insoection
8.03.01 All work shall be inspected and tested by a representative designated by the City Engineer,
who shall have the authority to halt construction when, in their opinion, construction is
being performed contrary to these specifications or associated plans.
A. Whenever any portion of these specifications or associated plans is violated, the Engineer may
order the portion of construction that is in violation to cease until such violation is corrected.
8.03.02 Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer in providing for sampling and testing
procedures.
A. The contractor shall provide at least a 2 hour notification to City Inspection Staff prior to any
inspection services needed.
B. In the event the City tests indicate out of specification materials, additional tests may be
provided by the contractor at their own expense.
C. Conflicting tests provided by the contractor will not automatically be considered as compliance
with City specifications, but will be considered only as additional information to be used by the
Engineer to determine the compliance of the material or construction in question.
88 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.03.03 The testing and inspection provided by the City is intended only to verify that materials and
construction comply with plans and specifications. The City's testing and inspection efforts
are not intended to replace the contractor's responsibility to comply with the specifications.
A. With respect to new material sources, or where the City lab has determined materials or
construction do not comply with these specifications, the City will not re -test until the
contractor has provided their own testing to demonstrate the materials and construction are
in compliance with the plans and specifications.
8.03.04 Upon completion of construction, the Contractor will apply sufficient water to all paving
improvements within the project to ensure all surfaces meet drainage requirements and
are in compliance with these specifications.
8.04 Notification of Prooerty Owners
8.04.01 The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining positive communication with adjacent
property owners.
8.04.02 The contractor shall provide two days notice to all affected property owners with respect to
pending construction, and restriction of access or driveway locations.
8.05 Protection of Utilities and Irrigation Systems
8.05.01 The plans show only approximate locations of utilities as obtained from various utility
companies.
A. It is not implied that all utilities or their accurate locations are shown on the plans.
8.05.02 It is the contractor's responsibility to become familiar with all utilities and locations.
A. The contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations with respect to utility
notification and protection, including Underground Facility Damage Prevention Notification
Centers.
The contractor shall call DIG TESS (1-800-344-8377) and provide sufficient time for all utilities
to be identified prior to construction.
8.05.03 On all projects the contractor shall exercise care not to damage any sanitary sewer pipe,
manholes, storm sewers, water lines, valves and boxes, communication cables, power
cables, gas lines, nor any other pipe or utility. The contractor will be responsible during
the construction period for damages to any utilities.
8.05.04 Irrigation systems affected by construction shall be properly repaired by a licensed
irrigator, with materials equal to the existing system, and in compliance with current
applicable codes. The repairs shall be pressure tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer
prior to being covered.
8.06 Water for Construction
8.06.01 The City will furnish water from fire hydrants for construction purposes.
A. To use City water for construction the contractor shall acquire a water meter for use on a City
fire hydrant and will be charged the applicable rate for the quantity of water used.
B. The contractor shall contact Lubbock Power and Light Customer Service Department to
establish a utility account. The contractor must pay a deposit for each fire hydrant meter and
will be responsible for all charges associated with that account.
Section 8 89
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
C. Once an account is established and the deposit is paid, the contractor may pick up a meter
from the City Water Department at 600 Municipal Drive.
8.06.02 Fire hydrants shall be operated only by use of an approved fire hydrant wrench. No pipe
wrenches, or other unapproved devices, shall be used to open and close a fire hydrant.
8.06.03 For top loading trucks or containers the contractor shall provide a back flow prevention
assembly on the discharge side of the meter.
A. The backflow prevention assembly shall be in the form of two spring loaded ball check valves.
B. When filling the truck or container there shall be an air gap of at least two times the opening
diameter of the truck or container.
8.06.04 For bottom loading trucks the contractor shall provide a Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) type
backflow prevention assembly.
A. All RPZ type back flow prevention assemblies must be tested and the test results approved by
the City prior to use.
B. The test results shall be sent to the City of Lubbock Public Works Department, Meter and
Customer Service Supervisor for approval.
8.06.05 In accordance with City of Lubbock Ordinance No. 10208 "Pertaining to Backflow
Prevention", City representatives are authorized to suspend water use from a fire hydrant
by a contractor until the proper and correct backflow prevention devices are installed.
8.07 Concrete
8.07.01 These specifications shall govern Portland cement concrete used for curb and gutter, valley
gutters and fillets, alley paving, sidewalks, street paving, curb ramps, medians, and
drainage improvements.
A. The concrete shall be produced at a Ready -Mix Concrete Batch Plant conforming to ASTM
C94.
B. The concrete shall be transported to the project location in approved Revolving Drum Agitator
Trucks, and shall be placed within one hour of mixing time. The concrete shall be
continuously mixed during transit.
C. Concrete shall have a temperature of less than 90 degrees at time of placement. Concrete
above this temperature will be rejected and shall be removed from the job site.
D. No more than eight yards of concrete shall be loaded in a Revolving Drum Agitator Truck and
transported to the job site. Loads in excess of eight yards will be rejected and shall be
removed from the job site.
E. Add mixture for increasing and or decreasing air shall be a temporary solution while the batch
plant makes adjustments. A maximum of three loads may be treated per plant per day.
F. No patching of any nature shall be allowed in repairing any damage to concrete
improvements. Where damage occurs, the section shall be removed to the nearest joints and
shall be replaced with new construction. Small cracks with no evidence of displacement may
be repaired with epoxy, only where approved by the Engineer.
G. All concrete shall have 5 percent, minus 1.5 percent to plus 3 percent, air entrainment in
conformance with ASTM C260.
H. When delivered to the jobsite, each truck shall provide the load ticket indicating weights of all
concrete ingredients, including cement, aggregates, water, and admixtures.
90 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.07.02 Classification
A. The following City of Lubbock classes of concrete shall be used:
Class
Typical Uses
A
Curb and gutter, sidewalks, curb ramps, drainage channels, medians,
inlet boxes, headwalls, junction boxes, driveways, and retaining walls.
B
Valley gutters and fillets, alley returns, and alley paving.
C
Concrete street pavement.
D
Utility encasements
E
Fast setting concrete pavement such as "Fast Track" Concrete
Pavement or, other special design.
8.07.03 Thickness of Concrete Surfaces
A. Concrete thoroughfare street paving shall have a minimum thickness of 8 inches.
B. Concrete alley paving shall have a minimum thickness of 7-1/2 inches at edge and
5 inches at flow line.
i. No tolerance on minimum thickness will be allowed.
ii. No additional compensation will be made to the contractor for thickness greater than
specified.
C. All other proposed concrete paving thickness shall be approved in writing by the City
Engineer.
8.07.04 Drainage Easements
A. All drainage easements shall have, at a minimum, a 10-foot wide concrete flow line to be
constructed with the street and alley paving improvements.
B. Drainage easements shall not be used as alleys or garbage collection easements.
8.07.05 Mix Design
A. Thirty (30) days prior to beginning any concrete construction the contractor shall submit an
engineer's recommended concrete mix design.
i. The following shall be submitted to the Engineer for review:
a. Test certificates from an approved commercial testing laboratory on all proposed
aggregate.
(1) Certificates shall indicate material source, gradation, and loss from 5 cycle
Magnesium Sulfate test not to exceed 25 percent.
b. Mix design based on water -cement ratio.
c. Results of compression tests in conformance with ASTM C 39 and/or flexural tests in
conformance with ASTM C78, made by an approved commercial testing laboratory.
(1) Tests shall be made on 6 cylinders and/or 6 beams at curing times appropriate to
the class of concrete.
ii. The Engineer will approve or reject the mix design and materials based on these
submittals.
iii. Mix design approval shall be subject to additional testing during construction.
Section 8 91
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
B. Mix designs for various classes of concrete shall conform to the following:
Class
Min. Sacks Cement
er cubic yard
Water/Cement Ratio
Max. Slump
Inches
A
5.0
0.40 — 0.60
5
B
5.5
0.40 — 0.60
5
C
6.0
0.35-0.45
3
D
4.5
0.40 — 0.60
5
E
As Required forspecific cure time and strength.
i. New mix designs shall be submitted annually, or when material properties or sources
change.
8.07.06 Strength Requirements
A. The various classes of concrete shall conform to the following minimum strengths in pounds
per square inch (psi) as determined by the average of two test cylinders or beams:
Min. Com ressive Strength
Min. Flexural Strength
Class
3 Day
7 Day
28 Day
28 Da
A
-
2100
3000
-
B
2500
3000
-
-
C
-
2500
3600
600
D
-
-
2500
-
E
3000 psi at 24 hours
B. When cores are subsequently used to prove compressive strength where test cylinders
indicate failures, the cores shall be tested in accordance with ACI C42.
C. In such cases, the required compressive strength shall be increased by 10%.
8.07.07 Cement
A. Cement shall be Type I, Type II, or Type I -II cements, conforming to ASTM C150 "Standard
Specification for Portland Cement".
B. The contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to any changes of the cement supplier or source
during construction. The Engineer may require a new mix design if changes of supplier or
source occur.
8.07.08 Aggregate
A. Concrete aggregate shall consist of natural, washed and screened sand, and washed and
screened gravel or clean crushed stone conforming to ASTM C33.
B. All aggregate shall be free of injurious amounts of clay, soft or flaky materials, loam, organic
impurities, or other deleterious materials.
C. Fine aggregate shall be graded from fine to coarse and shall conform to ASTM C136.
92 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
i. The gradation for fine aggregate shall meet the following requirements:
Fine Aggregate
Cumulative Percent Retained
(by weight)
Retained on 3/8" Sieve
0
Retained on No. 4 Sieve
0-5
Retained on No. 16 Sieve
20-55
Retained on No. 30 Sieve
45-75
Retained on No. 50 Sieve
70-90
Retained on No. 100 Sieve
98-100
D. Coarse aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine with a maximum size of 1-1/2
inches, and shall conform to ASTM C136.
i. The gradation for coarse aggregate shall meet the following requirements:
Coarse Aggregate
Cumulative Percent Retained
(by weight)
Retained on 1-3/4" Sieve
0
Retained on 1-1/2" Sieve
0-5
Retained on 3/4" Sieve
10-40
Retained on 1/2" Sieve
40-75
Retained on No. 4 Sieve
95-100
E. Coarse aggregate for Class C or E concrete shall be crushed limestone (Brownwood type or
equivalent). Crushed gravel will be allowed if on the TxDOT Quarterly Monitoring Program, or
if specifically approved by the engineer.
F. Aggregate Quality Requirements shall comply with the following requirements:
Material Property
Max. Allowable Limit
Deleterious Material
2.0%
Decantation
1.5%
Flakiness Index
17
Magnesium Sulfate Soundness
25%
G. Stockpiles shall be protected from dusty conditions by drift fences or other methods approved
by the Engineer.
i. Stockpiling methods used shall not allow aggregate to roll down the slope as it is
added to existing stockpiles.
ii. Stockpiles shall be built in layers of uniform thickness.
iii. Equipment shall not be permitted to operate over the same lift repeatedly.
8.07.09 Flowable Fill
A. Flowable fill shall consist of a concrete mixture of pea gravel and sand with a cement content
of 1-1/2 sacks per cubic yard.
B. Flowable fill may be used for backfill in all utility ditches within the right of way, and other
areas as specified.
C. Flowable fill used for repair of utility ditches in existing paved streets shall be placed from the
top of the utility line to the bottom of the paving surface. Use of concrete in place of flowable
fill is not acceptable, and if used in place of flowable fill shall be removed by the contractor at
their expense.
Section 8 93
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.07.10 Water
A. Water shall be clean, clear, free from oil, acid or organic matter and free from injurious
amounts of alkali, salts, or other chemicals and shall conform to AASHTO T26.
8.07.11 Admixtures
A. Admixtures may be applied to the concrete mix design when approved by the Engineer to
achieve any desired special properties. Chemical admixtures shall conform to ASTM C494.
Chemical admixtures shall not be used as a substitute for Cement.
B. Mineral admixtures such as Class C Ash and Natural Pozzolans in conformance with ASTM
C618 may be used with Types I, II, and III Portland Cement.
C. When fly ash is permitted to be used, "cement" in relation to mix design shall be defined as
"cement plus fly ash".
i. Fly ash may constitute a maximum of 30 percent by weight of the cement.
D. Add mixture for increasing and or decreasing air shall be a temporary solution while the batch
plant makes adjustments. A maximum of three loads may be treated per plant per day.
8.07.12 Reinforcing Material
A. All concrete shall incorporate reinforcement as follows:
i. Curb and gutter horizontal paving steel shall extend to within 2" of back of curb.
ii. Street Paving, Valley Gutters, and Drainage Channel — A minimum of #5 deformed
steel bars 12 inches on center both ways or design approved in writing by the City
Engineer.
iii. Alley Paving - No. 6 deformed steel bars on both edges as indicated on detail sheets
and either 6-inch x 6-inch - 6 gauge welded wire fabric or #4 deformed bars 12 inches
on center both ways.
iv. Alley Returns - #4 deformed steel bars 12 inch on centers both ways or 6-inch x 6-inch
- 6 gauge welded wire fabric.
v. Sidewalk, Driveways (other than commercial), and Wheelchair Ramps - Fiber
reinforcement, or as required by the City of Lubbock Building Official, or design
approved in writing by the City Engineer.
vi. Commercial driveways, including pedestrian crossing area — #3 deformed steel bars
through the gutter section as indicated on the detail sheets and either 6-inch x 6-inch —
6 gauge welded wire fabric or #4 deformed bards 12 inches on center both ways.
B. Steel
i. All steel reinforcing materials shall be securely held in proper position with devices
appropriate to the type of reinforcement used, subject to approval by the Engineer.
ii. Wire mesh shall conform to ASTM A185, and shall be 6-inch x 6-inch - 6 gauge welded
wire fabric as specified.
iii. Reinforcing bars shall be grade 60 (60 KSI), open-hearth, basic oxygen or electric
furnace new billet steel manufactured in accordance with ASTM A615 and ASTM A305.
a. Steel reinforcing materials shall be stored off the ground in a manner as to be
protected from accumulations of grease, mud, other foreign matter and rust
producing materials.
b. When incorporated into construction, steel reinforcement shall be free from rust,
scale, oil, mud, and structural defects.
iv. Dowels for slip joints shall be smooth plain round bars free from burrs, rough surfaces,
and deformations. Caps, sleeves, or wrapping shall be as indicated on plan sheets.
94 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
v. Chairs shall be used to support the reinforcing steel in the correct position while
concrete is being placed. Chairs shall be made of plastic (preferred) or steel, and shall
be of adequate size to positively hold the reinforcing materials in position.
C. Fiber
a. Fiber reinforcement may not be used in place of steel reinforcement.
b. Fiber reinforcement shall be either 100% virgin polypropylene, collated, fibrillated
fibers specifically manufactured for use as concrete reinforcement, containing no
reprocessed olefin materials, or steel fibers.
c. The quantity of fiber reinforcement used shall be 1.5 pounds per cubic yard, or as
recommended by the fiber manufacturer.
d. The physical characteristics on the fiber shall be as follows:
Physical Characteristic
Value
Specific Gravity
0.91
Tensile Strength
70,000 psi to 110,000 psi
Length
3/4 inch
8.07.13 Joints
A. Curb and gutter (Class A concrete) shall be constructed with an expansion joint at the tangent
point of each return at intersections and at intervals not more than 40 feet between the
intersections.
i. Construction joints formed by removable metal templates accurately shaped to the
cross-section of the curb and gutter shall be located at the midpoint of each section
between expansion joints, or as directed by the Engineer.
ii. Tooled contraction joints cut at least one quarter the concrete depth shall be placed at
10 foot intervals.
B. Alley paving (Class B concrete) shall be constructed with an expansion joint at each cold joint
and at a maximum spacing of 130 feet.
i. Alley returns shall be poured monolithically with curb radii and fillets with joints as
indicated in Standard Detail 36-7.
ii. Tooled contraction joints, cut 1/2 inch wide 2 inch deep, shall be placed as shown on
Standard Detail 36-11.
iii. Alley paving contraction joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer.
iv. Expansion joints shall include bituminous pre -molded expansion joint board.
C. Street Paving (Class C or E concrete) shall be constructed with contraction and expansion
joints as indicated on plan and detail sheets.
i. Unless otherwise specified, the joints shall be sawed 1/2 inch wide and to depth equal
to 1/4 of the pavement thickness plus one half inch.
ii. Joints shall be saw cut within 12 hours of placement of the concrete paving.
iii. Joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer.
iv. Joints shall be cleaned thoroughly with high pressure air prior to installation of any
sealing materials.
D. Valley gutters and fillets shall be constructed with tooled construction joints.
i. Joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer.
ii. Joints shall be cleaned thoroughly with high pressure air prior to installation of any
sealing materials.
Section 8 95
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
E. Joint Sealing Materials
i. Bituminous pre -molded expansion joint board material shall conform to ASTM D1751
and shall be placed as indicated on plan sheets or in these specifications.
a. Expansion joint material shall be placed full depth of the concrete slab.
ii. Elastomeric sealant for contraction joints shall be, or shall be equivalent to,
W.R.Meadows "SOF-SEAL", W.R. Meadows #158 cold applied, or "GARDOX" as
required by plan sheets.
a. Hot poured sealant for joints between Portland cement concrete and Bituminous
concrete shall conform to ASTM D3405.
b. Hot poured joint sealant for all other joints in Portland cement concrete pavement
shall conform to ASTM D3406.
c. Cold poured joint sealant shall conform to ASTM C920.
iii. Elastomeric joint sealant shall be mixed and applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
a. Prior to application, joints shall be cleaned by sandblasting and otherwise prepared
so that the sealant adheres to the surfaces to form an effective seal against moisture
and solid particles.
b. The sealant shall be a soft, highly flexible, rubber like material after curing which
shall not track, flow, crack, or break when exposed to hot and cold temperature
extremes typical of local conditions.
iv. Backer rod used with elastomeric sealant shall be 25 percent greater in diameter than
the joint width. It shall be made of polyethylene foam or other material as
recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
a. Compression of the backer rod material shall be approximately 25 percent shrinkage
at 8 psi applied stress.
b. The material shall not melt, shrink, evaporate, or absorb water, and shall be
compatible with the application of the sealant to be used.
8.07.14 Curing Compounds
A. All fresh concrete surfaces shall be completely painted with a liquid membrane forming curing
compound at a rate of one gallon per every 180 square feet. Its application shall conform to
DMS - 4650 and TOOT Item "Concrete Structures - Curing Materials".
i. Fresh concrete is defined as less than 10 minutes after finishing
B. No other methods of moisture retention on fresh concrete shall be used unless specifically
approved by the Engineer.
8.07.15 Forms
A. Forms for curb and gutter, paving, and flatwork may be of wood or metal, of a section
satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free of warp, and of a depth equal to the depth of the
concrete section formed.
B. Forms shall be constructed accurately to the line and grade as established in the field, shall be
adequately braced so that they will not move during the placing of the concrete, and shall
remain in place at least 12 hours after placing of the concrete.
C. Forms shall be treated with a light oil or release agent before each use, and forms which are
to be re -used shall be cleaned immediately after each use and maintained in good condition.
D. Curb forms shall be such that the face of the curb can be formed by use of a face form held in
place by steel templates.
96 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
E. Forms used for curb radii shall meet all of the above specifications, except that face forms on
curb radii may be omitted if a true section and an accurate flow line can be obtained by other
methods approved by the Engineer.
F. In no case will concrete placement be started without the approval of the Engineer.
G. No forms shall be placed until the subgrade is within one inch of its finished grade.
H. Forms for paving slabs may be used as a guide for screeding.
I. Where longitudinal construction joints are required, the form shall be so constructed as to
provide an approved load transfer mechanism in the face.
8.07.16 Placing and Finishing Concrete
A. Placing of concrete shall not start before sunrise, and shall stop one hour before sunset.
i. Concrete shall be placed as close to its proper location as practical.
ii. Sufficient concrete shall be placed to allow for shrinkage and extra material for
finishing.
iii. The concrete shall be floated and troweled to the approximate section.
iv. When water is needed for finishing purposes it must be dispensed by a pressurized
canister with a misting nozzle.
B. Removal of face forms and finishing of curb and gutter shall be started only after a partial set
occurs.
i. Only construction approved forms, templates, and tools shall be used to form the
cross -sections indicated on plan or detail sheets.
C. Concrete shall not be placed when the ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F or if
sustained winds are 25 mph or higher as determined by the Texas Tech University Mesonet
sites in Lubbock. If the sustained winds exceed the 25 miles per hour all placement
operations will cease immediately.
i. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen subgrade.
ii. The contractor shall have available sufficient covering material, approved by the
Engineer, to immediately protect concrete should the air temperature fall below 33
degrees F. This protection and forms shall remain in place as long as the temperature
continues below 32 degrees, to a maximum of 5 days.
iii. No salt or other chemical admixtures shall be added to the concrete to prevent
freezing.
D. All concrete placed for pavement shall be consolidated by use of mechanical vibrators
approved by the Engineer and designed to vibrate the concrete internally.
i. Vibrators shall be operated in a manner not to interfere with joints, and shall not come
in contact with forms.
ii. Vibrators shall not be used to move concrete within the forms.
E. The surface of concrete street paving shall incorporate a tined finish.
F. All other concrete surfaces shall be completed with a light broom finish.
G. When forms are used for concrete paving the forms must stay in place for a minimum of 12
hours.
H. No equipment shall be placed on concrete until it has reached 75% of the specified 28 day
compressive strength.
I. Finished concrete surfaces shall not have irregularities in excess of 1/8 inch when tested with
a 10 foot straightedge using the TxDOT Item 585 Surface Test Type A.
Section 8 97
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
1. Prior to acceptance, the Contractor shall apply sufficient water to all gutters and paving to
determine locations of ponding.
i. Ponded areas deeper than 1/8 inch shall be removed and replaced, or rectified as
directed by the Engineer.
K. Where the surface of T-1 or T-2 thoroughfare paving is noticeably uneven, the City may
require measurement of the ride quality using the TxDOT Surface Test Type B.
i. If the International Roughness Index (IRI) is determined to exceed 65 inches per mile
corrective action shall be performed by diamond grinding, or other methods acceptable
to the Engineer.
ii. If the IRI exceeds 95 inches per mile the pavement shall be removed and replaced.
L. Any concrete construction damaged by equipment, tools, vandals, or other influences shall be
replaced at the contractor's own expense.
8.07.17 Tolerance in Elevation and Grade
A. Curb and gutter or other concrete surfaces shall be constructed to the elevations and grades
as indicated on plan sheets. Deviation from elevations indicated on plans resulting in a
longitudinal slope of less than 0.15%, will be considered to be deficient, and shall be removed
and replaced at the correct elevations as indicated on the plans, unless curb and gutter
surfaces drain with flood testing and approved in writing by the City Engineer or designated
staff.
8.07.18 Concrete Alley Paving Cuts
A. Refer to Standard Detail 37-2.
B. Transverse Cuts
i. Minimum width between transverse joints shall be 4 feet.
ii. No more than 2 transverse joints shall be added between existing 13 foot tooled joints.
iii. Transverse joints shall be doweled 6 inches into existing pavement with #5 dowel bars
at 3 foot spacing. When installed at expansion joints, slip dowels shall be used.
C. Longitudinal Cuts
i. Longitudinal cuts along the edge of existing alley pavement shall be a minimum width
of 3 feet.
ii. Maximum width of longitudinal cuts shall be 4 feet.
iii. Longitudinal cuts wider than 4 feet, regardless of location, shall replace the full width
of existing alley paving.
iv. Longitudinal joints shall be doweled 6 inches into existing pavement with #5 dowel
bars at 3 foot spacing.
D. Potholing for Locating Existing Utilities
i. Pavement cuts for potholing purposes shall be circular cored holes or clean square
cutouts.
a. Cored holes in asphalt pavement shall be filled with cold -mix asphalt to match the
depth of existing pavement.
b. Cored holes in concrete pavement shall be filled with concrete to match the depth of
existing pavement.
c. Cutouts shall be repaired as specified in these specifications.
98 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.08 Subarade and Base
8.08.01 Subgrade
A. Subgrade material for concrete or asphalt construction shall consist of suitable native soil or
off -site soil, free from vegetation or other objectionable matter.
B. All unstable or objectionable material shall be removed from the subgrade and replaced with
approved material.
C. Subgrade material shall be suitable for forming a stable embankment and shall meet the
following requirements:
Material Property
Value
Liquid Limit
Max 45
Plasticity Index
Min 5; Max 20
Linear Shrinkage
Min 2; Max 10
i. Subgrade material which does not meet the above requirements may be conditioned
by blending with lime, sand or caliche screenings. The conditioning shall produce a
uniform subgrade material which meets all of these specified subgrade requirements.
D. Subgrade Construction
i. All testing of subgrade will be completed prior to any placement of curb and gutter.
Subgrade will be processed the entire width of the roadway including under the curb
and gutter section.
ii. Subgrade shall be prepared in conformance with the lines and grades shown on the
plans, or as directed by the Engineer, by scarifying and compacting to a minimum of
95 percent of Modified Proctor Density at optimum moisture content, plus or minus 2
percent.
iii. Subgrade shall be constructed in maximum of 6 inch lifts, and each 6 inch lift tested for
moisture and density.
iv. Subgrade thickness shall be a minimum of 12 inches for all streets,
regardless of street width or classification.
v. The compaction method for subgrade shall provide for each lift to be compacted to the
specified density using appropriate equipment.
a. After each section of subgrade is complete, moisture/density testing will be
performed by the City of Lubbock inspection staff.
b. At any time the City Engineer may require proof rolling on streets or alleys with a 25
ton pneumatic roller, to test the uniformity of compaction.
c. Rollers will be completely loaded with water or wet sand to ensure they meet the
manufacturer's weight requirements.
vi. All utility ditches shall be determined to be stable prior to construction of subgrade
over such utility ditch.
vii. Any fill placed within existing or proposed street right-of-way in execution of an
approved cut and fill plan shall be in compliance with these specifications for materials
and construction.
a. Cut and fill operations shall comply with Chapter 38 of the City of Lubbock Code of
Ordinances.
viii. Subgrade which has become wet, or otherwise altered, after completion may be
subject to retesting and reprocessing as determined by the Engineer.
ix. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley
gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface, and so
that the compacted subgrade thickness will not be less than specified above.
Section 8 99
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
E. Rejected Subgrade Material
i. Rejected subgrade material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job
site, shall be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there
until all construction is completed.
a. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the
construction, all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be
removed.
b. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction.
8.08.02 Flexible Base (Caliche)
A. Material for flexible base shall consist of crushed caliche, limestone, and calcareous clay
particles produced from oversize quarried aggregate, sized by crushing and produced from a
naturally occurring single source.
i. All base material sources are subject to approval by the Engineer.
ii. If material characteristics within an approved source change, the material shall be
subject to retesting and re -approval prior to continued use.
iii. The Contractor shall not change material sources without approval by the Engineer.
B. Crushed concrete may be blended with quarried material only to the extent necessary to
produce material in compliance with these specifications, to a maximum of 20 percent
crushed concrete by weight.
i. Crushed concrete shall be produced from parent material consisting of structural
strength concrete, such as City of Lubbock Class A, B, and C.
ii. Lower strength materials, such as flowable fill, are not acceptable.
iii. Crushed concrete shall be free of reinforcing steel and any objectionable material, and
have a maximum of 1.5 percent deleterious material when tested in accordance with
Tex-413-A.
iv. When crushed concrete is used, the final product shall be entirely in compliance with
the specifications for single source material.
C. Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP) will not be approved for use in flexible base.
D. Prior to construction the contractor shall build stockpiles of sufficient quantity of base material
as required to complete the entire project or subdivision.
i. Each stockpile shall be dedicated, and identified as to the project or subdivision it is
for.
ii. After a stockpile is completed the contractor shall not add material to that stockpile.
iii. The contractor's methods, plant, and equipment are subject to approval by the
Engineer, and shall be appropriate and in suitable condition to produce stockpiles in
compliance with these specifications.
100 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
E. Material Tests
i. Flexible base material shall conform to the following requirements:
a. Sieve Analysis
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate
Cumulative Percent Retained
(by weight)
Retained on 1-3/4" Sieve
0
Retained on 7/8" Sieve
10-35
Retained on 3/8" Sieve
30-50
Retained on No. 4 Sieve
45-65
Retained on No. 40 Sieve
70-85
b. Atterberg Limits
(1) Material passing the No. 40 Sieve shall be known as "Soil Binder" and shall meet
the following requirements:
Material Property
Value
Liquid Limit
Max 35
Plasticity Index
Min 3; Max 15
c. Wet Ball Mill
(1) When tested in accordance with Tex-116-E (Wet Ball Mill) the base material shall
have a value not to exceed 45.
(2) The percent of material passing the #40 sieve shall not increase by more than
20 during the test.
F. Flexible Base Construction
i. Areas behind curbs shall be backfilled and leveled with approved topsoil prior to placing
base material.
ii. Approved flexible base material shall be hauled in vehicles of uniform capacity and
dumped evenly along the project length for processing and compaction.
iii. Flexible base thickness shall be a minimum of 6 inches.
iv. Processing shall be accomplished in lifts of 6 inches compacted thickness.
v. Each course shall be wetted and rolled with a pneumatic roller as required to produce a
uniform compaction to a minimum of 95 percent of Modified Proctor Density with a
moisture content of 2 percent above to 2 percent below optimum
a. Densities will be taken by City of Lubbock inspection staff
b. At any time the Engineer may require proof rolling with a 25 ton pneumatic roller to
ensure uniform compaction of base.
c. Processing for compaction of caliche base with a sheep's foot type roller will not be
permitted.
vi. The base shall be allowed to cure a minimum of 3 days, or until determined by the
Engineer to be adequately cured, before placing prime or surface course.
a. During the cure time the base shall be maintained by blading or other methods until
the wearing surface is placed.
b. Windrow caliche shall not be removed until the base has passed finish inspection.
c. Base which becomes wet, or otherwise altered, may be subject to retesting and
reprocessing as determined by the Engineer.
vii. The compacted flexible base shall be finished and shaped immediately preceding the
application of the surface treatment
Section 8 101
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
a. All loose or unconsolidated material shall be removed and the surface moistened and
rolled with a steel wheel roller.
b. All irregularities, depressions, or weak spots which develop shall be corrected by
scarifying, adding or removing material as required, reshaping, and recompacting, or
other methods approved by the Engineer.
viii. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley
gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so
that the compacted base thickness will not be less than 6 inches, or thickness
otherwise specified by the engineer.
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
ix. Any deviation in the surface of the finished base in excess of 3/8 inch from the
established grade or true cross-section, using a 10 foot long straight edge, shall be
corrected as provided above.
x. The compaction method for flexible base shall provide for each lift to be compacted to
the specified density using appropriate equipment.
A. After each section of flexbase is complete, moisture/density testing will be performed
by the City of Lubbock inspection staff.
a. All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft spots which develop shall be corrected
immediately by the contractor.
G. Rejected Flexible Base Material
i. Rejected material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site, shall
be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there until all
construction is completed.
ii. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the
construction, all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be
removed.
iii. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction.
8.08.03 Asphalt Stabilized Base (ASB)
A. Asphalt stabilized base shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt
cement mixed hot in a mixing plant in accordance with these specifications.
i. Caliche is not an acceptable aggregate for ASB.
B. The contractor's plant and equipment are subject to approval by the Engineer, and shall be
appropriate and in suitable condition to produce the base material consistently in compliance
with these specifications.
C. In place compaction control is required for all ASB.
i. Locations of Cores, when required, will be determined by City of Lubbock personnel
and marked
ii. The ASB will be cored by the City inspection staff to determine composition,
compaction, thickness, and density.
iii. The contractor shall replace the pavement removed from core holes at no cost to the
City.
iv. ASB found to be deficient in composition, compaction, thickness, or density shall be
corrected at the contractor's expense as directed by the Engineer.
102 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
D. ASB Mix Design
i. The contractor shall submit an ASB mix design less than one year old, prepared by a
qualified lab, in compliance with these specifications using approved materials
indicating gradation and optimum asphalt content.
ii. The aggregate mixture shall conform to the following master gradation:
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate
Cumulative Percent Passing
(by weight)
Passing 1" Sieve
98-100
Passing 3/4" Sieve
84-98
Passing 3/8" Sieve
60-80
Passing No. 4 Sieve
40-60
Passing No. 8 Sieve
29-34
Passing No. 30 Sieve
13-28
Passing No. 50 Sieve
6-20
Passing No. 200 Sieve
2-7
a. Design produced Minimum VMA 13.0%
b. Plant produced Minimum VMA 12.0%
iii. Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as "soil binder" and shall meet the
following requirements:
Material Property Value
Liquid Limit Max 45
Plasticity Index Max 15
7
Linear Shrinkage Max 5
iv. The mineral aggregate shall not contain more than 0.5% moisture prior to entering the
pug mill for mixing with asphalt.
v. The mix design shall have optimum asphalt content determined in accordance with
Tex-204-F, with a target lab molded density of 96.5 percent.
vi. Asphalt content of the Job Mix Formula shall not vary during construction from the
design by more than 0.3 percent.
vii. Asphalt for the mixture shall be a Performance Grade (PG) 64-28, or better.
viii. New mix designs must be submitted annually, or when material properties change.
ix. A maximum of 20% approved rap material can be added to ASB.
E. ASB Placement
i. The ASB material shall be placed on the approved prepared surface using an approved
lay down machine.
ii. ASB thickness shall be a minimum of 9 inches, or as required by the
Engineer.
iii. Asphalt Stabilized Base shall be placed and compacted in 3 inch lifts to form the
specified thickness of compacted base, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
a. Prior to placing ASB, the subgrade shall be prepared as previously specified.
iv. The cross-section shall be constructed to form the specified crown on the ASB surface
at the centerline of the street, or as indicated on the plans.
v. ASB shall not be placed when the air temperature, as reported by the Texas Tech
University Mesonet sites in Lubbock, less than 50 degrees F ambient or 60 degrees
surface temperature.
vi. ASB shall be placed at a temperature between 265 and 325 degrees F.
Section 8 103
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
vii. Any ASB material that is above or below the specified temperature range, measured
while passing through the lay down machine, shall be rejected by the Engineer.
viii. The material shall be placed in such a manner that when properly compacted the
finished course is smooth, of uniform density, and in conformance with the cross -
sections and grades shown on the associated plans.
ix. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley
gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so
that the compacted base thickness is not less than 9 inches.
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
F. ASB Compaction
i. ASB shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly with approved rollers to a density
between 93% and 98% of the maximum theoretical gravity, with a lab molded target
of 96.5% using the Texas Gyratory compaction method.
a. All results will be calculated using the maximum theoretical Rice gravity.
ii. Compaction less than 93 percent or greater than 98 percent will be considered
deficient. All deficient pavement shall be removed and replaced as determined by the
Engineer at the contractor's expense.
iii. ASB shall meet all compaction requirements at the time of inspection. Re -rolling is not
an approved method for achieving compaction requirements.
iv. Contractor shall set rolling patterns using a thin lift nuclear gauge in order to ensure
maximum compaction.
v. All roller marks shall be removed and compaction completed prior to the ASB mixture
cooling below 185 degrees F.
G. Rejected ASB Material
i. Rejected ASB material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site,
shall be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there
until all construction is completed.
ii. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the
construction, all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be
removed.
iii. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction.
8.09 Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Surface (HMAC)
8.09.01 Hot mix asphalt concrete surface shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate
(coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, mineral filler) and asphalt cement mixed hot in a mixing
plant in accordance with these specifications.
8.09.02 The contractor's methods, plant, and equipment are subject to approval by the Engineer,
and shall be appropriate and in suitable condition to produce the HMAC surface material
consistently in compliance with these specifications.
8.09.03 Strip paving is a substandard, temporary improvement and does not satisfy the paving
requirements of the platting process. Strip paving may be used only in special
circumstances and must be approved by the City Council. If strip paving is used, the
developer is still responsible for providing for the required permanent curb and gutter and
paving.
104 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
A. Unless otherwise specified, the materials and construction shall conform to TxDOT Item 340 -
Dense -Graded -Hot -Mix Asphalt (Method).
B. Approval of the source and character of the materials shall be obtained from the Engineer
prior to use.
i. The combined mineral aggregate, after final processing by the mixing plant and prior
to addition of asphalt and mineral filler, shall have a sand equivalent value of not less
than 45 when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-203-F.
ii. The percent of flat and elongated slivers of stone for any aggregate shall not exceed
25% when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-224-F.
iii. Asphaltic mixtures with aggregates which exhibit stripping characteristics shall be
conditioned with either minimum 1% lime in accordance with DMS-6350, or liquid anti -
stripping agent approved by the Engineer.
a. Anti -stripping agents shall meet requirements of TXDOT Item 301 - Asphalt Anti -
stripping Agents, and shall be added at the manufacturer's recommended dosage
and temperature range.
8.09.04 A minimum of 2 cores per 600' block will be taken to determine thickness, and density of
HMAC surfaces.
A. Core locations will be marked and cored at random locations by City of Lubbock inspection
staff.
B. Cores will be taken in pairs and averaged to determine the percent air voids based on the
theoretical maximum gravity.
C. HMAC surface found to be deficient shall be corrected at the contractor's own expense as
directed by the Engineer.
D. The contractor shall replace the pavement removed from core holes immediately after testing
at no cost to the City.
8.09.05 Thickness of HMAC Surfaces
A. HMAC thickness shall be a minimum of 2 inches, or as indicated on the plans.
i. No tolerance on minimum thickness will be allowed.
B. If a core shows less than the specified minimum thickness, prior to being trimmed, the HMAC
surface shall be considered deficient with respect to thickness, and the deficiency shall be
rectified by removal and replacement at the specified thickness.
i. Additional cores will be taken at 25 foot spacing to define the limits of deficiency.
C. No additional compensation will be made to the contractor for thickness of HMAC surface
greater than specified.
8.09.06 HMAC Mix Design
A. The contractor shall provide a current HMAC mix design using the approved materials,
indicating gradation and optimum asphalt content as determined by Test Method Tex-204-F.
i. The mix design shall have a lab molded density of 96.5 percent using the Texas
Gyratory compaction method.
ii. New designs shall be submitted annually, or when material properties change.
iii. The aggregate mixture shall conform to the following master gradation:
a. Type "C" Coarse Graded Surface Course — Curb and gutter street widths
greater than 36 feet:
Section 8 105
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate
Cumulative Percent Passing
(by weight)
Passing 3/4" Sieve
95-100
Passing 3/8" Sieve
70-85
Passing No. 4 Sieve
43-63
Passing No. 8 Sieve
32-44
Passing No. 30 Sieve
14-28
Passing No. 50 Sieve
7-21
Passing No. 200 Sieve
2-7
(1) Design Produced Minimum VMA 14%
(2) Plant Produced Minimum VMA 13%
b. Type "D" Fine Graded Surface Course — Curb and gutter street widths of 36
feet or less and strip paved streets of any width:
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate
Cumulative Percent Passing
(by weight)
Passing
1/2" Sieve
98-100
Passing
3/8" Sieve
85-100
Passing
No. 4 Sieve
50-70
Passing
No. 8 Sieve
35-46
Passing
No. 30 Sieve
15-29
Passing
No. 50 Sieve
7-20
Passing
No. 200 Sieve
2-7
(1) Design Produced Minimum VMA 15%
(2) Plant Produced Minimum VMA 14%
c. HMAC Type is in reference to the ultimate full width street, not half width.
iv. Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as "soil binder" and shall maximum
linear shrinkage value of 5.
v. Mineral aggregate shall not contain more than 0.5 percent moisture prior to entering
the pugmill for mixing with asphalt.
vi. HMAC mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt
material.
vii. The contractor's materials and mix design shall meet all the performance criteria
addressed in these specifications.
B. Coarse Aggregate
i. Coarse aggregate must be approved for use by the Engineer and must be on the
TXDOT source rating catalog or approved in writing by the City Engineer.
ii. Coarse aggregate shall be the material retained on a No. 4 sieve, and shall consist of
clean, washed, tough, durable fragments of crushed stone of uniform quality.
a. Mixing or combining of crushed gravel and crushed stone will not be permitted.
iii. Coarse aggregate shall be crushed to the extent that produces a minimum of 80%
crushed faces for both Type "C" HMAC, and Type "D" HMAC, when tested in
accordance with Test Method Tex-460-A Part I "Determination of Crushed Face Count".
iv. Decantation shall be a maximum of 1.5 percent when tested in accordance with Tex-
217-F.
v. Deleterious materials shall be a maximum of 2.0 percent when tested in accordance
with Tex-217-F.
106 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
vi. Coarse aggregate shall have a maximum loss of 25% when subjected to 5 cycles of the
Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test ASTM C-88.
vii. The amount of organic matter, clays, loams, or particles coated therewith, or other
undesirable materials shall not exceed 1.5 percent.
C. Fine Aggregate
i. Fine aggregate shall be that part of the aggregate passing the No. 10 sieve and shall
be of uniform quality throughout.
ii. A maximum of 15 percent of the total virgin aggregate may be field sand or other
crushed fine aggregate.
iii. Sand which exhibits no variation in particle size shall be limited to a maximum of 7
percent of the total virgin aggregate.
iv. Screenings shall be of the same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate.
v. Linear shrinkage shall be a maximum of 3 percent.
vi. Mineral filler shall consist of thoroughly dry stone dust, slate dust, Portland cement or
other material dust approved by the Engineer.
a. The mineral filler shall be free of foreign and other injurious matter and shall meet
the following gradation:
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate
Cumulative Percent Passing
(by weight)
Passing No. 8 Sieve
100
Passing No. 200 Sieve
55-100
D. Asphalt
i. Asphalt shall be a Performance Graded (PG) 64-28, or better, unless otherwise shown
on plans.
ii. The contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source of asphaltic material for approval
prior to production of the asphaltic mixture.
a. The contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to any changes of the asphalt supplier
or source.
b. The Engineer may require a new mix design if changes of supplier or source occur.
iii. Asphalt content shall not vary more than plus or minus 0.3 percent of design during
production
a. Asphalt content within that range is considered to be acceptable if no other defects
are noted, with the requirement that adjustments shall be made during production to
achieve the optimum asphalt content.
b. If the asphalt content falls outside these parameters immediate action is required.
c. If at any time the asphalt content varies to plus or minus 0.5 percent of optimum,
production shall immediately cease and all affected material shall be removed.
d. Production shall not be resumed until the contractor has provided sufficient evidence
of the problem being corrected.
e. A maximum of 10% approved RAP will be allowed within the surface course, as
included in the submitted design.
8.09.07 HMAC Placement
A. Prior to production beginning, contractor must submit in writing a job mix formula (IMF) for
the mix design proposed to be run on that project. The IMF will be held to tolerances as
outlined.
B. Prime and Tack Coats
Section 8 107
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
Prior to placing HMAC on flexible base, the surface shall be primed and cured 48 hours
or until determined by the Engineer to be adequately cured, using an application of
0.20 gallons of asphalt per square yard of surface.
a. The contractor shall strap the asphalt distributor in the presence of the inspector to
verify the application rate.
ii. Before any asphaltic mixture is laid, the surfaces against which the pavement is to be
placed shall be cleaned, primed, and tacked to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
a. The surfaces shall be given a uniform application of tack coat using asphaltic
materials of this specification.
(1) Prime coat will not be used as a tack coat.
b. The tack coat shall be evenly and thoroughly applied with an approved sprayer as
directed by the Engineer.
(1) Mopping or brooming of tack coat is not allowed, unless prior approval by City
Inspection Staff.
(2) Minimum thickness shall be no less than 2 mil. thickness.
c. All contact surfaces of curb and gutter, structures, and joints shall be sprayed with a
thin uniform tack coat.
iii. The prime coat shall be MC 30, and shall be applied in accordance with TxDOT Item
310 Prime Coat.
iv. The tack coat shall be an asphalt material such as PG, AC-10.
a. Asphalt materials cut with kerosene, diesel, or other petroleum solvent
may not be used.
C. HMAC Installation Requirements
i. Pavement shall only be constructed on previously approved base.
ii. HMAC surface shall not be placed until at least 48 hours after the application of the
prime coat.
iii. Placing of HMAC shall not start until 30 minutes after sunrise, and must stop and all
equipment off the right of way 30 minutes prior to sunset.
iv. Air temperature requirements for placing HMAC shall be as follows:
a. November 1 to April 1
(1) HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 55 degrees F and
falling.
(2) HMAC may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees F and rising.
b. April 1 to November 1
(1) HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 50 degrees F and
falling.
(2) HMAC may be placed when the air temperature is above 45 degrees and rising.
v. Surface of roadway must be 60 degrees or higher prior to placing HMAC pavement, as
determined in the field.
vi. Air temperature shall be determined by the Texas Tech University Mesonet sites in
Lubbock.
vii. HMAC shall be placed at a temperature between 265 and 325 degrees F.
a. Any HMAC material that is above or below the specified temperature range,
measured while passing through the lay down machine, shall be rejected by the
Engineer.
viii. When high winds occur, contractor must provide a water truck in order to minimize
blowing dust.
108 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
a. If the sustained winds reach 25 mph, all concrete and HMAC operations will cease
production immediately.
ix. The asphaltic mixture shall be dumped and spread on the approved prepared surface
using an approved spreading and finishing machine.
a. The material shall be placed in such a manner that when properly compacted the
finished course is smooth, of uniform density, and in conformance with the cross -
sections and grades shown on the associated plans.
b. Wings of the laydown machine may not be dumped unless they are dumped after
everyload.
x. A level up course 1/2 inch to 1 inch in thickness shall require the use of Type D HMAC.
xi. A level up course greater than 1 inch shall require the use of ASB.
xii. When the asphaltic mixture is placed in a small area where use of a finishing machine
is not practical, the contractor may use other methods approved by the Engineer
provided a satisfactory surface can be obtained.
xiii. Adjacent to curbs gutters or other flush structures, the surface shall be finished
uniformly high so that when compacted it will be 1/4 inch above the curb or other
concrete surface.
xiv. All joints shall present the same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of
the course.
a. The joints between old and new pavements or between successive day's work shall
be made to insure a continuous bond between the old and new sections of the
course.
xv. The transverse edges of old pavement and, if required by the Engineer, the successive
day's pavement shall be cut with an approved concrete saw to expose an even vertical
surface for the full thickness of the course.
xvi. All contact surfaces of previously constructed pavement shall be painted with a thin
uniform coat of approved tack coat before the fresh mixture is placed.
xvii.Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley
gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so
that the compacted asphalt thickness is not less than 2 inches.
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
D. HMAC Compaction
i. HMAC surfaces shall be constructed to the following compacted thickness:
Type of HMAC Surface
Minimum Thickness
Maximum Thickness
in.
in.
Type D
2.0
2.5
Type C
2.0
3.0
ii. Using appropriate rollers approved by the Engineer, the HMAC surface shall be
compacted thoroughly and uniformly to a density between 93% and 98% of the
theoretical maximum gravity, with a lab molded target of 96.5% using the Texas
Gyratory compaction method.
a. All results will be calculated using the maximum theoretical Rice gravity.
iii. Compaction less than 93 percent or greater than 98 percent will be considered
deficient.
iv. All deficient HMAC shall be removed and replaced as determined by the Engineer at the
contractor's expense.
Section 8 109
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
v. HMAC shall meet all compaction requirements at the time of inspection. Re -rolling is
not an approved method for achieving compaction requirements.
vi. The contractor shall set rolling patterns using a thin lift nuclear gauge in order to
ensure correct compaction.
vii. Gasoline, oil, grease, solvents, or other foreign matter shall not be permitted to fall on
the pavement when rollers are in operation or standing.
viii. Places inaccessible to the rollers may be compacted using lightly oiled tamps.
ix. Trenches and other limited areas where required compaction cannot be obtained using
a three wheel roller shall be compacted with a trench type roller.
x. The surface of the pavement after compaction shall be smooth and true to the
established line, grade, and cross-section.
A. Finished surfaces, including asphalt and concrete, shall not have irregularities in excess
of 1/8 inch when tested with a 10 foot straightedge.
xii. Prior to acceptance, the contractor shall apply sufficient water to all paving surfaces,
asphalt and concrete, to determine location of ponding.
a. Ponded areas deeper than 1/8 inch shall be removed and replaced, or rectified as
directed by the Engineer.
xiii. Where the surface of T-1 or T-2 thoroughfare paving is noticeably uneven the City may
require measurement of the ride quality using the TxDOT Surface Test Type B.
a. If the International Roughness Index (IRI) is determined to exceed 65 inches per
mile corrective action shall be performed by diamond grinding, or other methods
approved by the Engineer.
b. If the IRI exceeds 95 inches per mile the pavement shall be removed and replaced.
E. Emulsified Asphalt Sealer
i. All HMAC surface courses shall be sprayed with an emulsified asphalt sealer consisting
of a 15/85 mixture of CSS-1H, or 20/80 SS-1, liquid anionic asphalt and distilled water.
ii. The emulsified asphalt sealer shall be applied after the HMAC surface has cooled to
below 70 degrees F, and shall be applied at a rate of 0.10 to 0.12 gallons per square
yard of surface.
F. Release Agents
i. Diesel shall not be used as a release agent.
ii. Only approved agents (such as Black Magic or equivalent) will be used.
iii. Diesel will not be permitted to be used on any tools or machinery that comes
into contact with the HMAC.
8.09.08 Sampling of HMAC
A. When sampling HMAC for testing purposes, the City of Lubbock representative will determine
when the sample is taken and will split the sample with the contractor (at the contractor's
request).
B. A "referee" sample will be taken at the same time and held at the city laboratory until all test
results are completed.
C. If the contractor's results differ from the City's results the referee will be utilized and it will be
run at an independent laboratory at the expense of the contractor, at which time all tests are
final.
D. If the contractor does not run quality control samples then no referee will be utilized and the
City of Lubbock test results will be final.
110 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.09.09 Rejected HMAC Material
A. Rejected HMAC material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site shall be
dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there until all
construction is completed.
B. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the construction, all in
place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be removed.
C. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction.
8.09.10 Islands In Streets
A. Islands in streets require City Council approval.
i. As a condition of approval, persons requesting approval of islands within a street shall
be required to submit to the City Engineer a street pavement structural design that
exceeds the minimum standard specifications for street paving.
ii. In general that shall mean an approved reinforced concrete pavement design.
iii. The paving design shall apply to all street paving adjacent to, and 50 feet beyond any
proposed island.
B. The submitted request shall include the proposed pavement design, surface treatment of the
island, types of plant materials, and methods and details of irrigation systems.
8.10 Micro -Surfacing
8.10.01 Micro -surfacing materials and construction shall conform to TxDOT Specification Item #
350. There shall be no deviation from these specifications unless so directed by the Street
Superintendent.
8.10.02 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to produce, transport, and place the micro -
surfacing pavement and to ensure that the finished surface has a uniform texture and the
micro -surfacing mat is fully adhered to the existing roadway surface.
8.10.03 Materials of Construction
A. All materials that are to be stockpiled shall be protected from dust and other contamination.
B. Mineral filler shall be stored in a manner that will keep it dry and free from contamination.
C. All asphalt materials shall be kept free from contamination.
D. Cationic Polymer -Modified Asphalt Emulsion
i. Provide CSS-1P in accordance with TOOT Item # 300.2.D "Emulsified Asphalt".
Aggregate
i. Aggregate shall consist of clean, washed, tough, durable fragments of crushed stone of
uniform quality and from a single source.
ii. Aggregate shall meet TxDOT Class "A" surfacing classification.
iii. Contractor shall include the amount of mineral filler added to the mix determining the
total minus No. 200 sieve aggregate fraction.
Section 8 111
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
iv. Aggregate shall meet the following gradation requirements:
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate
Cumulative Percent Retained
(by weight)
Retained on 1/2" Sieve
0
Retained on 3/8" Sieve
0-1
Retained on No. 4 Sieve
6-14
Retained on No. 8 Sieve
35-55
Retained on No. 16 Sieve
54-75
Retained on No. 30 Sieve
65-85
Retained on No. 50 Sieve
75-90
Retained on No. 100 Sieve
82-93
Retained on No. 200 Sieve
85-95
v. Maximum Magnesium Sulfate Soundness shall be 30% (5 cycles) based upon TxDOT
Test Method Tex-411-A
vi. Minimum Sand Equivalent shall be 70% based upon TxDOT Test Method Tex-203-F.
F. Mineral Filler shall be free of lumps and foreign matter consisting of Type S Lime.
G. Contractor shall adjust the mix design to attenuate the usage of Lime.
H. Water shall be potable and free of harmful soluble salts.
I. Use only approved additives as recommended by the emulsion manufacturer in the emulsion
mix or in any of the component materials when necessary to adjust mix time in field.
8.10.04 Methods of Construction
A. Equipment
i. Equipment shall be kept in good working conditions with no leaks.
ii. Any equipment that shows signs of leaks shall be fixed immediately and shall not be
used until such leaks are fixed.
iii. The mixing machine shall be a self-propelled micro -surfacing mixing machine with self -
loading devices to promote continuous laying operations.
iv. Mixing machine shall have sufficient storage capacity for mixture materials with
individual volume or weight controls that will proportion each material to be added to
the mixture.
v. Mixing machine shall have a water pressure system and nozzle -type spray bar
immediately ahead of spreader box capable of spraying the roadway for the width of
the spreader box.
vi. Scales used for weighing materials and emulsion must be calibrated and meet the
requirements of TOOT Item # 520.
vii. Electronic Monitoring System
a. The micro -surfacing machine shall be equipped with an electronic monitoring system
that consists of pulse sensors measuring material delivery rates, a radar gun to
monitor distance traveled, and programmable micro -controller, and operators
display/input board and an on -board printer.
b. System shall be capable of monitoring and displaying application rates and use of
aggregate, emulsion, fines, water and additives.
c. System shall be capable of calculating and displaying ratios of emulsion to aggregate,
fines to aggregate, additive to aggregate, water to aggregate, and application rate in
pounds per square yard.
112 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
d. System shall be capable of printing a hard copy report on demand which displays the
date, weight of aggregate, emulsion, fines, number of gallons of additive and gallons
of water, and all of the above mentioned ratios since last reset.
e. A computer -generated report providing statistics for the full work day shall be
provided with each hand calculated daily run sheet.
f. This system shall be accurate to within 1/2 of a percent of actual weights and
measures for all parameters noted above. The system is not expected to calculate
quantities and ratios for materials used in handwork and cul-de-sac areas.
B. Air temperature requirements for placing micro -surfacing pavement shall be as follows:
i. November 1 to April 1
a. Micro -surfacing shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 60 degrees F
and falling.
b. Micro -surfacing may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees F and
rising.
ii. April 1 to November 1
a. Micro -surfacing shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 50 degrees F
and falling.
b. Micro -surfacing may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees and
rising.
iii. Surface of roadway must be 60 degrees or higher prior to placing micro -surfacing
pavement, as determined in the field.
iv. Air temperature shall be determined by the Texas Tech University Mesonet sites in
Lubbock, Texas.
C. Placement of Micro -Surfacing
i. The existing roadway surface shall be thoroughly clean and free of all vegetation, loose
aggregate, and soil.
ii. Existing raised pavement markers and thermoplastic markings shall be thoroughly
removed.
iii. When existing roadway surface conditions require, provide a water spray immediately
ahead of the spreader box.
a. Apply water at a rate that dampens the entire surface without any free -flowing water
ahead of the spreader box.
iv. Micro -surfacing shall be spread uniformly at a rate of not less than 25 pounds per
square yard and no more than 30 pounds per square yard, or as directed.
v. The spreader box shall be kept clean to minimize lumps.
vi. Set and maintain the skis on the spreader box as to prevent chatter in the finished
mat.
vii. Adjust the rear seal to provide the desired spread
viii. Adjust the secondary strike -off to provide the desired surface texture.
ix. The finished mat shall be protected from traffic until it has cured and traffic will not
harm it.
x. Adjustments shall be made to the mixture to allow rolling traffic back on the surface in
one hour.
xi. Locations with turning or stop -and -go traffic shall be protected for longer periods of
time.
xii. Special care shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure that all manholes, water
valves, and other surface structures are sufficiently protected from the micro -surfacing
process by the use of a plastic membrane covering or other approved method.
Section 8 113
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
xiii. The Contractor shall be responsible for uncovering each manhole, water valve, and
other structure after the micro -surfacing pavement has been applied to the roadway
surface.
D. Rutting on Major Thoroughfares and Collector Streets
i. Shallow ruts that are less than 1/2 inch in depth may be covered by a full width scratch
box utilizing a steel primary strike -off plate.
ii. Ruts that are between 1/2 inch and 1 inch in depth shall be filled independently with a
fixed width spreader box no more than 6 feet wide. The rut filling box shall have a
steel primary strike -off plate that is the same width as the spreader box.
iii. Ruts that are in excess of 1 inch in depth shall be filled with a 5-foot wide rut filling
spreader box specifically designed to fill wheel path ruts. This operation will require
multiple placement passes to restore the pavement to its original cross section. Special
care shall be used by the Contractor to ensure that the material has proper time to dry
between applications to promote bonding between the original pavement and the
micro -surfacing pavement.
iv. Maximum micro -surfacing thickness applied as rut filling shall not exceed 1 inch for
each pass required to restore pavement to the original profile.
E. Asphalt Milling at Concrete Intersections
i. All thoroughfares and collector streets which have concrete intersections or where
concrete valley gutters intersect the street shall have the asphalt surface milled to such
a depth as to allow a smooth transition between concrete and the completed micro -
surfacing pavement.
F. Scratch Course
i. All "Scratch Course" applications shall be performed utilizing a steel primary strike -off
plate.
ii. This will allow the bottom, or "scratch course", to mitigate any irregularities and have a
more uniform profile for the micro -surfacing pavement to be applied to.
G. Finished Surface
i. Micro -surfacing pavement finished grade shall be uniform in texture and free from
excessive scratch marks, tears, and other surface irregularities.
a. All such irregularities shall be repaired by the Contractor at their own expense.
ii. Longitudinal joints shall be place on lane lines unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer.
iii. Joints shall be uniform in appearance when placed adjacent to existing joints.
iv. Joints and edges shall be uniform and neat in appearance.
v. All ruts, utility cuts, and depressions in the surface shall be filled in a separate pass
from the final pass.
8.10.05 Hours of Operation
A. Operating hours will be Monday through Saturday as outlined in Section 8.16 of these
Specifications, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
B. Hours of operation shall be:
i. Major Thoroughfare: 7:00pm to 7:00am (Night)
ii. Residential Areas: 7:00am to 7:00pm (Day)
C. On major thoroughfares the micro -surfacing pavement shall be traffic ready by 7:00am,
including all traffic control devices and barricades being removed from the roadway.
114 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.11 Storm Sewer
8.11.01 Storm sewer shall include installation of pipe, manholes, inlet structures, outlet structures,
and all appurtenances associated with these items.
8.11.02 Contractor shall use only materials, tools, methods, and equipment considered standard by
the pipeline construction industry, and approved by the Engineer.
8.11.03 Grade and horizontal alignment shall be maintained using a laser or batter boards.
8.11.04 Materials of Construction
A. Storm Sewer Pipe
i. As a standard, storm sewer shall be constructed using reinforced concrete pipe, either
precast or cast in place.
ii. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M170 or ASTM C76. Pipe shall be
Class III unless otherwise noted on plan sheets.
iii. Other pipe materials may be considered for approval by the Engineer based on
engineering and design criteria.
B. Mortar
i. Mortar shall be used for grouting and filling between pipe and drainage structures.
ii. Mortar shall be composed of 1 part, by volume, of Portland cement and 2 parts of
mortar sand.
a. Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150, Type I.
b. Sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C144.
iii. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount equal to
15% of the weight of cement used.
a. Hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C6.
iv. Mortar which has not been used after 45 minutes of having water added shall be
discarded.
a. Mortar may not be retempered by having water added.
C. Preformed Bituminous Gasket Joints
i. Preformed bituminous gaskets for concrete non -pressure pipe shall conform to the
requirements ASTM D994, and shall be Ram-Nek or approved equal.
ii. Gaskets shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
shall form a water -tight joint.
D. Manholes, Frames, and Covers
i. Manhole barrel, cone and extension sections shall be constructed of precast concrete.
ii. A plant inspection may be required for production facility inspection and to review
record -keeping for material certification.
iii. The manufacturer must provide certification that all materials used for manufacturing
meet with the following ASTM Specifications:
ASTMSpecification
Material
ASTM C33
Aggregates
ASTM C150
Cement
ASTM C39
Sampling Specimens
ASTM C185
Reinforcing
ASTM C144
Sand and Mortar
Section 8 115
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
iv. Precast concrete sections for manholes shall conform to ASTM C478 specifications.
a. Compressive strength test results must verify concrete strengths meet or exceed
4,000 psi.
v. Joints, excepting grade rings, shall be tongue and groove or an equivalent male and
female type joint as approved by the Engineer.
a. Joints shall be effectively jointed to prevent leakage and infiltration.
b. Connections between wall sections shall be joined with Conseal Joint Sealant or
approved equal to provide a watertight manhole.
(1) Sealant will be provided by supplier and will be considered an essential part of
each shipment.
vi. Cones and adjusting rings shall maintain a clear 30-inch opening.
a. Adjusting rings shall be reinforced with the same percentage of steel as risers and
tops and will also meet ASTM C478 specifications.
b. Adjusting rings, as well as all precast concrete manhole products, shall be smooth,
uniform in size and dimensions, consistent in components throughout and free of
voids or honeycombs.
vii. Manholes shall be designed to withstand H-20 AASHTO loading.
viii. Manholes shall also have lifting holes that do not protrude through manhole wall.
a. One full inch of concrete thickness must remain between lift hole and outside wall of
manhole.
ix. Manhole barrels shall be assembled of precast riser section.
a. Riser sections and top cone sections shall be placed vertically with tongues and
grooves properly keyed.
x. Invert channels shall be smooth and semi -circular in shape conforming to the inside of
the adjacent pipe section.
a. Changes in direction of flow shall be made with a smooth curve of as large a radius
as the size of the manhole will permit.
b. Changes in size and grade of the channels shall be made gradually and evenly.
c. Invert channels may be formed directly in the concrete of the manhole base or may
be half -pipe laid in concrete.
d. The floor of the manhole outside the channel shall be smooth and shall slope toward
the channel not less than one inch per foot, nor more than two inches per foot.
xi. Connections between the riser or base sections and the sewer pipe shall be joined in
such a manner as to make the manholes watertight.
a. Preformed rubber waterstop gaskets cast into the riser or base section are
acceptable.
b. Preformed flexible plastic sealing compounds equivalent to "Ram-nek" or "Kent Seal"
may be used provided a watertight seal is achieved.
xii. Adjusting rings may be used for adjusting the top elevation of manholes.
a. Each manhole shall have a minimum of 6 inches of grade adjustment.
b. Total height of the adjusting rings shall not exceed 12 inches at any manhole.
c. Concrete shall be placed around and under the rings to provide a seal and seat the
ring at the proper elevation.
xiii. Frames and Covers
a. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality gray iron casting and conform to
ASTM A48, having a clear opening of not less than 22 inches.
b. The casting shall be designed with a full bearing ring so as to provide a continuous
seat between frame and cover.
116 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
c. The cover shall be furnished with lifting ring cast into the cover in such manner as to
prevent water leaking through.
d. Frame and cover shall have a weight of not less than 275 pounds.
e. The manhole ring and cover shall conform with Plate SS-2.
8.11.05 Methods of Construction
A. All equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of storm sewers, manholes
and culverts shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the
Engineer before construction is permitted to start.
B. If precast concrete pipe or manhole sections are used, the Contractor shall provide
appropriate hoisting equipment to handle the pipe or sections while unloading and placing it
in its final position without damage to the pipe.
C. The Contractor shall provide hand tampers and pneumatic tampers to obtain the required
compaction of the pipe bed, the manhole bed and the backfill, as specified.
D. Excavation and Trenching
i. The Contractor shall do all excavation to the depth shown on the plans.
ii. Where rock, or soil containing rocks or gravel, hard pan or other unyielding foundation
material is encountered in trench excavation, the pipe shall be bedded in accordance
with the requirements of one of the classes of bedding, and the hard unyielding
material shall be excavated below the elevation of the bottom of the pipe or pipe bell
to a depth of at least 8 inches or 1/2 inch for each foot of fill over the top of the pipe,
whichever is greater, but not more than three -fourths the nominal diameter of the
pipe.
a. The cushion shall consist of a fine compressive material, such as silty clay or loam,
lightly compacted, and shaped as required for the specified class of bedding.
b. The cost of furnishing and placing the cushion material shall be included in the bid
price per linear foot of pipe in place.
c. The bottom of the trench shall be excavated to a horizontal section as far as
practicable.
iii. Excavated material not required or acceptable for backfill shall be disposed of by the
Contractor as directed by the Engineer.
iv. Excavation shall not be carried below the required depth; but when it is, the trench
shall be backfilled at the Contractor's expense with material approved by the Engineer
and compacted to the density of the surrounding earth material as determined by
AASHTO T180.
v. When directed, unstable soil shall be removed for the full width of the trench and
replaced with sand or with approved granular material.
a. The Engineer shall determine the depth of removal of unstable soil and the amount
of backfill necessary.
vi. Backfill shall be compacted and shaped to a firm but slightly yielding condition to form
the bed for the pipe.
vii. Grades for pipe shall be as shown on the drawings. No changes in grade will be made
unless so directed by the Engineer.
viii. The minimum width of the trench at the top of the pipe, when placed, shall be a width
which will permit the proper construction of joints and compaction of backfill around
the pipe.
ix. The sides of the trench shall be vertical, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Section 8 117
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
x. The width of the trench shall provide adequate working room for installation, joining
and proper compaction along both sides of the pipe.
a. Trenches shall conform to the following dimensions, unless otherwise shown on the
Plans:
Pipe Size
Min. Trench Width
Max. Trench Width
Less than 18"
Pipe O.D. +12"
Pipe O.D. +18"
18" thru 36"
Pipe O.D. +18"
Pipe O.D. +24"
37" thru 60"
Pipe O.D. + 24"
Pipe O.D. + 30"
b. The width of the trench above the top of the pipe may be as wide as necessary for
shoring, bracing or proper installation of the pipe.
c. Excavation in paved areas shall be confined to a minimum practical width.
A. The bed for pipe shall be so shaped that at least the lower quarter of the pipe
circumference shall be in continuous contact with the bottom of the trench.
xii. Manholes
a. The excavation for manholes shall be essentially the same as that for the piping.
b. The sides of the excavation shall be vertical unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer.
c. The Contractor shall do such trench bracing, sheathing or shoring necessary to
perform and protect the excavation as required for safety and conformance to
applicable laws and regulations.
d. Bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall not be removed in one operation but shall be
done in successive stages to prevent overloading of the pipe during backfilling
operations.
e. The cost of the bracing, sheathing, or shoring and the removal of same, shall be
included in the unit price bid per foot for the pipe.
xiii. Surface water shall be prevented from entering the excavation.
xiv. Heavy equipment, except for excavating equipment, shall not be operated within 20
feet of the edge of the excavation.
xv. Excavated materials shall be stockpiled no closer than 3 feet from the edge of the
excavation.
E. Pipe Installation
i. Contractor shall provide the appropriate tools and methods to insure installation of the
pipe to line and grade, as shown on the drawings.
ii. Contractor's method for lowering pipe into the trench shall be such that neither the
pipe nor the trench will be damaged or disturbed.
iii. The Engineer shall inspect all pipe before it is placed in the trench.
iv. Any section that is damaged by handling or is defective to a degree which, in the
opinion of the Engineer, will materially affect the function and service of the pipe shall
be rejected and removed from the job site.
v. Installing pipe in the finished trench shall be started at the lowest point and laid
upgrade.
a. For tongue and groove pipe, the grooved end shall be laid upgrade.
vi. The pipe shall be firmly and accurately installed to line and grade so that the invert will
be smooth and uniform.
vii. The pipe shall be protected from water during placing and until the concrete, for cast -
in -place pipe, or the mortar, for joints of precast or cast in place pipe, has thoroughly
set.
118 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
a. The contractor shall provide temporary diversions as necessary to prevent surface
water flow into the excavation.
viii. Pipe shall not be laid or installed on frozen ground.
ix. Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any change in grade after laying or
installing, shall be taken up and re-laid or re -installed without additional compensation.
x. Mortar shall be used for caulking and filling between the pipe and the drainage
structures.
xi. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be
discarded.
a. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted.
xii. Pipe joints for precast concrete pipe shall be of the tongue and groove type.
xiii. Joints shall be made water tight by means of a preformed bituminous gasket.
a. Gaskets shall be installed as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
xiv. Field poured concrete bases shall be at least 12 inches thick and not less than 12
inches greater diameter than the outside diameter of the manhole riser section.
xv. Concrete shall be Class A at a minimum 3000 psi 28 day compressive strength.
xvi. Concrete placement shall conform to ACI and good construction practices.
xvii.Concrete shall be consolidated and struck -off to a horizontal surface within the forms
or pouring rings.
xviii. Field poured concrete bases shall be reinforced as detailed on the Plans or as shown
in the Standard Details.
xix. Manholes shall be constructed to ASTM C-891 standards.
xx. Precast reinforced concrete bases shall be of the size and shape detailed on the Plans
or as shown in the Standard Details.
F. Backfilling
i. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled as the pipes and manholes are
installed, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
ii. Outside of street right of way the backfill material shall be selected granular material
from excavation or borrow; material which is placed at the sides of the pipe and
manhole and 1 foot over the top shall be material which can be readily compacted.
a. It shall not contain stones retained on a 2-inch sieve, frozen lumps, chunks of highly
plastic clay, or any other material which is objectionable to the Engineer.
b. The material shall be moistened or dried, if necessary, to be compacted by the
method in use.
c. Backfill material shall be approved by the Engineer.
iii. The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not to exceed 6 inches in depth along each
side of the pipe and manhole.
a. Special care shall be taken to secure thorough compaction under the haunches and
at the sides of the pipe and manhole.
b. This backfill shall be brought up evenly on each side of the structure to an elevation
of 1 foot over the top of the pipe, or such greater elevation as directed by the
Engineer.
c. Backfilling shall be done in a manner as to avoid injurious top or side pressures on
the pipe and manhole.
d. Backfill shall be compacted to minimum 95% Modified Proctor Density.
Section 8 119
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
iv. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or plans, excavation within street right of
way shall be backfilled with flowable fill material (2-sacks of cement per cubic yard
concrete mix) to 2 inches below the asphalt surface.
a. The pipe shall be restrained so that during the pour the pipe shall not be displaced.
v. Movement of construction machinery over a culvert, pipeline, or manhole shall be at
the Contractor's risk.
a. Any damaged construction shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's own
expense.
8.11.06 Trench Protection
A. Trench excavations not exceeding five feet in depth shall be protected in accordance with
applicable OSHA, state, and local requirements.
B. Trench excavations greater than five feet in depth shall be protected in accordance with the
following specifications.
i. All work performed under this section shall also comply with OSHA Part 1926, Subpart
P and all State and Local codes.
ii. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all trench safety requirements,
the requirements of the specifications, drawings and all applicable codes.
iii. Trench protection shall be performed by forces having at least two years experience
with similar types of trench safety systems.
iv. The manufacturer of prefabricated items used in trench safety systems shall have at
least two years of experience in fabricating the items.
v. The contractor shall provide detailed drawings for proposed trench safety systems.
a. The drawings shall identify where each system is proposed for use and type of
system to be used.
vi. Trench excavations shall not be started until trench safety systems have been
submitted and approved by the Engineer.
vii. If trench boxes are to be used, the contractor shall submit manufacturer's standard
data sheet and certificate of compliance stating the maximum allowable depth for the
given design pressure for each type of trench box proposed for use.
viii. If alternative systems composed of steel, aluminum, wood or a combination of
materials are proposed, the contractor shall submit design data demonstrating the
ability of the proposed materials to provide the necessary trench protection.
ix. Materials used for trench safety shall be capable of withstanding imposed loads without
excessive deflections.
x. Materials shall be clean, free of rust, holes, knots and other defects, and shall conform
to the following:
a. Steel — Steel shall be of type and thickness as required and shall have a minimum
yield stress of 36 ksi.
b. Aluminum — Type 6061-T6, thickness as required.
c. Wood in Contact with Earth — Pressure treated woods.
d. Wood not in Contact with Earth — Soft or hardwood as required.
8.12 Fences
8.12.01 Unless otherwise indicated on plans, existing fences which must be adjusted or relocated
shall be reconstructed using the same or equivalent materials, height, and construction in
the proper location.
120 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.12.02 The contractor shall remove existing fences and either store for reuse or legally dispose of
the fence materials, as directed by the Engineer.
8.12.03 New fence construction shall be in accordance with specifications and details included on
plan sheets.
8.13 Salvage of Asphalt Paving
8.13.01 All salvaged asphalt material shall be broken into pieces not more than 2 inch in size and
stockpiled at a location indicated in the plans.
8.13.02 Any non -asphaltic materials, such as flexible base and soil, shall be kept separated from
the salvaged asphalt.
8.14 Traffic Control
8.14.01 Prior to starting work on any project covered by these specifications, the contractor shall
submit a Traffic Control Plan for approval by the Engineer.
A. The contractor shall have the sole responsibility for providing, installing, moving, replacing,
maintaining, cleaning, and removing upon completion of work, all traffic control devices.
B. The Traffic Control Plan and devices shall be in compliance with the Texas Manual of Uniform
Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).
8.14.02 The Traffic Control Plan approved by the Engineer shall be considered the minimum
requirement for the project.
A. The contractor shall provide additional devices as determined to be necessary during the
project.
B. If at any time during construction the approved plan does not accomplish the intended
purpose, due to weather or other conditions affecting the safe handling of traffic, the
contractor shall immediately make necessary changes to correct the unsatisfactory conditions.
8.14.03 The contractor shall provide and maintain at least one driveway to each property open
directly to the project corridor, at all times during construction.
A. Driveway width to remain open shall be appropriate for the character and volume of traffic
accessing the property, and shall require approval by the Engineer.
B. No driveways shall be closed along the project corridor without either a comprehensive access
management plan approved by the Engineer, or approval for individual closures from the
Engineer.
C. The contractor shall notify affected property owners a minimum of two (2) days in advance of
any driveway restriction or closure.
8.14.04 All signing and barricading shall be in place before construction operations are started and
during all times construction is in progress.
A. All hazards shall be clearly marked and adequately protected.
8.14.05 If pedestrian walkways are blocked, pedestrian control shall conform to "Typical Sidewalk
and Curb -Lane Closure for Pedestrian Control" as indicated in Texas MUTCD.
8.14.06 If traffic control is not specifically stated in the bid proposal, no separate payment will be
made for traffic control.
Section 8 121
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
A. The required plan and devices shall be considered to be subsidiary to pay items.
8.14.07 During the period the Contractor is directing traffic over the base, the surface shall be
satisfactorily maintained by the use of sprinkling and blading as required, so that no hazard
will result.
A. The base course shall be maintained until the wearing surface is placed thereon.
B. At no time during the period of construction shall driveways and/or alleys be left impassable
between the night hours of 6:00 PM to 6:00 AM, except during the construction of curb and
gutter for which the driveways and/or alley's shall remain closed not more than 4 days.
C. Contractor shall give a minimum of one (1) day advance notice of the work schedule to
affected property owners, and shall conduct construction efforts so as not to create a
disturbance or nuisance.
8.15 Prosecution of the Work and Workin4 Da
8.15.01 As a standard, no work will be performed on weekends, nights, or holidays.
A. Requests by the contractor to work evenings, weekends, or holidays must be made and
processed in accordance with current City of Lubbock Administrative Policies and Procedures
"Construction on Weekends, Nights, or Holidays".
B. If the request is approved, the contractor shall be responsible for all City personnel costs
associated with the work.
C. If the Engineer determines that it is necessary and appropriate to work after dark or before
daylight, the contractor shall provide adequate lighting as required to allow prosecution of the
work equivalent to that in daylight hours.
8.15.02 Working Days Definition
A. City contracted paving projects will be based on working days allowed.
i. No requests for extensions of time will be considered.
B. A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or City of
Lubbock designated holidays, in which weather or other conditions beyond control of the
contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a continuous period of
not less than 7 hours between 7:00 am and 6:00 pm.
i. Work on Saturdays, Sundays, or City of Lubbock designated holidays must be
authorized by the Engineer.
ii. For each Saturday, Sunday, or City of Lubbock designated holiday on which the
Contractor chooses to work and has authorization from the Engineer to work, 1 day will
be charged against the contract working time.
iii. Work on Sunday will not be authorized except in cases of extreme emergency, as
determined by the Engineer.
C. Working days will be considered to begin on the effective date stated in the Notice to
Proceed, unless the contractor is unable to begin work on that date due to factors beyond
their control as determined by the Engineer.
i. In that event, time charged against the project will begin on the date the contractor
could first work a minimum of 7 hours as described above.
D. The Engineer will furnish the contractor a monthly statement showing the number of working
days used and the working days remaining.
i. The contractor shall be allowed 10 calendar days in which to protest the correctness of
each statement.
122 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
ii. The protest shall be in writing, addressed to the Engineer, and shall indicate basis of
the protest.
iii. The Engineer shall respond to the protest within 10 calendar days of receiving the
protest.
iv. Failure to file a protest within the allotted 10 days for any statement shall indicate the
contractor's approval of the time charges as shown on that period's time statement,
and future consideration of that time statement will not be permitted.
8.15.03 Work Between November 1 and January 2, and on Other City Holidays
A. If conditions are such that, in the opinion of the Engineer, construction will negatively affect
local businesses during holiday periods, the Engineer may suspend construction operations
from November 1 to January 2.
B. The City of Lubbock observes specific holidays, and City staff is not required to work those
days.
i. As standard procedure, construction operations that require testing/inspection may not
be performed on those holidays.
ii. If the contractor needs to perform construction operations that require City personnel
on holidays, the contractor shall make a written request for authorization to work from
the Engineer.
iii. The request shall state the reason the work is necessary, and shall state that the
contractor agrees to pay the City for the related personnel expenses including salary,
overtime, and benefits.
iv. If City personnel are available, the Engineer may approve the request.
8.16 Measurement and Pavment
8.16.01 The unit price bid for all bid items shall include furnishing and installing all materials,
excavation, filling, backfilling, reinforcement, forming, finishing, joint cutting, joint sealing,
and all incidentals necessary to complete the work, except as otherwise specified,
necessary or incidental to complete the various items of work in accordance with the plans
and specifications.
A. Cost of work or materials shown on the plans or called for in the specifications and for which
no bid item is indicated shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items.
i. No separate payment shall be made for such subsidiary work or materials.
B. Payment will not be made for any item that is not complete, including all associated incidental
work.
C. All of the items covered by these standard specifications may not be included in a particular
project.
D. Only those items indicated on bid documents and plan sheets shall be included for
construction and payment.
8.16.02 Separate Curb and Gutter
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of separate curb and gutter actually constructed.
B. Separate curb and gutter will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot.
C. The 24-inch curb and gutter shall be considered standard; The 30-inch curb and gutter shall
be used only if specifically indicated on plans or bid documents.
Section 8 123
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
D. Curb on a slab that is part of a sidewalk, driveway, alley return, alley paving, valley gutter and
fillets, drainage channel, or wheelchair ramp will be considered to be subsidiary to those
items, and no separate payment will be made for such curb.
8.16.03 Concrete Flat Slabs - Sidewalk, Driveway, Alley Return, Alley Paving, and Valley Gutters
and Fillets
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of flat slab actually constructed.
B. Flat slabs will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot for each specific type of slab.
C. Curb on sidewalks, driveways, alley returns, alley paving and valley gutters and fillets shall be
included in the area measured for the slab and will not be paid for as a separate item as curb
and gutter.
8.16.04 Curb Ramps (Handicap Ramps)
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of curb ramp actually constructed,
including surface treatments and top surface area of any curb above the slab.
B. Landings, wings, and ramps will be paid for per square foot as 4 inch thick sidewalk.
C. Curb ramps will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot. No separate payment will be
made for curb as part of a ramp.
8.16.05 Concrete Drainage Channel
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of drainage channel actually
constructed, including top surface area of any curb above the slab.
B. Drainage channel will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot.
8.16.06 Retaining Walls
A. Retaining wall will be considered as that portion of concrete construction which constitutes a
separate reinforced structural member for soil retention, extending above and below a surface
slab.
B. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of retaining wall actually constructed.
C. Retaining wall will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot.
8.16.07 Concrete Median
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of median actually constructed.
B. Median will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot.
8.16.08 Concrete Street Paving
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of concrete street paving actually
constructed.
B. Concrete street paving will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard.
8.16.09 Sawing and Sealing of Joints in Concrete Street Paving
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of sawed and sealed joints actually constructed.
B. Sawing and sealing of joints will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot.
8.16.10 Curb and Gutter Removal
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of curb and gutter actually removed.
124 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
B. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of curb and gutter removed.
C. The contractor shall ensure that the Engineer has the opportunity to measure the linear feet
of curb and gutter prior to removal.
D. If curb and gutter is removed without measurement by the Engineer, no payment will be
made for that removal.
8.16.11 Concrete Slab Removal and Disposal
A. Measurement will be made of the area in square feet of concrete slab actually removed and
legally disposed of.
B. The contractor shall ensure that the Engineer has the opportunity to measure the area of
concrete slab prior to removal.
C. If concrete slab is removed without measurement by the Engineer, no payment will be made
for that removal and disposal.
D. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square foot of concrete slab removed and
disposed of.
8.16.12 1-1/2 Sack Flowable Fill
A. Quantities of 1-1/2 sack flowable fill will be determined from tickets provided by the drivers of
the delivery trucks.
B. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per cubic yard of in place 1-1/2 sack flowable fill.
8.16.13 Asphalt Paving
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of asphalt paving actually
constructed.
B. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, subgrade preparation,
construction of caliche or asphalt stabilized base as specified, excavation, filling, tack and
prime coats, HMAC surface, emulsion seal, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work
C. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square yard of asphalt paving.
8.16.14 Asphalt Paving Repair
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of in place asphalt paving repair.
B. The unit price bid shall include removal of existing surface materials, furnishing and placing all
asphaltic materials, sawing of existing paving edges, smoothing and preparation of the
existing base, tack and prime coats, compaction, and all incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
C. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square yard of paving repair.
8.16.15 Micro -Surfacing
A. Micro -surfacing will be measured by the ton of composite micro -surfacing mixture used,
defined as the asphalt emulsion, aggregate, and mineral filler.
B. The unit price bid shall include surface preparation, furnishing, hauling, preparing, and placing
materials, and all required equipment, labor, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
C. Payment will be made at the unit price per ton of composite micro -surfacing mixture used.
Section 8 125
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.16.16 Excavation and Grading Outside Limits of Construction
A. Volume of excavation or fill, in cubic yards, will be determined by average end area method.
B. The unit price bid shall include all labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to excavate or
fill the site to the grades established by the Engineer.
C. No separate payment will be made for disposing of excess material.
D. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per cubic yard of completed excavation or fill.
8.16.17 Ditch Grading and Unpaved Street Surface Grading
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of ditch or street grading.
B. No separate payment will be made for disposing of excess material.
C. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of completed ditch or street grading.
8.16.18 Traffic Control
A. Set up and maintenance of traffic control plans indicated as a bid item in the contract will be
paid for on a per day basis for each day the control plan devices are required to be in place.
If no bid item for traffic control is included in the contract it shall be considered to be
subsidiary to bid items, and no separate payment shall be made for traffic control.
8.16.19 Mobilization
A. Contractor mobilization indicated as a bid item in the contract shall be paid for as a lump sum.
If no separate bid item for mobilization is included in the contract it shall be considered
subsidiary to contract bid items, and no separate payment shall be made for mobilization.
8.17 Restoration and Clean Up
8.17.01 After any construction covered by these specifications is completed, the Contractor shall
remove all equipment, surplus materials, and rubbish from the site.
8.17.02 The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition satisfactory to the
Engineer, including sidewalks, driveways, curb or curb and gutter, sprinkler systems, and
turf or landscaping disturbed outside the defined construction area.
8.18 Certificate of Completion and Warranty
8.18.01 Within 30 calendar days after the Developer or Developers Engineer has given written
notice that the improvements have been substantially completed, the City shall inspect the
completed improvements and provide a punch list if necessary.
A. If it is mutually determined that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with
the engineering plans and the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design
Standards and Specifications, the Developers Engineer shall submit Record Drawings,
Certificate of Completion and Developers Warranty Statement (Copies of the Certificate of
Completion and the Developers Warranty Statement are included in the City of Lubbock Public
Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications)
B. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of Completion, Record Drawings and the
Developers Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements within 30 calendar days;
unless exception is given in writing.
126 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
C. Neither the Final Payment nor the Certificate of Completion shall relieve the Developer or
Contractor of responsibility related to warranty of materials or workmanship.
D. The Developer shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship that appear
within 2 years from the written Certificate of Completion.
Section 8 127
Design Standards and Specifications
Construction Details
SECTION 10 TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION
Section 10 133
Design Standards and Specifications
Construction Details
10.01 General Details
10.01.01 Construction shall be in accordance with the following standard details unless otherwise
indicated on plans or directed by the Engineer.
Section 10 A
Design Standards and Specifications
Construction Details
10.04Street and Drainage Details
Section 10
70
O
m
m
r
z
m
ISLAND, 50 SQ.FT. MIN.
AREA IF USED.
rR
R -- - J-
r W-1
PROPERTY LINE
a
L
-A
C
DIMENSION
REFERENCE
RESIDENTIAL
STREET
THOROUGHFARE
STREET
COLLECTOR
STREET
INDUSTRIAL
STREET
(ROADWAY CLASSIFICATION,
(R1A, 32')
666
T2i
---
'
(I, 42')
ROADWAYWIDT,-----
- - - - --
--(R1,36') -
6'
-- -
C1,46)
-- -- --
WIDTH
-------------
ONE-WAY
------
-------
12'
--------
15'
--------
15'
--------
20'
-------------
TWO-WAY -MINIMUM
------
-------
12'
--------
30'
--------
30'
--
40'
-------------
TWO-WAY -MAXIMUM
-------------
------
------
-------
30'
-------
--------
40'
--------
--------
40'
--------
--------
50'
--------
MINIMUM RADIUS
R
5'
15'
15'
20'
-------- ------------------------------------------------
MINIMUM SPACING
---------------------------------------------------------
FROM PROPERTY LINE
P
R
R
R+5'
R+5'
------- - -----
FROMSTREETCORNER___
------
___C __
-------
___- __
--------
- -- A+R___
--------
---A+R___
--------
---A+R___
FROM THOROUGHFARE
C
150'APPROACHING
CORNER
100' EXITING
-------------
BETWEEN DRIVEWAYS
------
S
-------
3'
--------
60'
--------
60'
--------
30'
-------------
MINIMUM ANGLE
------
D
-------
45°
-
45°
--------
30°
--------
30°
* MAY BE "0" FEET IF SHARED DRIVE IS PROPOSED.
DRIVEWAY
STANDARDS
,Aid
City of
lq�Lubbock
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
36-1
J �(
d Q
z� �a
MLL NLn A
EXPANSION
JOINTS-'--':
v o °
PROPERTY LINE
(NO SCALE)
v
4' SIDEWALK D °
EXPANSION JOINTS SPACED J
36' MAX. ALONG SIDEWALK RUN
A
i pQ
po° v
FIRE HYDRANT, POWER
B
POLE, ETC. MUST HAVE
EXPANSION JOINT BLOCK-
Ln OUT WHEN ENCLOSED
EXPANSION
w IN CONCRETE. EXTEND
JOINT
YY 6" PAST EDGE OF
HYDRANT/POLE
CONTRACTION MARKINGS
1/2 WAY THROUGH
SLAB AT 4' INTERVALS.
L1
SECTION A -A ?
rJ
r
VARIABLE 4SIDEWALK w
3' MIN. @ 2% MAX. SLOPE O
CURB
0�
a
REMOVED.
SECTIONS B-B
NOTE:
(RESIDENTIAL) z z LU
Y
SEE PLATE NO. 36-4 FOR
S
ASPHALT REPAIR ADJACENT
TO CURB AND GUTTER OR
DRIVEWAY.
VARIABLE 4' SIDEWALK p
3' MIN. @ 2% MAX. SLOPE a
/�
INNER CURB
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED WIRE FABRIC OR N AS REQUIRED.
#4 DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" O.C. BOTH z
vi WAYS, CENTERED IN SLAB. ?Y
w
ZY
�= SECTIONS B-B
O� (COMMERCIAL)
FOR COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY: NOTES:
CURB AND GUTTER TO BE
COMPLETELY REMOVED AND 1. MAINTAIN GUTTER FLOWINE THROUGH DRIVEWAY.
RECONSTRUCTED WITH #3 2. ALL EXPANSION JOINTS TO BE X4" THICK.
BARS RUNNING ENTIRE 3. 300 TO 450 FLARE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF
LENGTH OF NEW GUTTER. RADII ON RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS.
4. SEE PLATES 36-16 AND 36-16(A) FOR
CURB RAMP DETAILS.
REVISED
FOUR FOOT SIDEWALK City of MAY 2014
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS *Lubbock PLATE NO.
TExAs 36-2
J
d Q
Z� �Lu
B '-1 M LL N O
A
�MjN J �,��• o.
EXPANSION
. vov JOINTS? — ,
voo veo
o'
SEE FRONTAL VIE
5' OR 6' SIDEWALK.
LINE �P
o �
A v�F
FIRE HYDRANT, POWER
B POLE, ETC. MUST HAVE
EXPANSION JOINTS EXPANSION JOINT BLOCK -
SPACED 36' MAX. OUT WHEN ENCLOSED
ALONG SIDEWALK RUN. IN CONCRETE. EXTEND
6" PAST EDGE OF
EXPANSION SECTION A -A HYDRANT/POLE
JOINT.
0
4" MIN. THICKNESS OF SIDEWALK.
CONTRACTION MARKINGS
1/2 WAY THROUGH SLAB
AT 6' INTERVALS.
VARIES
3' MIN. @ 2% MAX. SLOPE a
Ow
�z
CURB 5' SIDEWALK — a
REMOVED. P
NOTE:
SEE PLATE NO. 36-4
FOR ASPHALT REPAIR
ADJACENT TO CURB
AND GUTTER OR
DRIVEWAY.
NOTES:
SECTIONS B-B 4" MIN.
(RESIDENTIAL) THICKNESS.
w
VARIES w
3' MIN. @ 2% MAX. SLOPE d z
6' SIDEWALK
v
2"
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED WIRE FABRIC OR ? 4'
z_ #4 DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" O.C. BOTH INNER CURB
FOR COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY, WAYS, CENTERED IN SLAB. io AS REQUIRED.
COMPLETELY REMOVE CURB AND O (COMMERCIAL)
GUTTER AND RECONSTRUCT WITH
#3 BARS RUNNING ENTIRE LENGTH FRONTAL VIEW
nG KIMAi r-i iTTr:D PROPERTY LINE
1. MAINTAIN GUTTER FLOWINE THROUGH DRI`
2. ALL EXPANSION JOINTS TO BE -" THICK.
3. 300 TO 450 FLARE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF
RADII ON RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS.
4. SEE PLATES 36-16 AND 36-16(A) FOR
CURB RAMP DETAILS.
5. 5' CURB BACK ON RESIDENTIAL STREETS.
6' CURB BACK ON COLLECTOR AND
THOROUGHFARE STREETS.
5' OR 6' SIDEWALK
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
`f City of
WUibbock
TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
36-3
6" 18" TYPICAL
2"
H.M
NEW CONCRETE
DRIVEWAY
TOE FORM - TO BE REMOVED
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF
FLOWABLE FILL AND PAVING
SURFACE.
NOTES:
1. MAINTAIN VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
ALIGNMENT OF CURB, LIP, AND GUTTER
FLOW LINE.
2. REMOVE CURB TO LIP LINE AND
POUR NEW DRIVEWAY FLUSH AGAINST
TOE FORM.
ASPHALT REPAIR ADJACENT TO
CURB AND GUTTER OR DRIVEWAY
12"
MIN. TYPE "C"
A.C. SURFACE.
SMOOTH H.M.A.C. SURFACE,
SAWCUT `TO REMAIN
IN PLACE.
�- BASE
FLOWABLE FILL
®kow" City Of
Lubbock
4 TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
36-4(A)
J,
NEW CONCRETE SMOOTH EXISTING
DRIVEWAY SAWCUT CONCRETE
PAVING
NOTES:
1. MAINTAIN VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
ALIGNMENT OF CURB, LIP, AND GUTTER
FLOW LINE.
2. REMOVE CURB TO LIP LINE AND
POUR NEW DRIVEWAY FLUSH AGAINST
TOE FORM.
CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR
ADJACENT TO CURB AND
GUTTER OR DRIVEWAY
troll city Of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
36-4(B)
R=25'
/z,\/
4' PROPERTY
LINE SIDEWALK
C;J /�1Q
<
a w
o
aw /
J /
I
8I' /
4' SIDEWALK ALONG
PROPERTY LINE
10'
TMIN.
ALLEY RETURN
(TYPICAL)
®kow" City of
Lubbock
4 TEXAS
TMIN.
DRIVEWAY APPROACH
(TYPICAL)
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
36-5
TOR 6' SIDEWALK
ALONG CURB BACK
MAILBOX
,Aid
City of
lq�Lubbock
DRIVEWAY APPROACH
(TYPICAL)
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
36-6
CURB AND GUTTER, 6" CONCRETE SLAB WITH 6"X6" - 6 3/4" BITUMINOUS
FILLETS AND SLAB TO BE GAUGE WELDED WIRE FABRIC #4 DED EXP.
POURED TOGETHER. DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" O.C.C. JOINT.
BOTH JOINT.
WAYS, CENTERED IN SLAB.
SIDEWALK
PROPERTY LINE
OR
2.5'_
1'*
CONTRACTION
JOINTS.
--- LLJ X—— —
a < } a
N
ow B�
N >
� Z c•vv /
o;o.a
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED WIRE
FABRIC OR #4 DEFORMED STEEL
BARS 12" O.C. BOTH WAYS, /
CENTERED IN SLAB.
o CONTP A=Tnni
- JOINT.
Z
O
z
w
/ CURB HEIGHT
TRANSITIONS TO
0" AT 7T�HI/S�P7OINT.
/
TTO B POINT OF ALLEY RETURN TO BE NO MORE THAN 7"
HIGHER THAN GUTTER ON HIGH
2.5'_ SIDE END OF RADIUS AT STREET.
1'*
V2" BITUMINOUS
XPANSION JOINT.
PLAN VIEW
* TO BE USED WHEN
ALLEY R.O.W. WIDTH
IS 15'.
A
A
20'
w
5'
S'
10,
aZ
aw
O�
75�
a
pJ
L
•
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED WIRE -
FABRIC OR #4 DEFORMED STEEL
BARS 12" O.C. BOTH WAYS,
CENTERED IN SLAB.
W.R. MEADOWS #158,
SEALTIGHT SAFE -SEAL 3405,
SONNEBORN SL-1 OR
APPROVED EQUIVALENT.
TRANSVERSE
CONTRACTION JOINT
(REQUIRED AT COLD JOINTS AND
EVERY 13 FEET OF PAVING.)
SECTION A -A L NO. 6 REBAR SPACED 6" FROM EDGE OF SLAB
AND 1Y2" FROM BOTTOM OF SLAB EACH SIDE.
LOCATE BY MEANS OF CHAIRS OR PLASTIC
STAKES (NOT METAL OR WOOD).
CONSTRUCTION OF THIS TYPE IS ALLOWED ONLY
WHERE THE EXISTING ALLEY RETURN, ALLEY
PAVING OR STREET GUTTER IS IN GOOD CONDITION
AND GRADE AND ALIGNMENT ARE SATISFACTORY.
Y" BITUMINOUS ° ' CONCRETE ALLEY SLAB.
EXPANSION JOINT.ti
a
Pa EXISTING ALLEY RETURN, ALLEY
AVING OR STREET GUTTER. /
aov'.
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED
1 WIRE FABRIC OR #4
r� 6"----" o o' DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12"
12"�� 1 O.C. BOTH WAYS,
SFf TTnN R-R CENTERED IN SLAB.
ALL CONCRETE SHOWN TO BE 3,000
P.S.I. AT 7 DAYS. (CLASS B)
REVISED
TYPICAL ALLEY ®`rf City of MAY 2014
RETURN Lubbock PLATE NO.
rExAs 36-7
5'
10'
5'
w
•
z
�
•.
d 4
rJ
r
.•a
W
d
O
K
d
a a 10'
--I
10'
o ao
a 'cl
CONTRACTION
JOINTS
aoa ,
5' 10'
NOTE:
1. TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINT
(REQUIRED AT COLD JOINTS AND
EVERY 13 FEET OF PAVING.)
/
2
0, '
v.
a•o,
10,
10,
10,
5'
PROPERTY
LINE
5'
13'
a d•.
a . a 10'
5'
PROPERTY LINE
TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINT
(REQUIRED AT COLD JOINTS AND
EVERY 13 FEET OF PAVING.)
1/2" —1
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED
WIRE FABRIC OR #4
DEFORMED STEEL BARS
12" O.C. BOTH WAYS,
CENTERED IN SLAB.
TYPICAL "T" ALLEY REVISED
® �`f City of DEC. 2012
INTERSECTION WITH Lubbock
PLATE N0.
CONTRACTION JOINTS TEXAS 36-8
6"
4"
voa 2R
Ln ° D • a Co
o\o — 3 R — o
r, DOWN CURB SECTION. ° D '
6"
aoa ,
TYPE "A"
9" R
a.a a• --
T NOTE:
9" R 1. THIS SECTION TO BE USED
CD
FOR RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS
ONLY. APPROVAL WILL DEPEND
° N ON TRAFFIC AND DRAINAGE
CONSIDERATIONS.
12" 12" �{
ROLLOVER CURB TYPE "B"
9 11/16"
i
a a
a .a a.
•°`D a
6"
Ln 3�� � 9�, � 9�� _ 3��
� M
M
TYPE "C"
NOTE:
1. REINFORCED TYPE "C" GUTTER SECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH THREE
#3 BARS RUNNING THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE DRIVEWAY SECTION WITH CHAIRS
SPACED TO GIVE ACCURATE PLACEMENT. (TO BE USED AT DRIVEWAYS ONLY.)
REVISED
TYPICAL 24" CURB ®`rf City of MAY 2014
AND GUTTER SECTIONS Lubbock PLATE NO.
TExAs 36-9
rV
i�
i�
- 6"
a•• v.
�. 2"R
4 . 4 .a •.
o D,a
DOWN CURB SECTION.
f 12"
TYPE "A"
5 3/4"
F1/4"
aov 211R
D,a Zo
3" R
DOWN CURB SECTION.
a o a • • .
6„
18"
(V
ti
a•, a.
a . a .a •
6"
o•D,a
�9 11/16"
20 5/16"
NOTE: CONTRACTOR MAY
USE EITHER OF THE ABOVE SECTIONS.
TYPE "B"
---L--
_ v
oa`
a�
7-1
'o•D
o p•.
a
�
3 ' � a Q • .
12"
Ll M
3"
o.
i9 11/16" -� 20 5/16"
TYPE "C"
NOTES:
1. REINFORCED TYPCE "C" GUTTER SECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH THREE
#3 BARS RUNNING THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE DRIVEWAY SECTION WITH CHAIRS
SPACED TO GIVE ACCURATE PLACEMENT. (TO BE USED AT DRIVEWAYS ONLY.)
2. 30" CURB AND GUTTER IS NOT STANDARD AND SHALL ONLY BE USED WITH
PERMISSION OF CITY ENGINEER.
TYPICAL 30" CURB
AND GUTTER SECTIONS
*Lubbock of
l
TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
36-10
FLOWABLE FILL SHALL BE USED
CONTRACTION TO REPLACE BASE MATERIAL
REMOVED. SEE PLATE NO. 36-4
JOINT
#4 DEFORMED STEEL BARS
@ 12" O.C. BOTH WAYS. 7 A
FLOWLINE —10'—
CONTRACTION
CONTRACTION
JOINT
�
JOINT
x A
z
u fFZ-
I
u
LL
~
SEE PLATE NO. 36-16
cn w
FOR DETAILS REGARDING
z O
CURB TRANSITIONS
X=DISTANCE LIP TO LIP
z
�0
NOTES:
`L u
1. CLASS "B" CONCRETE 3,000 P.S.I. @ 7 DAYS
2. MAINTAIN LIP UP GUTTER SECTION WITH 1"
INVERT TO VALLEY GUTTER
3. TRANSITION FLOWLINE AND MAINTAIN 1"
PLAN VIEW
INVERT FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE THROUGH
VALLEY GUTTER
DEPTH:
6"- RESIDENTIAL STREETS
8"- COLLECTORS & THOROUGHFARES 2" MIN. TYPE "C"
r
H.M.A.C. SURFACE.
BASE
�f
3" f 1„—
I� 5' 51
SECTION A -A
SE
FLOWABLE FILL
SEE PLATE NO. 36-4.
REVISED
CONCRETE VALLEY ®krf City of DEC. 2012
GUTTER & FILLET DETAIL Lubbock PLATE NO.
TExAs 36-11
a
2' 36' TYP. 2'
2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE. 4" CROWN
6" CALICHE BASE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS.
SUBGRADEIN ACCORDANCE
WITH SPECIFICATIONS.
STRIP PAVING
WIDTH AND CROWN VARY
SEE SECTION 8.2.02
2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE.
6" CALICHE BASE
NOTE:
1. STREETS WITH ANTICIPATED ABNORMAL TRAFFIC LOADS,
SUCH AS TRUCKS AND BUSES, SHALL REQUIRE A SPECIFIC
DESIGN TO BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER.
RESIDENTIAL/COLLECTOR/INDUSTRIAL
TYPICAL STREET
CROSS -SECTIONS
WIDTH AND CROWN VARY
SEE SECTION 8.2.02
8" THICK CONTINUOUSLY
REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVING.
TYPE T-1 / T-2 THOROUGHFARES
4 Now" City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
6"
a :a 12 5/8"
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
36-12
6"
EXISTING �5.5'
SIDEWALK
VARIES
24" OR EXISTING
30" C. & G. SIDEWALK
SECTION A -A
ONLY APPLIES AT DEPRESSED ALLEY RETURNS
A A STREET
ALLEY
STREET
NOTES:
1. ALLEY RADII MAY VARY.
2. SEE OTHER PLATES FOR RAMP DETAILS
TYPICAL LOCATIONS
FOR CURB RAMP
L
1:12 SLOPE
TO BE CONSTRUCTED
i
INSET
a
�
FFACE
zF CURB
�
I �
L-um.RC I C r'MvFmJ
WITH TRUNCATED
DOME SURFACE.
1:12 SLOPE
i
LENGTH VARIES,
DUE TO 1:12 MAX.
SLOPE OF RAMP.
®kow" City of
Lubbock
4 TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
36-13
T.O.C.
r--VARIES —4'' VARIES�1
1:12 SLOPE = 1;12 SLOPE
FLOWLINE
SIDEWALK SLOPE REQUIREMENTS
LONGITUDINAL -- 1:20 MAX.
TRANSVERSE -- 1:50 MAX.
9
— VARIES —
(10' TYPICAL)
SEE PLATE NO. 36-16(A) FOR
GENERAL NOTES ON A.D.A.
RAMPS CONSTRUCTION.
R=15' R=25'
o
PROPERTY LINE
` RAMP = 50.8 SQ. FT. OF
CONCRETE FLATWORK
SURFACE APPLIED
TRUNCATED DOME
CURB & PANEL.
GUTTER
4' MIN.
4" MIN.
THICKNESS.
MINIMUM FINISHED —
THICKNESS TO BE 4".
5-6" MIN.
24" MIN.
1:12 SLOPE (M�`
SURFACE APPLIED —
TRUNCATED DOME
PANEL.
4" MAX
SECTION A -A
6 SLOPE 5%
MAX
BITUMINOUS -"
EXPANSION JOINT AS
REQUIRED BEHIND
CURB.
CORNER CURB RAMP REVISED
(WITH TYPICAL 4- SIDEWALK City Of MAY 2014
*Lubbock PLATE NO.
ALONG PROPERTY LINE) TEXAS 36-14
T.O.C. IF
SVARIE4'' 1 VARIES��
FLOWLINE
FRONT VIEW
SIDEWALK SLOPE REQUIREMENTS
LONGITUDINAL -- 1:20 MAX.
TRANSVERSE -- 1:50 MAX.
CURB &
GUTTER
9
PROPERTY LINE
- VARIES -
(10' TYPICAL)
7 R=25'
.9
SEE PLATE NO. 36-16(B) FOR
GENERAL NOTES ON A.D.A.
RAMP CONSTRUCTION.
RAMP = 50.8 SQ. FT. OF
CONCRETE FLATWORK
SURFACE APPLIED
TRUNCATED DOME
PANEL.
----4' MIN. 5'-6" MIN.
� � 1
z
z SURFACE APPLIED
TRUNCATED DOME
PANEL.
4" MAX
SECTION A -A
F6" SLOPE 5%
MAX
BITUMINOUS )4""
EXPANSION JOINT AS
REQUIRED BEHIND
CURB.
CORNER CURB RAMP REVISED
®��`f City of MAY 2014
(WITHTYPICAL 5' OR 6' SIDEWALK Lubbock
PLATE NO.
ALONG CURB BACK) TEXAS 36-15
IN RADIUS
RAMPS SHALL BE CENTERED IN CURB &
GUTTER RADIUS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PRACTICABLE.
IN STRAIGHT C. & G.
RAMPS SHALL BE CENTERED IN CURB &
GUTTER RADIUS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PRACTICABLE.
TYPICAL ADA
RAMP PLAN
GROOVE
JOINTS EACH
SIDE OF RAMP
4-TOP
OF CURB
BITUMINOUS X4" EXPANSION
30INT(FULL DEPTH)LOCATED
ALONG BACK OF CURB
NEW CONSTRUCTION.
A
YELLOW, SURFACE -APPLIED TRUNCATED DOME
PANELS AFFIXED, FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER'S
INSTRUCTIONS, TO PROPERLY CONSTRUCTED,
CURED AND PREPARED 4" CONCRETE SLAB.
MAINTAIN GUTTER
FLOWLINE.
�— 4' MIN.
of
*Lubbockl
TEXAS
SHEET 1 OF 2
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
36-16(A)
�4' MIN. T-6" MIN. 6" MOPE 5%
24" MIN.
AX
1:12 SLOPE (MAX.)
4" MIN.
THICKNESS. SURFACE APPLIED
TRUNCATED DOME BITUMINOUS X4"
PANEL. EXPANSION JOINT AS
4" MAX REQUIRED BEHIND
SECTION A -A CURB.
CLASS "A" CONCRETE SHALL
CONFORM TO APPLICABLE
SPECIFICATIONS.
�4" MIN.
THICKNESS
SURFACE APPLIED
TRUNCATED DOME
PANEL.
SECTION B-B
NOTES:
1. SURFACE -APPLIED, TRUNCATED DOME, DETECTABLE WARNING SYSTEM PANELS, USED HEREIN, SHALL BE MANUFACTURED
BY ADA SOLUTIONS (WWW.ADATILE.COM), OR APPROVED EQUAL, AND SHALL BE LAID TO WHERE THE DOMES ARE UP
AND THE LONG AXIS OF THE PANEL SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL.
2. RAMP TEXTURES SHALL CONSIST OF TRUNCATED DOMES SURFACES. TRUNCATED DOME DIAMETER, HEIGHT AND
SPACING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (TAS), ADMINISTERED BY THE TEXAS
DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND REGULATION (TDLR). TEXTURES ARE REQUIRED TO BE DETECTABLE UNDERFOOT.
SURFACES THAT WOULD ALLOW WATER TO ACCUMULATE ARE PROHIBITED. THE PANELS SHALL BE AFFIXED AT
THE PRESCRIBED LOCATION, TO THE PROPERLY CURED AND PREPARED CONCRETE IN THE MANNER AND USING
THE MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
3. THE RAMPS AND LANDINGS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FLAT, IN ONE PLANE, WITHOUT WAVINESS, HIGH/LOW SPOTS
OR WARP. THE CONCRETE WHERE THE SURFACE -APPLIED PANEL SHALL BE AFFIXED SHALL BE IN JUST SUCH
A CONDITION. IF DETERMINED TO BE NECESSARY AND APPROPRIATE BY THE ENGINEER, A HIGH SPOT IN THE
CONCRETE MAY BE HAND -MILLED WITH A GRINDER, JUST ENOUGH FOR FLATNESS, IF THE AREA TO BE GROUND
IS TO BE UNDER THE SURFACE -APPLIED PANEL. IF NOT, THE CONCRETE SHALL BE REMOVED AND PROPERLY
REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. AFTER THE CONCRETE IS THOROUGHLY CURED, AND THE SURFACE
CORRECTLY PREPARED, THEN THE SURFACE -APPLIED PANELS SHALL BE PROPERLY AFFIXED TO THE CONCRETE,
ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
4. SURFACE -APPLIED PANEL COLOR FOR THE RAMP SHALL BE A CONTRASTING COLOR THAT PROVIDES A LIGHT
REFLECTIVE VALUE THAT SIGNIFICANTLY CONTRASTS WITH THE ADJACENT SURFACES. THE COLOR OF THE
SURFACE -APPLIED PANELS SHALL BE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS. IF NEEDED,
SURFACE -APPLIED PANELS SHALL BE SAWCUT ONLY AND A PANEL SHALL BE AFFIXED WITH A 1#8" GAP TO
ANOTHER PANEL.
5. ALL SLOPES SHOWN ARE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE. THE LEAST POSSIBLE SLOPE THAT WILL STILL DRAIN PROPERLY
SHOULD BE USED. RAMP LENGTH OR GRADE OF SIDEWALK APPROACH MAY BE ADJUSTED AS DIRECTED BY THE
ENGINEER. TAS REQUIRED DIMENSIONS AND SLOPES ARE PARAMOUNT. IF SITE CONDITIONS PREVENT A RAMP
FROM BEING CONSTRUCTED, AS -DRAWN, TO WORK AS INTENDED AND COMPLY WITH THE REQUIRED SLOPES, THEN
THE RAMP CONSTRUCTION MUST BE ADJUSTED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIRED SLOPES. ALL CONSTRUCTION
QUESTIONS SHALL BE DIRECTED TO THE ENGINEER.
6. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CROSS -SLOPE ON SIDEWALK AND RAMP SURFACES IS 2%. ALL CONCRETE SURFACES SHALL
RECEIVE A LIGHT BROOM FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON CURB
RAMP LOCATION, DESIGN, LIGHT REFLECTIVE VALUE AND TEXTURE MAY BE FOUND IN THE CURRENT EDITION
OF THE TAS.
SHEET 2 OF 2
REVISED
TYPICAL ADA city Of MAY 2014
RAMP PLAN *Lubbock PLATE NO.
TExAs 36-16(B)
2
2' SLOPE ALONG
GUTTER VARIES
i
SLOPE ALONG
GUTTER VARIES
SEE PLATE NO. 36-16
FOR DETAILS REGARDING
CURB TRANSITIONS
ADA RAMP AT FILLET
KEYED NOTES
( SLOPE ALONG BACK OF CURB AT RAMP OPENING
SHALL NOT EXCEED 2%.
(2) SLOPE FROM BACK OF CURB AT RAMP OPENING TO LIP LINE SLOPE ALONG
SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%. GUTTER VARIES
2'
P v<
SLOPE ALONG /
GUTTER VARIES
P,
SEE PLATE NO. 36-16
FOR DETAILS REGARDING
CURB TRANSITIONS
ADA RAMP AT CURB
6" SLOPE 5%
l' MIN. T-6" MIN. MAX
24" MIN
SLOPE (MAX.)
4" MIN.
THICKNESS. SURFACE APPLIED
TRUNCATED DOME BITUMINOUS -"
PANEL. EXPANSION JOINT AS
4" MAX REQUIRED BEHIND
SECTION A CURB.
REVISED
TYPICAL ADA City of MAY 2014
RAMP DETAIL *Lubbock PLATE NO.
TExAs 36-17
TYPICAL ALLEY PAVING
,Aid
City of
lq�Lubbock
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
37-1
NOTE:
1. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE
DOWELED AS SPECIFIED
2. MAXIMUM OF TWO TRANSVERSE
CUT JOINTS BETWEEN EXISTING
13- TOOLED JOINTS (ONE SLAB).
TYPICAL ALLEY PAVING CUT
®sk`f City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
37-2
PLACE #4 BARS BOTH WAYS ALONG PAVING
CUT AT 12" MAX. SPACING. AT LEAST 2 6
6 #4 BARS EACH WAY ARE REQUIRED.
-�•--------------
• • C
#4 BARS, 12" O.C. MAX NO SCALE DRILL AND DRIVE 12"
SPACING IN BOTH DEFORMED #5 DOWEL
DIRECTIONS, CENTERED BARS 6" INTO EXISTING
IN SLAB SLAB ON T SPACING
NOTE:
1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE
WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS
ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
ALLEY PAVING REPAIR
OR CAP
®sk`f City of
Lubbock
I E X A S
REVISED
DEC. 2015
37-3
R-1A RESIDENTIAL
�j 52' ROW
32' FF
R-2 SCHOOL AND
R-1 RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL
56' ROW 60' ROW
36' FF 42' FF
COLLECTOR INDUSTRIAL
I-- 64' ROW ----I 60' ROW
46' FF �FF
T-1 THOROUGHFARE T-2 THOROUGHFARE
90' ROW 110' ROW
66' FF 88' FF
NOTE:
FF DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF CURB TO FACE OF CURB.
REVISED
CITY OF LUBBOCK Now" City of DEC. 2012
STREET STANDARDS Lubbock PLATE NO.
4 rExAs 38-1
COLLECTOR FLARE
AT INTERSECTION
WITH A THOROUGHFARE
T-1 OR T-2 THOROUGHFARE
®kow" City of
Lubbock
4 TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
38-2
T-1 THOROUGHFARE
RIGHT TURN LANE (FLARE)
T-1 OR T-2 THOROUGHFARE -
®kow" City of
Lubbock
4 TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
38-3
T-2 THOROUGHFARE
RIGHT TURN LANE (FLARE)
T-1 OR T-2 THOROUGHFARE
®kow" City of
Lubbock
4 TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
38-4
ADJACENT ALLEY OR STREET
REVISED
STANDARD R-IA City Of MAY 2014
& R-1 CUL-DE-SAC *Lubbock PLATE NO.
TExAs 38-5
2% MIN
4% MAX
DEPTH OF CURB AND
GUTTER MATCHES
PAVING DEPTH (- ,zlZ-a
#4 BARS @ 36" O.C. TRANSVERSE
#4 @ 12" O.C. LONG
6" PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
MIN. CEMENT CLASS C. COMPRESSIVE
TRENGTH OF 3,600 PSI @ 28 DAYS)
RESIDENTIAL STREET (R-1)
CONCRETE PAVING
N.T.S.
52' ROW
2% MIN
4% MAX
12" COMPACTED SUBGRADE 12" I-
@ 95% MODIFIED DENSITY
troll city of
Lubbock
TEXAS
TYPICAL SIDEWALK
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
38-6
2% MIN
4% MAX
f-
DEPTH OF CURB AND
GUTTER MATCHES
PAVING DEPTH
#4 BARS @ 24" O.C. TRANSVERSE
#5 @ 12" O.C. LONG
7" PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
MIN. CEMENT CLASS C. COMPRESSIVE
TRENGTH OF 3,600 PSI @ 28 DAYS)
MAJOR COLLECTOR (C-1)
CONCRETE PAVING
N.T.S.
64' ROW
2% MIN
4% MAX
12" COMPACTED SUBGRADE 12"I-
@ 95% MODIFIED DENSITY
TYPICAL SIDEWALK
®sk`f City Of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
38-7
TRAVEL LANE
Z
TRANSVERSE
CONSTRUCTION
JOINT
TRAVEL LANE
ADDITIONAL
STEEL BARS
Z Y
�� LONGITUDINAL
CON TRACTION JOINT
X
T-4
Y
�� LONGITUDINAL
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
2 c
=,rt
_T
X
LONGITUDINAL
STEEL
TRANSVERSE
STEEL
�
N
�
N
c
c
c
c
c
a
TIE BARS
I SINGLE PIECE
hoc/2 TIE BARS a
PAVEMENT OR
SHOULDER EDGE
GENERAL NOTES
�LUNG11UU1NAL
CONTRACTION JOINT LONGITUDINAL
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
TYPICAL PAVEMENT LAYOUT
PLAN VIEW (NOT TO SCALE)
PAVEMENT OR
SHOULDER EDGE
1. ALL THE REINFORCING STEEL AND TIE BARS SHALL BE DEFORMED 7. TRANSVERSE STEEL SHALL BE PLACED TO WITHIN 2" OF THE
STEEL BARS CONFORMING TO ASTM A 615 (GRADE 60) OR ASTM A 996 BACK OF CURB.
(GRADE 60) OR ABOVE. STEEL BAR SIZES AND SPACINGS SHALL CONFORM
TO TABLE NO.1 AND TABLE NO.2. S. (b) = TRANSVERSE STEEL AND TIE BARS SPACING
(c) = LONGITUDINAL STEEL SPACING
2. STEEL BAR PLACEMENT TOLERANCE SHALL BE +/- 1 IN. HORIZONTALLY
AND +/- 0.5 IN. VERTICALLY. CALCULATED AVERAGE BAR SPACING (SEE TABLE 1 AND 2 PLATE 38-9)
(CONCRETE PLACEMENT WIDTH / NUMBER OF LONGITUDINAL BARS) SHALL
CONFORM TO TABLE NO.1
3. PAVEMENT WIDTHS OF MORE THAN 25 FT. SHALL HAVE A LONGITUDINAL
JOINT (SECTION Z-Z OR SECTION Y-Y). THESE JOINTS SHALL BE
LOCATED WITHIN 6 IN. OF THE LANE LINE UNLESS THE JOINT
LOCATION IS SHOWN ELSEWHERE ON THE PLANS.
4. THE SAW CUT DEPTH FOR THE LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT
(SECTION Z-Z) SHALL BE ONE THIRD OF THE SLAB THICKNESS (T/3).
5. OMIT TIE BARS LOCATED WITHIN 18 IN. OF THE TRANSVERSE
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS (SECTION X-X). USE HAND -OPERATED IMMERSION
VIBRATORS TO CONSOLIDATE THE CONCRETE ADJACENT TO ALL FORMED
JOINTS.
6. LONGITUDINAL REINFORCING STEEL SPLICES SHALL BE A MINIMUM
OF 25 IN. STAGGER THE LAP LOCATIONS SO THAT NO MORE THAN 1/3
OF THE LONGITUDINAL STEEL IS SPLICED IN ANY GIVEN 12-FT. WIDTH
AND 2-FT. LENGTH OF THE PAVEMENT.
RESIDENTIAL AND COLLECTOR STREET
City
REVISED
DEC 2015
CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS
of
Lubbock
PLATE N0.
1 OF 3
TEXAS
38-8
L=50" ADDITIONAL
JOINT SEALING L/2 STEEL BARS
MATERIAL
T
T/2
TRANSVERSE BARS
LONGITUDINAL BARS
NO SPLICES ALLOWED WITHIN 10 FT OF THE JOINT.
TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINT
SECTION X - X
50" FOR #5 BAR 42" FOR #4 BAR
25" FOR #5 BAR
TIE BARS MAY BE
JOINT SEALING 21" FOR #4 BAR
IN SAME PLANE AS
MATERIAL
TRANSVERSE BARS
TIE BARS,SINGLE
OR MULTIPLE -PIECE
..... ...... ....... ..
...... ....... ....
[TT/2
T
MIN.CLEAR 2"
-----------------
T i
T T r i
C C a a c c
LONGITUDINAL BARS TRANSVERSE BARS
LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT
SECTION Y - Y
50" FOR #5 BAR, 42" FOR #4 BAR
LONGITUDINAL
JOINT SEALING 25" FOR #5 BAR BARS
MATERIAL
SAW CUT T/3
• R T
fT/2
C C c/2c/2 C C
TRANSVERSE BARS
SINGLE PIECE TIE BARS
SHOULD BE IN SAME PLANE AS TRANSVERSE BARS.
LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT
SECTION Z - Z
TABLE N0.1 LONGITUDINAL STEEL
FIRST
ADDITIONAL STEEL
SLAB THICKNESS
REGULAR
SPACING
BARS AT TRANSVERSE
AND BAR SIZE
STEEL BARS
AT EDGE
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
OR JOINT
(SECTION X-X)
T
BAR
SPACING
SPACING
SPACING
LENGTH
(IN.)
SIZE
(C)
(a)
2 x c
L
(IN.)
(IN.)
(IN.)
(IN.)
6.0
#4
12
3
24
42
7.0
#5
12
3
24
50
TABLE NO.2 TRANSVERSE STEEL AND TIE BARS
TIE BARS
TIE BARS
SLAB
TRANSVERSE
AT LONGITUDINAL
AT LONGITUDINAL
THICKNESS
STEEL (b)
CONTRACTION JOINT
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
SECTION Z-Z
SECTION Y-Y
(IN.)
BAR
SPACING
BAR
SPACING
BAR
SPACING
SIZE
I (IN.)
SIZE
(IN.)
SIZE
(IN.)
6.0
#4
36
#4
72
#4
36
7.0
#4
24
#4
48
#4
24
RESIDENTIAL AND COLLECTOR STREET
CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS city of
Lubbock
2 OF 3 TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
38-9
JOINT �„ XV
SEALING
COTINI4TIAL
M
~\
CUT
�1 F"
SAWED
LONGITUDINAL JOINT
z JOINT SEALING
COMPOUND CLASS
0 4,5 OR 7
a' BACKER
ROD
INITIAL
SAW CUT
TRANSVERSE SAWED
CONTRACTION JOINT
GENERAL NOTES
JOINT Y„ Y8" XV
SEALING
COMPOUND
V p
' f
JOINT SEALING
COMPOUND
LONGITUDINAL OR TRANSVERSE
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
JOINT SEALING
COMPOUND CLASS 1 Y
4,5 OR 7 ��e F---
0
ri
BACKER
ROD
PREFORMED
BITUMINOUS FIBER
MATERIAL BOARDS
OR EQUIVALENT.
TRANSVERSE FORMED
EXPANSION JOINT
1. THE JOINT RESERVOIR FOR SEALANT SHALL BE SAWED UNLESS OTHER WISE
SHOWN ON THE PLANS FOR THE LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE
CONSTRUCTION AND THE TWO SAWED JOINTS.
2. THE JOINTS SHALL BE CLEANED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURES
REQUIREMENT AND PRIOR TO BEGINNING OPERATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL SUBMIT A STATEMENT FROM THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER SHOWING
THE RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES TO BE USED.
3. THE SAW CUT FOR THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT SHALL BE ONE FOURTH THE SLAB
THICKNESS.
4. TRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINT SHALL BE PLACED AT THE RADII OF INTERSECTING
STREETS.
5. TRANSVERSE CONTRATION JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED AT ON RADIUS OF INTERSECTING
ALLEYS.
RESIDENTIAL AND COLLECTOR STREET REVISED
CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS City of MAY 2014
Lubbock
PLATE N0.
3 OF 3 TEXAS 38-10
TYPE 'C' HMAC
MINIMUM OF THE UPPER
12" (18" MINIMUM ON
THOROUGHFARE STREETS)
OF TRENCH BACKFILL-
1 1/2 SACK CONTROLLED
LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL
(FLOWABLE FILL) WITH
PEA GRAVEL, IF USING
COMPACTED BACKFILL.
BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%t
MODIFIED PROCTOR(ASTM D 698)
2% OF OPTIMUMMOISTURE
CONTENT.(MAX. 6" LIFTS.)
ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL
FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH BACKFILL
1 1/2 SACK CONTROLLED LOW
STRENGTH MATERIAL(FLOWABLE
FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL.
ASPHALT PAVEMENT
CUT REPAIRS
2' MIN.
N
NO SCALE
6"
rx"-- ASPHALT TACK COAT.
ALL JOINTS TO
BE SAWCUT.
ASPHALT TACK COAT.
PIPE BEDDING (IN
ACCORDANCE WITH
THE ENGINEERS
AND MANUFACTURERS
RECOMMENDATIONS).
NOTE:
1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE
WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS
ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
2. GREATER THAN T WIDTH LONGITUDE
CUTS WILL REQUIRE PAVING
REPAIR APPROVAL BY THE CITY
ENGINEER.
®kow" City Of
Lubbock
4 TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
UEM-01
H�
CLASS 'B' CONCRETE 3000 PSI
AT 7 DAYS. THOROUGHFARE
STREETS; CLASS "C" CONCRETE
ALL CONCRETE JOINTS
TO BE SAW CUT.
EXISTING CONCRETE
PAVING
8" MINIMUM
BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%f
MODIFIED PROCTOR (ASTM D 698)
2% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE
CONTENT. (MAX. 6" LIFTS.)
ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL
FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH
BACKFILL; 1 1/2 SACK
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH
MATERIAL (FLOWABLE FILL)
WITH PEA GRAVEL.
NOTE:
DRILL AND DRIVE 12" DEFORMED
#5 DOWEL BARS 6" INTO EXISTING
SLAB ON T SPACING.
EXISTING CONCRETE
PAVING
3' MIN
c
CONCRETE PAVING
1. GREATER THAN 5' WIDTH LONGITUDE CUTS WILL REQUIRE
PAVING REPAIR APPROVAL BY THE CITY ENGINEER.
2. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN
CONFORMANCE WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK STANDARD PAVING
SPECIFICATIONS.
#4 BARS 12" O.C. MAX SPACING
IN BOTH DIRECTIONS.
PIPE EMBEDMENT (IN
ACCORDANCE WITH
THE ENGINEERS
AND MANUFACTURERS
RECOMMENDATIONS).
CONCRETE STREET REVISED
Ikkkk DEC. 2012
AND ALLEY LuCity of bbock
CUT REPAIRS TEXAS UEM-02
CONCRETE CAP
BRICK JOINTS TO BE FILLED
CLASS W CONCRETE
WITH SAND/CEMENT AT A 50-50
3000 PSI AT 7 DAYS.
BLEND, OR AS APPROVED BY THE
STREET SUPERINTENDENT.
Z_
C�
o=o=
1" SAND CUSHION
MINIMUM.
F� 8" MIN
# 4 BARS, 12" O.C.
MAX. SPACING IN
BOTH DIRECTIONS.
BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%t
MODIFIED PROCTOR
(ASTM D 698) 2% OF
N
OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT.
(MAX. 6" LIFTS.)
ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL
PIPE BEDDING (IN
1 1/2 SACK CONTROLLED
L ACCORDANCE WITH
THE ENGINEERS
LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL
(FLOWABLE FILL) WITH
BRICK AND MANUFACTURERS
RECOMMENDATIONS).
PEA GRAVEL.
PAVING
NOTE:
1. SEE CONCRETE CAP DETAIL. PLATE NO. 36.09.05
2. #5 DOWELS NEEDED IF TIED INTO EXISTING CONCRETE BASE.
3. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL
BE IN
CONFORMANCE WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK STANDARD
PAVING
SPECIFICATIONS.
,,AidI
REVISED
BRICK STREET
E
DEC. 2012
City of
CUT REPAIRS
Lubbock
UEM-03
z
O
F
w>
�Q
as
w>-
pw
�J
Q
CONCRETE ALLEY PAVING. mw
mo
_ z
BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%f
MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY
(ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM
MOISTURE CONTENT.
(MAX. 6" LIFTS.)
ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL
FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH BACKFILL
1 1#2 SACK CONTROLLED LOW
STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE
FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL.
NOTE:
1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE
WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
2. THE ALLEY PAVING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN 95%f
MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY (ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM
MOISTURE IN THE 6" DEPTH OF SUBGRADE IMMEDIATELY BELOW
THE ALLEY PAVING.
TRENCH BACKFILL REQUIREMENT
ON ALLEYS TO BE PAVED
WITHIN RIGHT-OF-WAY
------- F
THE ALLEY PAVING CONTRACTORS SHALL
BE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN 95%t
MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY
(ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM
MOISTURE IN THE 6" DEPTH OF
SUBGRADE IMMEDIATELY BELOW
THE ALLEY PAVING.
PIPE EMBEDMENT (IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE ENGINEERS AND MANUFACTURERS
RECOMMENDATIONS).
®sk`f City Of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
UEM-04
BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%±
MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY
(ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM
MOISTURE CONTENT.
(MAX. 6" LIFTS.)
ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL
FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH BACKFILL
1 YZ SACK CONTROLLED LOW
STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE
FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL.
NOTE:
1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE
WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS
ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
TRENCH BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS
ON UNPAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS
WITHIN RIGHT-OF-WAY
EXISTING GROUND SURFACE.
PIPE BEDDING (IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE ENGINEERS AND
MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS).
®sk`f City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
UEM-05
PLACE #4 BARS BOTH WAYS ALONG PAVING
CUT AT 12" MAX. SPACING. AT LEAST 2 6
6 #4 BARS EACH WAY ARE REQUIRED.
-�•-------------
• • C
#4 BARS, 12" O.C. MAX NO SCALE DRILL AND DRIVE 12"
SPACING IN BOTH DEFORMED #5 DOWEL
DIRECTIONS, CENTERED BARS 6" INTO EXISTING
IN SLAB SLAB ON T SPACING
NOTE:
1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE
WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS
ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
ALLEY PAVING REPAIR
OR CAP
®sk`f City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
UEM-06
100
Item 100
Preparing Right of Way
DESCRIPTION
Texas
Department
of Transportation
Prepare the right of way and designated easements for construction operations by removing and disposing of
all obstructions when removal of such obstructions is not specifically shown on the plans to be paid by other
Items.
2. CONSTRUCTION
Protect designated features on the right of way and prune trees and shrubs as directed. Do not park
equipment, service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area under the branches of trees
designated for preservation. Treat cuts on trees with an approved tree wound dressing within 20 min. of
making a pruning cut or otherwise causing damage to the tree when shown on the plans. Follow all local and
state regulations when burning. Pile and burn brush at approved locations as directed. Coordinate work with
state and federal authorities when working in state or national forests or parks. Test, remove, and dispose of
hazardous materials in accordance with Article 6.10., "Hazardous Materials."
Clear areas shown on the plans of all obstructions, except those landscape features that are to be preserved.
Such obstructions include remains of houses and other structures, foundations, floor slabs, concrete, brick,
lumber, plaster, septic tank drain fields, basements, abandoned utility pipes or conduits, equipment, fences,
retaining walls, and other items as specified on the plans. Remove vegetation and other landscape features
not designated for preservation, curb and gutter, driveways, paved parking areas, miscellaneous stone,
sidewalks, drainage structures, manholes, inlets, abandoned railroad tracks, scrap iron, and debris, whether
above or below ground. Removal of live utility facilities is not included in this Item. Remove culverts, storm
sewers, manholes, and inlets in proper sequence to maintain traffic and drainage.
Notify the Engineer in writing when items not shown on the plans and not reasonably detectable (buried with
no obvious indication of presence) are encountered and required to be removed. These items will be handled
in accordance with Article 4.5., "Differing Site Conditions."
Remove obstructions not designated for preservation to 2 ft. below natural ground in areas receiving
embankment. Remove obstructions to 2 ft. below the excavation level in areas to be excavated. Remove
obstructions to 1 ft. below natural ground in all other areas. Cut trees and stumps off to ground level when
allowed by the plans or directed. Plug the remaining ends of abandoned underground structures over 3 in.
in diameter with concrete to form a tight closure. Backfill, compact, and restore areas where obstructions
have been removed unless otherwise directed. Use approved material for backfilling. Dispose of wells in
accordance with Item 103, "Disposal of Wells."
Accept ownership, unless otherwise directed, and dispose of removed materials and debris at locations off
the right of way in accordance with local, state, and federal requirements.
3. MEASUREMENT
This Item will be measured by the acre; by the 100-ft. station, regardless of the width of the right of way; or
by each tree removed.
4. PAYMENT
For "acre" and "station" measurement, the work performed in accordance with this Item and measured as
provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Preparing Right of Way." For "each"
69
100
measurement, the work performed in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under
"Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Preparing Right of Way (Tree)" of the diameter
specified. This price is full compensation for pruning of designated trees and shrubs; removal and disposal of
structures and obstructions; backfilling of holes; furnishing and placing concrete for plugs; and equipment,
labor, tools, and incidentals.
Total payment of this Item will not exceed 10% of the original contract amount until final acceptance. The
remainder will be paid on the estimate after the final acceptance under Article 5.12., "Final Acceptance."
70
132
Item 132
Embankment
DESCRIPTION
Texas
Department
of Transportation
Furnish, place, and compact materials for construction of roadways, embankments, levees, dikes, or any
designated section of the roadway where additional material is required.
2. MATERIALS
Furnish approved material capable of forming a stable embankment from required excavation in the areas
shown on the plans or from sources outside the right of way. Provide one or more of the following types as
shown on the plans:
■ Type A. Granular material that is free from vegetation or other objectionable material and meets the
requirements of Table 1.
Table 1
Testing Requirements
Property
Test Method
Specification Limit
Liquid limit
Tex-104-E
<_ 45
Plasticity index PI
Tex-106-E
<_ 15
Bar linear shrinka e
Tex-107-E
>_ 2
Perform the Linear Shrinkage test only as indicated in Tex-104-E.
■ Type B. Materials such as rock, loam, clay, or other approved materials.
■ Type C. Material meeting the specification requirements shown on the plans. Type C may be further
designated as Type C1, C2, etc.
■ Type D. Material from required excavation areas shown on the plans.
Meet the requirements of the pertinent retaining wall Items for retaining wall backfill material.
3. CONSTRUCTION
Meet the requirements of Item 7, "Legal Relations and Responsibilities," when off right of way sources are
used. Notify the Engineer before opening a material source to allow for required testing. Complete
preparation of the right of way in accordance with Item 100, "Preparing Right of Way," for areas to receive
embankment.
Backfill tree -stump holes or other minor excavations with approved material and tamp. Restore the ground
surface, including any material disked loose or washed out, to its original slope. Compact the ground surface
by sprinkling in accordance with Item 204, "Sprinkling," and by rolling using equipment complying with
Item 210, 'Rolling," when directed.
Scarify and loosen the unpaved surface areas, except rock, to a depth of at least 6 in. unless otherwise
shown on the plans. Bench slopes before placing material. Begin placement of material at the toe of slopes.
Do not place trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other objectionable material in the embankment.
Simultaneously recompact scarified material with the placed embankment material. Do not exceed the layer
depth specified in Section 132.3.4., "Compaction Methods."
Construct embankments to the grade and sections shown on the plans. Construct the embankment in layers
approximately parallel to the finished grade for the full width of the individual roadway cross -sections unless
:N
132
otherwise shown on the plans. Ensure that each section of the embankment conforms to the detailed
sections or slopes. Maintain the finished section, density, and grade until the project is accepted.
3.1. Earth Embankments. Earth embankment is mainly composed of material other than rock. Construct
embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in lengths suited for sprinkling and rolling.
Treat material in accordance with Item 260, "Lime Treatment (Road -Mixed)" or Item 275, "Cement Treatment
(Road -Mixed)" when required. Obtain approval to incorporate rock and broken concrete produced by the
construction project in the lower layers of the embankment. Place the rock and concrete outside the limits of
the completed roadbed when the size of approved rock or broken concrete exceeds the layer thickness
requirements in Section 132.3.4., "Compaction Methods." Cut and remove all exposed reinforcing steel from
the broken concrete.
Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods and incorporate it into
uniform layers. Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 ft. to ensure there
are no abrupt changes in the material. Break down clods or lumps of material and mix embankment until a
uniform material is attained.
Apply water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable matter to achieve the uniform moisture content
specified for compaction.
Roll and sprinkle each embankment layer in accordance with Section 132.3.4.1., "Ordinary Compaction,"
when ordinary compaction is specified. Compact the layer to the required density in accordance with
Section 132.3.4.2., "Density Control," when density control is specified.
3.2. Rock Embankments. Rock embankment is mainly composed of rock. Construct rock embankments in
successive layers for the full width of the roadway cross-section with a depth of 18 in. or less. Increase the
layer depth for large rock sizes as approved. Do not exceed a depth of 2-112 ft. in any case. Fill voids created
by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the placement and filling operations.
Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension of any rock. Do not place
rock greater than 2 ft. in its maximum dimension, unless otherwise approved. Construct the final layer with
graded material so that the density and uniformity is in accordance with Section 132.3.4., "Compaction
Methods." Break up exposed oversized material as approved.
Roll and sprinkle each embankment layer in accordance with Section 132.3.4.1., "Ordinary Compaction,"
when ordinary compaction is specified. Compact each layer to the required density in accordance with
Section 132.3.4.2., "Density Control," when density control is specified. Proof -roll each rock layer as directed,
where density testing is not possible, in accordance with Item 216, 'Proof Rolling," to ensure proper
compaction.
3.3. Embankments Adjacent to Culverts and Bridges. Compact embankments adjacent to culverts and
bridges in accordance with Item 400, "Excavation and Backfill for Structures."
3.4. Compaction Methods. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, overlapping
on successive trips by at least 1/2 the width of the roller. Begin rolling at the lower side and progress toward
the high side on super elevated curves. Alternate roller trips to attain slightly different lengths. Compact
embankments in accordance with Section 132.4.1., "Ordinary Compaction," or Section 132.3.4.2., "Density
Control," as shown on the plans.
3.4.1. Ordinary Compaction. Use approved rolling equipment complying with Item 210, `Rolling," to compact each
layer. Use specific equipment when required by the plans or the Engineer. Do not allow the loose depth of
any layer to exceed 8 in., unless otherwise approved. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed
before and during rolling operations. Compact each layer until there is no evidence of further consolidation.
Maintain a level layer to ensure uniform compaction. Recompact and refinish the subgrade at no additional
expense to the Department if the required stability or finish is lost for any reason.
H
132
3.4.2. Density Control. Compact each layer to the required density using equipment complying with Item 210,
"Rolling." Determine the maximum lift thickness based on the ability of the compacting operation and
equipment to meet the required density. Do not exceed layer thickness of 16 in. loose or 12 in. compacted
material unless otherwise approved. Maintain a level layer to ensure uniform compaction.
The Engineer will use Tex-114-E to determine the maximum dry density (Da) and optimum moisture content
(Wopt). Meet the requirements for field density and moisture content in Table 2 unless otherwise shown on
the plans.
Table 2
Field Density Control Requirements
Description
DensityMoisture Content
Tex-115-E
PI<_15
>_98%Da
15 < PI <_ 35
>_ 98% Da and <_ 102% Da
>_ Wopt.
PI > 35
>_ 95% Da and <_ 100% Da
>_ Wopt.
Each layer is subject to testing by the Engineer for density and moisture content. During compaction, the
moisture content of the soil should not exceed the value shown on the moisture -density curve, above
optimum, required to achieve:
■ 98% dry density for soils with a PI greater than 15 but less than or equal to 35 or
■ 95% dry density for soils with PI greater than 35.
Remove small areas of the layer to allow for density tests as required. Replace the removed material and
recompact at no additional expense to the Department. Proof -roll in accordance with Item 216, `Proof
Rolling," when shown on the plans or as directed. Correct soft spots as directed.
3.5. Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking. Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements
in Table 2 are met. Maintain the moisture content no lower than 4% below optimum for soils with a PI greater
than 15. Rework the material to obtain the specified compaction when the material loses the required
stability, density, moisture, or finish. Alter the compaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to
obtain specified density as directed.
3.6. Acceptance Criteria.
3.6.1. Grade Tolerances.
3.6.1.1. Staged Construction. Grade to within 0.1 ft. in the cross-section and 0.1 ft. in 16 ft. measured longitudinally.
3.6.1.2. Turnkey Construction. Grade to within 1/2 in. in the cross-section and 1/2 in. in 16 ft. measured
longitudinally.
3.6.2. Gradation Tolerances. Ensure no more than 1 of the 5 most recent gradation tests is outside the specified
limits on any individual sieve by more than 5% when gradation requirements are shown on the plans.
3.6.3. Density Tolerances. Ensure no more than 1 of the 5 most recent density tests for compaction work is
outside the specified density limits, and no test is outside the limits by more than 3 pcf.
3.6.4. Plasticity Tolerances. Ensure no more than 1 of the 5 most recent PI tests for material is outside the
specified limit by more than 2 points.
4. MEASUREMENT
Embankment will be measured by the cubic yard. Measurement will be further defined for payment as
follows:
82
132
4.1. Final. The cubic yard will be measured in its final position using the average end area method. The volume is
computed between the original ground surface or the surface upon which the embankment is to be
constructed and the lines, grades, and slopes of the embankment. In areas of salvaged topsoil, payment for
embankment will be made in accordance with Item 160, "Topsoil." Shrinkage or swell factors will not be
considered in determining the calculated quantities.
4.2. Original. The cubic yard will be measured in its original and natural position using the average end area
method.
4.3. Vehicle. The cubic yard will be measured in vehicles at the point of delivery.
When measured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans quantity measurement Item. The
quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity
Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are
required.
Shrinkage or swell factors are the Contractor's responsibility. When shown on the plans, factors are for
informational purposes only.
Measurement of retaining wall backfill in embankment areas is paid for as embankment unless otherwise
shown on the plans. Limits of measurement for embankment in retaining wall areas are shown on the plans.
5. PAYMENT
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under
"Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Embankment (Final)," "Embankment (Original)," or
"Embankment (Vehicle)" of the compaction method and type specified. This price is full compensation for
furnishing embankment; hauling; placing, compacting, finishing, and reworking; disposal of waste material;
and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals.
When proof rolling is directed, it will be paid for in accordance with Item 216, "Proof Rolling."
All sprinkling and rolling, except proof rolling, will not be paid for directly but will be considered subsidiary to
this Item, unless otherwise shown on the plans.
Where subgrade is constructed under this Contract, correction of soft spots in the subgrade will be at the
Contractor's expense. Where subgrade is not constructed under this Contract, correction of soft spots in the
subgrade will be paid in accordance with Article 9.7., "Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method."
83
160
Item 160
Topsoil 'eTexas
t
Dpartmen
of Transportation
1. DESCRIPTION
Furnish and place topsoil to the depths and on the areas shown on the plans.
2. MATERIALS
Use easily cultivated, fertile topsoil that is free from objectionable material and resists erosion. Obtain topsoil
from the right of way at sites of proposed excavation or embankment when specified on the plans, or as
directed. Secure additional topsoil, if necessary, from approved sources outside the right of way in
accordance with the requirements of Article 7.7., "Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the
Environment." Ensure that the topsoil obtained from sites outside the right of way has a pH of 5.5 to 8.5, per
Tex-128-E. Topsoil is subject to testing by the Engineer. Furnish water in accordance with Article 168.2.,
"Materials."
3. CONSTRUCTION
Remove and dispose of objectionable material from the topsoil source before beginning the work. Stockpile
topsoil, when necessary, in a windrow at designated locations along the right of way line or as directed. Keep
source and stockpile areas drained during the period of topsoil removal and leave them in a neat condition
when removal is complete. Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 in. before placing topsoil. Spread the topsoil to a
uniform loose cover at the thickness specified. Place and shape the topsoil as directed. Water and roll the
topsoil with a light roller or other suitable equipment.
4. MEASUREMENT
This Item will be measured by the 100-ft. station along the baseline of each roadbed, by the square yard
complete in place, or by the cubic yard in vehicles at the point of delivery.
5. PAYMENT
The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided
under "Measurement' will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Furnishing and Placing Topsoil' of the depth
specified on the plans (except for measurement by the cubic yard). This price is full compensation for
securing necessary sources and royalties; furnishing topsoil; excavation, loading, hauling, stockpiling and
placing; watering; rolling; and equipment, labor, materials, tools, and incidentals. Limits of excavation and
embankment for payment are shown in Figure 1.
ff
180
Excavation to
be paid for under
the pertinent
excavation |tem--
CUT
/—Topsoil to be
salvaged
Replaced
Topsoil
Embankment to be paid
for under the pertinent
embankmentItem
ubgrade Replaced
Topsoil
FILL
Topsoil to be satv d
(excavation an r2s ting
emo T11
pa d ly) to e
Figure
Roadway Cross -Sections Showing Payment for Excavation and Embankment
92
401
Item 401
Flowable Backfill
DESCRIPTION
Furnish and place Plowable backfill for trench, hole, or other void.
2. MATERIALS
Texas
Department
of Transportation
Use materials from prequalified sources listed on the Department website. Use materials from non -listed
sources only when tested and approved before use. Allow 30 calendar days for the Engineer to sample, test,
and report results for non -listed sources. Do not combine approved material with unapproved material.
2.1 Cement. Furnish cement in accordance with DMS-4600, "Hydraulic Cement."
2.2 Fly Ash. Furnish fly ash in accordance with DMS-4610, "Fly Ash."
2.3 Chemical Admixtures. Furnish chemical admixtures in accordance with DMS-4640, "Chemical Admixtures
for Concrete." Use specialty type admixtures to enhance the flowability, reduce shrinkage, and reduce
segregation by maintaining solids in suspension when necessary. Use and proportion all admixtures in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.4
2.5
3.
Fine Aggregate. Provide fine aggregate that will stay in suspension in the mortar to the extent required for
proper flow and that meets the gradation requirements of Table 1.
Table 1
Aggregate Gradation Chart
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
3/4"
100
#200
0-30
Test fine aggregate gradation in accordance with Tex-401-A.
Plasticity Index (PI) must not exceed 6 when tested in accordance with Tex-106-E.
Mixing Water. Use mixing water in accordance with Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete."
CONSTRUCTION
Submit a construction method and plan, including mix design, for approval. Provide a means of filling the
entire void area, and be able to demonstrate this has been accomplished. Prevent the movement of any
inserted structure from its designated location. Remove and replace or correct the problem if voids are found
in the fill or any of the requirements are not met as shown on the plans without additional cost to the
Department.
414
401
Furnish a mix meeting the requirements of Table 2 unless otherwise shown on the plans.
Table 2
Flowable Fill Mix Design Requirements
Property
Excavatable
Non-Excavatable
Test Method
28-dayCompressive Strength,' psi
80 to 200
> 200
ASTM D4832
Consistenc ,2 Min diameter, in.
8
ASTM D6103
Unit Weight, pcf
90 to 125
100 to 145
ASTM D6023
Air Content, %
10 to 30
5 to 15
ASTM D6023
1. Average of 2 specimens.
2. Mixture must not segregate.
Mix the flowable fill using a central -mixed concrete plant, ready -mix concrete truck, pug mill, or other
approved method.
Furnish all labor, equipment, tools, containers, and molds required for sampling, making, transporting, curing,
removal, and disposal of test specimens. Furnish test molds meeting the requirements of Tex-447-A.
Transport, strip, and cure the test specimens as scheduled at the designated location. Cure test specimens
in accordance with Tex-447-A. The Engineer will sample, make, and test all specimens. Dispose of used,
broken specimens in an approved location and manner. The frequency of job -control testing will be at the
direction of the Engineer.
4. MEASUREMENT
This Item will be measured by the cubic yard of material placed. Measurement will not include additional
volume caused by slips, slides, or cave-ins resulting from the Contractor's operations.
5. PAYMENT
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under
"Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Flowable Backfill." This price is full compensation for
furnishing, hauling, and placing materials and for equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals.
415
464
Item 464
e
Reinforced Concrete Pipe t
,Texas
Dpartmen
of Transportation
1. DESCRIPTION
Furnish and install reinforced concrete pipe, materials for precast concrete pipe culverts, or precast concrete
storm drain mains, laterals, stubs, and inlet leads.
2. MATERIALS
2.1. Fabrication. Fabrication plants must be approved by the Construction Division in accordance with
DMS-7310, "Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine -Made Precast Concrete Box Culvert Fabrication and
Plant Qualification," before furnishing precast reinforced concrete pipe for Department projects. The
Department's MPL has a list of approved reinforced concrete pipe plants.
Furnish material and fabricate reinforced concrete pipe in accordance with DMS-7310, "Reinforced Concrete
Pipe and Machine -Made Precast Concrete Box Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification."
2.2. Design.
2.2.1. General. The class and D-load equivalents are shown in Table 1. Furnish arch pipe in accordance with
ASTM C506 and the dimensions shown in Table 2. Furnish horizontal elliptical pipe in accordance with
ASTM C507 and the dimensions shown in Table 3. For arch pipe and horizontal elliptical pipe the minimum
height of cover required is 1 ft.
Table 1
Circular Pipe
ASTM C76 & ASTM C655
Class
D-Load
1
800
11
1,000
111
1,350
IV
2,000
V
3,000
Table 2
Arch Pipe
Design
Size
Equivalent
Diameter in.
Rise
in.
Span
in.
1
18
13-1 /2
22
2
21
15-1 /2
26
3
24
18
28-1 /2
4
30
22-1 /2
36-1 A
5
36
26-5/8
43-3A
6
42
31-5/16
51-1 /8
7
48
36
58-1 /2
8
54
40
65
9
60
45
73
10
72
54
88
654
464
Table 3
Horizontal Elliptical Pipe
Design
Size
Equivalent
Diameter in.
Rise
in.
Span
in.
1
18
14
23
2
24
19
30
3
27
22
34
4
30
24
38
5
33
27
42
6
36
29
45
7
39
32
49
8
42
34
53
9
48
38
60
10
54
43
68
2.2.2. Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling. Design pipe for jacking, boring, or tunneling considering the specific
installation conditions such as the soil conditions, installation methods, anticipated deflection angles, and
jacking stresses. Provide design notes and drawings signed and sealed by a Texas licensed professional
engineer when requested.
2.3. Marking. Furnish each section of reinforced concrete pipe marked with the following information specified in
DMS-7310, "Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine -Made Precast Concrete Box Culvert Fabrication and
Plant Qualification."
■ class or D-load of pipe,
■ ASTM designation,
■ date of manufacture,
■ pipe size,
■ name or trademark of fabricator and plant location,
■ designated fabricator's approval stamp,
■ pipe to be used for jacking and boring (when applicable), and
■ designation "SR" for pipe meeting sulfate -resistant concrete plan requirements (when applicable).
Clearly mark 1 end of each section during the process of manufacture or immediately thereafter for pipe with
elliptical reinforcement. Mark the pipe on the inside and outside of opposite walls to show the location of the
top or bottom of the pipe as it should be installed unless the external shape of the pipe is such that the
correct position of the top and bottom is obvious. Mark the pipe section by indenting or painting with
waterproof paint.
2.4. Inspection. Provide access for inspection of the finished pipe at the project site before and during
installation.
2.5. Causes for Rejection. Individual section of pipe may be rejected for any of the conditions stated in the
Annex of DMS-7310, "Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine -Made Precast Concrete Box Culvert
Fabrication and Plant Qualification."
2.6. Repairs. Make repairs if necessary as stated in the Annex of DMS-7310, "Reinforced Concrete Pipe and
Machine -Made Precast Concrete Box Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification."
2.7. Jointing Materials. Use any of the following materials for the making of joints unless otherwise shown on
the plans. Furnish a manufacturer's certificate of compliance for all jointing materials except mortar.
2.7.1. Mortar. Provide mortar for joints that meets the requirements of Section 464.3.3., "Jointing."
2.7.2. Cold -Applied, Plastic Asphalt Sewer Joint Compound. Provide a material that consists of natural or
processed asphalt base, suitable volatile solvents, and inert filler. Ensure the consistency is such that the
ends of the pipe can be coated with a layer of the compound up to 1/2 in. thick by means of a trowel. Provide
655
464
a joint compound that cures to a firm, stiff plastic condition after application. Provide a material of a uniform
mixture. Stir any small separation found in the container into a uniform mix before using.
Provide a material that meets the requirements of Table 4 when tested in accordance with Tex-526-C.
Table 4
Cold -Applied, Plastic Asphalt Sewer Joint Compound Material Requirements
Composition
Analysis
Asphalt base, 100%—% volatiles—% ash, % by weight
28-45
Volatiles, 212°F evaporation, 24 hr., % by weight
10-26
Mineral matter, determined as ash, % by weight
30-55
Consistency, cone penetration, 150 q, 5 sec., 77°F
150-275
2.7.3. Rubber Gaskets. Provide gaskets that conform to ASTM C1619 Class A or C. Meet the requirements of
ASTM C443 for design of the pipe joints and permissible variations in dimensions.
2.7.4. Pre -Formed Flexible Joint Sealants. Pre -formed flexible joint sealants may be used for sealing joints of
tongue -and -groove concrete pipe. Provide flexible joint sealants that meet the requirements of ASTM C990.
Use flexible joint sealants that do not depend on oxidizing, evaporating, or chemical action for its adhesive or
cohesive strength. Supply in extruded rope form of suitable cross-section. Provide a size of the pre -formed
flexible joint sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and large enough to properly
seal the joint. Protect flexible joint sealants with a suitable wrapper able to maintain the integrity of the
jointing material when the wrapper is removed.
3. CONSTRUCTION
3.1. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill. Excavate, shape, bed, and backfill in accordance with
Item 400, "Excavation and Backfill for Structures," except where jacking, boring, or tunneling methods are
permitted. Jack, bore, or tunnel the pipe in accordance with Item 476, "Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling Pipe or
Box." Immediate backfilling is permitted if joints consist of materials other than mortar. Take special
precautions in placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of the pipe or damage to the
joints. Do not use heavy earth -moving equipment to haul over the structure until a minimum of 4 ft. of
permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed over the structure unless otherwise shown on the
plans or permitted in writing. Remove and replace pipe damaged by the Contractor at no expense to the
Department.
3.2. Laying Pipe. Start the laying of pipe on the bedding at the outlet end with the spigot or tongue end pointing
downstream, and proceed toward the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched, true to the
established lines and grades unless otherwise authorized. Fit, match, and lay the pipe to form a smooth,
uniform conduit. Cut cross trenches in the foundation to allow the barrel of the pipe to rest firmly upon the
bedding where bell -and -spigot pipe is used. Cut cross trenches no more than 2 in. larger than the bell ends
of the pipe. Lower sections of pipe into the trench without damaging the pipe or disturbing the bedding and
the sides of the trench. Carefully clean the ends of the pipe before the pipe is placed. Prevent the earth or
bedding material from entering the pipe as it is laid. Lay the pipe in the trench, when elliptical pipe with
circular reinforcing or circular pipe with elliptical reinforcing is used, so the markings for the top or bottom are
not more than 5° from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe. Remove and re -lay, without
extra compensation, pipe that is not in alignment or shows excessive settlement after laying.
Lay multiple lines of reinforced concrete pipe with the centerlines of the individual barrels parallel. Use the
clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes shown in Table 5 unless otherwise shown on the
plans. Use the equivalent diameter from Table 2 or Table 3 for arch pipe or horizontal elliptical pipe to
determine the clear distance requirement in Table 5.
656
464
Table 5
Minimum Clear Distance between Pipes
Equivalent Diameter
Min Clear Distance
18 in.
9 in.
24 in.
11 in.
30 in.
1 ft. 1 in.
36 in.
1 ft. 3 in.
42 in.
1 ft. 5 in.
48 in.
1 ft. 7 in.
54 in.
1 ft. 11 in.
60 to 84 in.
2 ft.
3.3. Jointing. Make available an appropriate rolling device similar to an automobile mechanic's "creeper" for
conveyance through small -size pipe structures.
3.3.1. Joints Sealed with Hydraulic Cement Mortar. Use Type S mortar meeting the requirements of
ASTM C270. Clean and wet the pipe ends before making the joint. Plaster the lower half of the bell or groove
and the upper half of the tongue or spigot with mortar. Pack mortar into the joint from both inside and outside
the pipe after the pipes are tightly jointed. Finish the inside smooth and flush with adjacent joints of pipe.
Form a bead of semicircular cross-section over tongue -and -groove joints outside the pipe, extending at least
1 in. on each side of the joint. Form the mortar for bell -and -spigot joints to a 45' fillet between the outer edge
of the bell and the spigot. Cure mortar joints by keeping the joints wet for at least 48 hr. or until the backfill
has been completed, whichever comes first. Place fill or backfill once the mortar jointing material has cured
for at least 6 hr. Conduct jointing only when the atmospheric temperature is above 40°F. Protect mortared
joints against freezing by backfilling or other approved methods for at least 24 hr.
Driveway culverts do not require mortar banding on the outside of the pipe.
Furnish pipes, with approval, that are large enough for a person to enter with the groove between 1/2 in. and
3/4 in. longer than the tongue. Such pipe may be laid and backfilled without mortar joints. Clean the space on
the interior of the pipe between the end of the tongue and the groove of all foreign material, thoroughly wet
and fill with mortar around the entire circumference of the pipe, and finish flush after the backfilling has been
completed.
3.3.2. Joints Using Cold -Applied, Plastic Asphalt Sewer Joint Compound. Ensure both ends of the pipes are
clean and dry. Trowel or otherwise place a 1/2—in. thick layer of the compound in the groove end of the pipe
covering at least 2/3 of the joint face around the entire circumference. Shove home the tongue end of the
next pipe with enough pressure to make a tight joint. Remove any excess mastic projecting into the pipe after
the joint is made. Backfill after the joint has been inspected and approved.
3.3.3. Joints Using Rubber Gaskets. Make the joint assembly according to the recommendations of the gasket
manufacturer. Make joints watertight when using rubber gaskets. Backfill after the joint has been inspected
and approved.
3.3.4. Joints Using Pre -Formed Flexible Joint Sealants. Install pre -formed flexible joint sealants in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations. Place the joint sealer so no dirt or other deleterious materials
come in contact with the joint sealing material. Pull or push home the pipe with enough force to properly seal
the joint. Remove any joint material pushed out into the interior of the pipe that would tend to obstruct the
flow. Store pre -formed flexible joint sealants in an area warmed naturally or artificially to above 70°F in an
approved manner when the atmospheric temperature is below 60°F. Apply flexible joint sealants to pipe
joints immediately before placing pipe in trench, and connect pipe to previously laid pipe. Backfill after the
joint has been inspected and approved.
3.4. Connections and Stub Ends. Make connections of concrete pipe to existing pipes, pipe storm drains, or
storm drain appurtenances as shown on the plans.
Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate any drainage pockets created
by the connections. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the connections.
657
464
Make connections between concrete pipe and corrugated metal pipe with a suitable concrete collar and a
minimum thickness of 4 in. unless otherwise shown on the plans.
Finish stub ends for connections to future work not shown on the plans by installing watertight plugs into the
free end of the pipe.
Fill lift holes with concrete, mortar, or precast concrete plugs after the pipe is in place.
4. MEASUREMENT
This Item will be measured by the foot. Measurement will be made between the ends of the pipe barrel along
the flow line, not including safety end treatments. Safety end treatments will be measured in accordance with
Item 467, "Safety End Treatment." Pipe that will be jacked, bored, or tunneled will be measured in
accordance with Item 476, "Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling Pipe or Box." Measurement of spurs, branches, or
new connecting pipe will be made from the intersection of the flow line with the outside surface of the pipe
into which it connects. Where inlets, headwalls, catch basins, manholes, junction chambers, or other
structures are included in lines of pipe, the length of pipe tying into the structure wall will be included for
measurement, but no other portion of the structure length or width will be included.
For multiple pipes, the measured length will be the sum of the lengths of the barrels.
This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal
unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will
be made if adjustments of quantities are required.
5. PAYMENT
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under
"Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Reinforced Concrete Pipe," "Reinforced Concrete
Pipe (Arch)," or "Reinforced Concrete Pipe (Elliptical)" of the size and D-load specified or of the size and
class specified. This price is full compensation for constructing, furnishing, transporting, placing, and joining
pipes; shaping the bed; cutting pipes on skew or slope; connecting to new or existing structures; breaking
back, removing, and disposing of portions of the existing structure; replacing portions of the existing
structure; cutting pipe ends on skew or slope; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals.
Protection methods for excavations greater than 5 ft. deep will be measured and paid for as required under
Item 402, "Trench Excavation Protection," or Item 403, "Temporary Special Shoring." Excavation, shaping,
bedding, and backfill will be paid for in accordance with Item 400, "Excavation and Backfill for Structures."
When jacking, boring, or tunneling is used at the Contractor's option, payment will be made under this Item.
When jacking, boring or tunneling is required, payment will be made under Item 476, "Jacking, Boring or
Tunneling Pipe or Box."
658
465
Item 465
Junction Boxes, Manholes, and Inlets Texas
Department
of Transportation
1. DESCRIPTION
Construct junction boxes, manholes, and inlets, complete in place or to the stage detailed, including
furnishing and installing frames, grates, rings, and covers.
2. MATERIALS
Furnish materials in accordance with the following:
■ Item 420,
"Concrete Substructures,"
■ Item 421,
"Hydraulic Cement Concrete,"
■ Item 440,
'Reinforcement for Concrete," and
■ Item 471,
"Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers."
Cast -in -place junction boxes, manholes, inlets, risers, and appurtenances are acceptable unless otherwise
shown. Alternate designs for cast -in -place items must be acceptable to the Engineer and must conform to
functional dimensions and design loading. Alternate designs must be designed and sealed by a licensed
professional engineer.
2.1. Concrete. Furnish Class H concrete as referenced in Item 421 "Hydraulic Cement Concrete," except that Mix
Design Options 1-8 will be allowed for formed precast junction boxes, manholes, and inlets. Furnish
concrete per DMS-7310, "Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine -Made Precast Concrete Box Culvert
Fabrication and Plant Qualification," for machine -made precast junctions boxes, manholes, and inlets.
Furnish Class C concrete for cast -in -place manholes and inlets unless otherwise shown on the plans.
2.2. Mortar. Furnish mortar conforming to DMS-4675, "Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous
Applications."
2.3. Timber. Provide sound timber that is a minimum of 3 in. nominal thickness and reasonably free of knots and
warps for temporary covers when used with Stage I construction (see Article 465.3., "Construction").
2.4. Other Materials. Use commercial -type hardware as approved.
3. CONSTRUCTION
Construct all types of junction boxes, manholes, and inlets either complete or in 2 stages, described as
Stage I and Stage 11.
Construct the Stage I portion of junction boxes, manholes, and inlets as shown on the plans or as specified in
this Item. Furnish and install a temporary cover as approved.
Furnish and install the storm drain pipe and a temporary plug for the exposed end of the storm drain pipe
from the storm drain to a point below the top of curb indicated on the plans for Stage I construction of cast
iron or steel inlet units.
Construct Stage II after the pavement structure is substantially complete unless otherwise approved.
Construct the remaining wall height and top of junction box, manhole, or inlet for Stage 11, and furnish and
install any frames, grates, rings and covers, curb beams, or collecting basins required.
659
465
Construct cast -in -place junction boxes, manholes, and inlets in accordance with Item 420, "Concrete
Substructures." Forms will be required for all concrete walls. Outside wall forms for cast -in -place concrete
may be omitted with approval if the surrounding material can be trimmed to a smooth vertical face.
3.1. Precast Junction Boxes, Manholes, and Inlets. Construct formed precast junction boxes, manholes, and
inlets in accordance with Item 420, "Concrete Substructures," except as otherwise noted in this Item.
Construct machine -made precast junction boxes, manholes, and inlets in accordance with ASTM C478
except as otherwise noted in this Item. Mix and place concrete for machine -made junction boxes, manholes,
and inlets per the requirements of DMS-7310, "Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine -Made Precast
Concrete Box Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification." Conform to the product permissible variations and
rejection criteria stated in ASTM C478 for machine -made precast junction boxes, manholes, and inlets. Cure
all precast units in accordance with Item 424, "Precast Concrete Structural Members (Fabrication)."
Multi -project fabrication plants as defined in Item 424 "Precast Concrete Structural Members (Fabrication),"
that produce manholes and inlets will be approved by the Construction Division in accordance with
DMS-7340, "Qualification Procedure for Multi -Project Fabrication Plants of Precast Concrete Junction Boxes,
Manholes and Inlets." The Department's MPL has a list of approved multi -project plants.
3.1.1. Lifting Holes. Provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section for precast units. Lifting holes may be
cast, cut into fresh concrete after form removal, or drilled. Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate
lifting devices based on the size and weight of the section. The maximum hole diameter is 3 in. at the inside
surface of the wall and 4 in. at the outside surface. Cut no more than 5 in. in any direction of reinforcement
per layer for lifting holes. Repair spalled areas around lifting holes.
3.1.2. Marking. Clearly mark each precast junction box, manhole, and inlet unit with the following information:
■ name or trademark of fabricator and plant location;
■ product designation;
■ ASTM designation (if applicable);
■ date of manufacture;
■ designated fabricator's approval stamp; and
■ designation "SR" for product meeting sulfate -resistant concrete plan requirements (when applicable).
3.1.3. Storage and Shipment. Store precast units on a level surface. Do not ship units until design strength
requirements have been met.
3.2. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill. Excavate, shape, bed, and backfill in accordance with
Item 400, "Excavation and Backfill for Structures." Immediate backfilling is permitted for all junction box,
manhole, and inlet structures where joints consist of rubber boots, rubber gaskets, or bulk or preformed joint
sealant. Take precautions in placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of junction boxes,
manholes, and inlets. Remove and replace junction boxes, manholes, and inlets damaged by the Contractor
at no expense to the Department.
3.3. Junction Boxes, Manholes, and Inlets for Precast Concrete Pipe Storm Drains. Construct junction
boxes, manholes, and inlets for precast concrete pipe storm drains before completion of storm drain lines
into or through the junction box, manhole, or inlet. Neatly cut all storm drains at the inside face of the walls of
the junction box, manhole, or inlet.
3.4. Junction Boxes, Manholes, and Inlets for Box Storm Drains. Place bases or risers of junction boxes,
manholes, and inlets for box storm drains before or in conjunction with placement of the storm drain. Backfill
the junction box, manhole, or inlet and storm drain as a whole.
3.5. Inverts. Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the junction box, manhole, or inlet as shown on
the plans. Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is placed or by placing the
required additional material with the base.
660
465
3.6. Finishing Complete Junction Boxes, Manholes, and Inlets. Complete junction boxes, manholes, and
inlets in accordance with the plans. Backfill to original ground elevation in accordance with Item 400,
"Excavation and Backfill for Structures."
3.7. Finishing Stage I Construction. Complete Stage I construction by constructing the walls to the elevations
shown on the plans and backfilling to required elevations in accordance with Item 400, "Excavation and
Backfill for Structures."
3.8. Stage II Construction. Construct subgrade and base course or concrete pavement construction over
Stage I junction box, manhole, or inlet construction unless otherwise approved. Excavate to expose the top
of Stage I construction and complete the junction box, manhole or inlet in accordance with the plans and
these Specifications, including backfill and cleaning of all debris from the bottom of the junction box,
manhole, or inlet.
3.9. Inlet Units. Install cast iron or steel inlet units in conjunction with the construction of concrete curb and
gutter. Set the inlet units securely in position before placing concrete for curb and gutter. Form openings for
the inlets and recesses in curb and gutter as shown on the plans. Place and thoroughly consolidate concrete
for curb and gutter adjacent to inlets and around the inlet castings and formed openings and recesses
without displacing the inlet units.
4. MEASUREMENT
All junction boxes, manholes, and inlets satisfactorily completed in accordance with the plans and
specifications will be measured by each junction box, manhole, or inlet, complete, or by each junction box,
manhole, or inlet completed to the stage of construction required by the plans.
5. PAYMENT
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under
"Measurement" will be paid for as follows:
5.1. Complete Manholes. Payment for complete manholes will be made at the unit price bid for "Manhole
(Complete)" of the type specified.
5.2. Complete Inlets. Payment for inlets will be made at the unit price bid for "Inlet (Complete)," of the type
specified.
5.3. Complete Junction Boxes. Payment for junction boxes will be made at the unit price bid for "Junction Box
(Complete)" of the type specified.
5.4. Manholes Stage I. Payment for Manholes, Stage I, will be made at the unit price bid for each "Manhole
(Stage 1)" of the type specified.
5.5. Manholes Stage II. Payment for Manholes, Stage 11, will be made at the unit price bid for each "Manhole
(Stage 11)" of the type specified.
5.6. Inlets Stage I. Payment for Inlets, Stage I, will be made at the unit price bid for each "Inlet (Stage 1)" of the
type specified.
5.7. Inlets Stage II. Payment for Inlets, Stage 11, will be made at the unit price bid for each "Inlet (Stage 11)" of the
type specified.
5.8. Junction Boxes Stage I. Payment for Junction Boxes, Stage 1, will be made at the unit price bid for each
"Junction Box (Stage 1)" of the type specified.
661
465
5.9. Junction Boxes Stage II. Payment for Junction Boxes, Stage 11, will be made at the unit price bid for each
"Junction Box (Stage ll)" of the type specified.
This price is full compensation for concrete, reinforcing steel, mortar, frames, grates, rings and covers,
excavation, and backfill and for all other materials, tools, equipment, labor, and incidentals.
662
618
Item 618
Conduit
DESCRIPTION
Furnish and install conduit.
2. MATERIALS
Texas
Deartment
of Transpportation
Provide new materials that comply with the details shown on the plans, the requirements of this Item, and the
pertinent requirements of the following Items:
■ Item 400, "Excavation and Backfill for Structures"
■ Item 476, "Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling Pipe or Box"
When specified on the plans, provide:
■ rigid metal conduit (RMC);
■ intermediate metal conduit (IMC);
■ electrical metallic tubing (EMT);
■ polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit;
■ high density polyethylene (HDPE) conduit;
■ liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC); or
■ liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC).
Furnish conduit from new materials in accordance with DMS-11030, "Conduit."
Provide prequalified conduit from the Department's MPL. When required by the Engineer, notify the
Department in writing of selected materials from the MPL intended for use on each project.
Provide other types of conduit not on the MPL that comply with the details shown on the plans and the NEC.
Fabricate fittings such as junction boxes and expansion joints from a material similar to the connecting
conduit, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use watertight fittings. Do not use set screw and pressure -cast
fittings. Steel compression fittings are permissible. When using HDPE conduit, provide fittings that are UL-listed
as electrical conduit connectors or thermally fused using an electrically heated wound wire resistance welding
method.
Use red 3-in. 4-mil polyethylene underground warning tape that continuously states "Caution Buried
Electrical Line Below."
3. CONSTRUCTION
Perform work in accordance with the details shown on the plans and the requirements of this Item.
Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing conduit located near underground
utilities. Consult with the appropriate utility company before beginning work.
Install conduit a minimum of 18 in. deep below finished grade unless otherwise shown on the plans. Meet the
requirements of the NEC when installing conduit. Secure and support conduit placed for concrete
encasement in such a manner that the alignment will not be disturbed during placement of the concrete. Cap
ends of conduit and close box openings before concrete is placed.
783
618
Ream conduit to remove burrs and sharp edges. Use a standard conduit cutting die with a 3/4-in. taper per
foot when conduit is threaded in the field. Fasten conduit placed on structures with conduit straps or hangers
as shown on the plans or as directed. Fasten conduit within 3 ft. of each box or fitting and at other locations
shown on the plans or as directed. Use metal conduit clamps that are galvanized malleable or stainless steel
unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use 2-hole type clamps for 2-in. diameter or larger conduit.
Fit PVC and HDPE conduit terminations with bushings or bell ends. Fit metal conduit terminations with a
grounding type bushing, except conduit used for duct cable casing that does not terminate in a ground box
and is not exposed at any point. Conduit terminating in threaded bossed fittings does not need a bushing.
Before installation of conductors or final acceptance, pull a properly sized mandrel or piston through the
conduit to ensure that it is free from obstruction. Cap or plug empty conduit placed for future use.
Perform trench excavation and backfilling as shown on the plans or as directed, and in accordance with
Item 400, "Excavation and Backfill for Structures." Excavation and backfilling will be subsidiary to the
installation of the conduit.
Jack and bore as shown on the plans or as directed, and in accordance with Item 476, "Jacking, Boring, or
Tunneling Pipe or Box."
Place warning tape approximately 10 in. above trenched conduit. Where existing surfacing is removed for
placing conduit, repair by backfilling with material equal in composition and density to the surrounding areas
and by replacing any removed surfacing, such as asphalt pavement or concrete riprap, with like material to
equivalent condition. Mark conduit locations as directed.
4. MEASUREMENT
This Item will be measured by the foot of conduit.
This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal,
unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will
be made if adjustments of quantities are required.
5. PAYMENT
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under
"Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Conduit" of the type and size specified and the
installation method specified as applicable. This price is full compensation for furnishing and installing
conduit; hanging, strapping, jacking, boring, tunneling, trenching, and furnishing and placing backfill;
encasing in steel or concrete; replacing pavement structure, sod, riprap, curbs, or other surface; marking
location of conduit (when required); furnishing and installing fittings, junction boxes, and expansion joints;
and materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals.
Flexible conduit will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to pertinent Items. Unless otherwise shown
on the plans, no payment will be allowed under this Item for conduit used on electrical services or in
foundations.
784
The location of conductor, conduit, and ground boxes are diagrammatic only and may be shifted
by the contractor to accommodate field conditions. Contractor to receive written approval from
the City of Lubbock or their designated representative on all changes needed to accommodate
field conditions.
Conduit shall be installed at a minimum depth of 36 inches below grade. Conduit shall be placed
under existing pavement by an approved jacking or boring method unless otherwise directed by
the engineer. Pits for jacking or boring shall not be closer than 2 feet from the edge of the
pavement unless otherwise directed by the engineer. Water jetting will not be permitted.
Backfill bore pits, trenches, and any other excavation measures with appropriate backfill material
in accordance with and meet City of Lubbock compaction requirements as identified in the
City's compaction ordinance.
When boring is used for under pavement conduit installations, the maximum allowable overcut
shall be 1 inches in diameter.
When conduits are bored, the vertical and horizontal tolerances shall not exceed 18 inches as
measured from the intended target point.
The contractor shall install a pull rope in conduit runs in excess of 50 feet.
A cleaner -primer shall be used on all PVC to PVC joints before application of PVC cement.
Conduit installed for future use shall have non-metallic pull ropes and tracer wire. This work
shall not be paid for directly but shall be considered subsidiary to this item.
High -density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe may be threaded and used with threaded PVC
connectors or couplings.
City of Lubbock GN-9 03/22/12
PVC conduit systems that snap or lock together without glue that are designed and UL listed to
be used for bored PVC electrical conduit applications will be allowed for bored PVC schedule 40
or schedule 80, when approved by the engineer.
No additional compensation will be paid to the contractor when these specific purpose conduit
systems are substituted for this purpose.
All conduit elbows and rigid metal extensions required to be installed on PVC conduit systems
will not be paid for separately, but will be considered subsidiary to various bid items.
624
Item 624
Ground Boxes
DESCRIPTION
■ Installation. Construct, furnish, and install ground boxes complete with lids.
■ Removal. Remove existing ground boxes.
2. MATERIALS
Texas
Department
of Transportation
Provide new materials that comply with the details shown on the plans, the requirements of this Item, and the
pertinent requirements of the following items:
■ Item 420, "Concrete Substructures"
■ Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete"
■ Item 432, "Riprap"
■ Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete"
■ Item 618, "Conduit"
■ Item 620, "Electrical Conductors"
Provide fabricated precast polymer concrete ground boxes in accordance with DMS-11070, "Ground Boxes."
Provide prequalified ground boxes from the Department's MPL. When required by the Engineer, notify the
Department in writing of selected materials from the MPL intended for use on each project.
Provide other precast or cast -in -place ground boxes that comply with the details shown on the plans.
3. CONSTRUCTION
Perform work in accordance with the details shown on the plans and the requirements of this Item.
Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing or removing ground boxes located near
underground utilities. Consult with the appropriate utility company before beginning work.
3.1. Installation. Fabricate and install ground boxes in accordance with the details, dimensions, and
requirements shown on the plans. Install ground box to approved line and grade.
Construct precast and cast -in -place concrete ground boxes in accordance with Item 420, "Concrete
Substructures," and Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete."
Construct concrete aprons as shown on the plans and in accordance with Item 432, "Riprap," and Item 440,
"Reinforcement for Concrete."
3.2. Removal. Remove existing ground boxes and concrete aprons to at least 6 in. below the conduit level.
Uncover conduit to a sufficient distance so that 90 degree bends can be removed and conduit reconnected.
Clean the conduit in accordance with Item 618, "Conduit." Replace conduit within 5 ft. of the ground box.
Remove old conductors and install new conductors as shown on the plans. Backfill area with material equal
in composition and density to the surrounding area. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an
equivalent condition.
4. MEASUREMENT
This Item will be measured by each ground box installed complete in place or each ground box removed.
790
624
5. PAYMENT
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under
"Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Ground Box" of the types and sizes specified and for
"Remove Ground Box."
5.1. Installation. This price is full compensation for excavating and backfilling; constructing, furnishing, and
installing ground boxes and concrete aprons; and material, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. All wiring
connections required inside the ground box will be considered subsidiary to this bid item. Conduit will be paid
for under Item 618, "Conduit." Electrical conductors will be paid for under Item 620, "Electrical Conductors."
5.2. Removal. This price is full compensation for removing and disassembling ground boxes and concrete
aprons; excavating, backfilling, and surface placement; removing old conductors; disposal of unsalvageable
materials; and materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. Cleaning of conduit is subsidiary to this
Item. Conduit replaced within 5 ft. of the ground box will be subsidiary to this Item. Additional conduit will be
paid for under Item 618, "Conduit." Installation of conductors will be paid for under Item 620, "Electrical
Conductors."
791
1 26 /2 _
!____-1/2-13 UNC X 2 3/4 [70] LG
S.S. HEX HEAD BOLT W/
D 01 2 [131 FLAT WASHER
q o
C�
0
CES
G
C C 2 5/8 [16]
13 1/2 [51] LBEARING
EDGE
[343] Alk7I
A B I
B
0
D (24)
A [610]
1/2-13 UNC SELF ALIGNING, I
REPLACEABLE S.S. NUT [25]
2 PLACES
28 1/2 15 1/2
[724] [394]
5/8
[6]
VIEW B-B 1 1/4
BOLT DRAINAGE SLOT [32]
SCALE: 3"=1' 3
2 PLACES [76]
24 NOTE: SECTION A -A
[610]
1. CUSTOMER IS TEXAS D.O.T.
STENCILED TYPE D
2. DIMENSIONS IN BRACKETS ARE IN MILLIMETERS
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
BY DATE WEIGHT 1pppp
LOC
DSN 122# HUBBELL 3621 INDUSTRIAL PARK DR HQ
DRIN `XCPlg 12/21/95 S6kgON 865 986LENOIR I 9726N 37771
CHK SCALE L9318312011 Roo. S
SECTION C-C SECTION D-D ���CII 12/22/9511/2'=1 DRAWING
REV
END g`,�vy 12/22/95 DRA ® E
LISTED APR SF U 12/22/95 SIZE QUAZITE BOX
APR B 12/99
JOB NUMBER DRAWING NUMBER
95542 SHEET 1 OF 1 PG1730B522
30 1/2
[775]
2 26 1/2 �I
[51] [673]
2
[51]
SKID RESISTANT
SURFACE MS-86
(MIN. 0.5 COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION)
17 1/2 13 1/2 DANGER
[445] [343] ® HIGH VOLTAGE �2 [13] X[4 [102]CENPULL SLOT
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
R PIN
I
TIER 15
_-_-_-_-_-___
05 8 [l6 THRU HOLE
wf 01 14 [32] X 1/2 [13]
DP C'BORE
QUAZITE LOGO
01/2 [13] S.S. FLAT WASHER
01/2 [13] S.S. PAL NUT
2
[51]
NOTES
1. CUSTOMER IS TEXAS D.O.T.
STENCILED TYPE C-D
LOGO TO BE: DANGER/HIGH VOLTAGE/TRAFFIC SIGNAL
2. THIS COVER IS RATED FOR A STATIC
1/2-13 UNC S.S. DESIGN LOAD OF 15,000 LBS. [66,720 N]
HEX HEAD BOLT OVER A 10 [254] X 10 [254]
5/8
[16]
CAPTIVE BOLT DETAIL
SCALE: 3"=1'
AREA AND MUST PASS A MIN. STATIC TEST
LOAD OF 22,568 LBS. [100,382 N].
3. THIS COVER IS FURNISHED WITH
(2) 1/2-13 UNC X 2 1/2 [64] S.S. HEX
HEAD BOLTS, (2) 01/2 [13] S.S. FLAT
WASHERS AND 01/2 [13 S.S.PAL NUTS.
4. DIMENSIONS IN BRACKETS ARE IN
MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
5. THE FOLLOWING IS TO BE STENCILED
TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE COVER:
QUAZITE
PG1730HAO04E
PG1730H5074E
6. MATERIAL TO BE PRECAST POLYMER CONCRETE.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.